MCWP 3-16.1 Artillery Operations 3-16.1 Artillery... · DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY Headquarters United States Marine Corps Washington, DC 20380-1775 29 May 2002 FOREWORD Marine Corps

MCWP 3-16.1

Artillery Operations

U.S. Marine Corps

PCN 143 000093 00

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public; distribution is unlimited

To Our Readers

Changes: Readers of this publication are encouraged to submit suggestions and changes thatwill improve it. Recommendations may be sent directly to Commanding General, MarineCorps Combat Development Command, Doctrine Division (C 42), 3300 Russell Road, Suite318A, Quantico, VA 22134-5021 or by fax to 703-784-2917 (DSN 278-2917) or by E-mail [email protected]. Recommendations should include the following information:

l Location of changePublication number and titleCurrent page numberParagraph number (if applicable)Line numberFigure or table number (if applicable)

l Nature of changeAdd, deleteProposed new text, preferably double-spaced and typewritten

l Justification and/or source of change

Additional copies: A printed copy of this publication may be obtained from Marine CorpsLogistics Base, Albany, GA 31704-5001, by following the instructions in MCBul 5600,Marine Corps Doctrinal Publications Status. An electronic copy may be obtained from theDoctrine Division, MCCDC, world wide web home page which is found at the following uni-versal reference locator: http://www.doctrine.usmc.mil.

Unless otherwise stated, whenever the masculine gender is used, both men and women are included.

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVYHeadquarters United States Marine Corps

Washington, DC 20380-1775

29 May 2002

FOREWORD

Marine Corps Warfighting Publication (MCWP) 3-16.1, Artillery Operations, providesan overview of fundamentals, organization, support requirements, and tactical consider-ations used by Marine artillery regiments, battalions, and batteries in support of Marineair-ground task force (MAGTF) operations.

This publication standardizes artillery procedures and provides guidelines for field artil-lery commanders and their staffs at all echelons of command for the efficient and effec-tive exercise of artillery operations throughout the MAGTF. MCWP 3-16.1 also providesguidance for the assignment of artillery missions, organization for combat, fire planning,and tactical employment of artillery weapons. MCWP 3-16.1 embodies the MarineCorps’ warfighting philosophy as established in Marine Corps Doctrinal Publication(MCDP) 1, Warfighting, and MCDP 1-0, Marine Corps Operations, to establish adynamic, operational infrastructure that provides artillery support to Marine forces.

MCWP 3-16.1 supersedes Fleet Marine Force Manual (FMFM) 6-9, Marine ArtillerySupport, dated 29 June 1993.

Reviewed and approved this date.

BY DIRECTION OF THE COMMANDANT OF THE MARINE CORPS

EDWARD HANLON, JR.Lieutenant General, U.S. Marine Corps

Commanding GeneralMarine Corps Combat Development Command

Publication Control Number: 143 000093 00

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter 1 Fundamentals and OrganizationMission of Marine Artillery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Tactical Employment Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Combat Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Artillery Fire Support System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Organization for Combat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Supporting Commander’s Role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Command Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Organic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Attached . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Command Relationship Communications Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Senior to Subordinate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Adjacent Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Supporting to Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Reinforcing to Reinforced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Attached Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Tactical Missions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Direct Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Reinforcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5General Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5General Support-Reinforcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Nonstandard Tactical Missions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5On-Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Decentralized/Centralized Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Organization for Combat for MAGTF Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Chapter 2 Regiment OperationsSection I Regiment Organizational StructureMission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Functions and Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Combat Service Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3General Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Health Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Messing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Survey and Meteorology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

iv _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Duties And Responsibilities of Regiment Operations Personnel . . . . . . . 2-3Regiment Commander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Assistant Fire Support Coordinator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Regiment Operations Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Regiment Assistant Operations Officer/Fire Direction Officer/

Watch Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Target Information Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Fires Tactical Systems Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Regiment Operations Chief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Regiment Assistant Operations Chief/Watch Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Tactical Precepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Tactical Planning Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Section II Command and Control AgenciesFire Support Coordination Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Regiment Combat Operations Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Main Combat Operations Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Forward Combat Operations Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Administrative and Logistics Operation Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Alternate Division Command Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Alternate Regiment Combat Operations Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Continuity of Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Alternate Division Command Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Alternate Regiment Combat Operations Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Actions upon Assumption of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Regiment Planning Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Regiment Fire Direction Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Fire Direction Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Tactical Fire Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Targeting and Counterfire Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Movement and Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Clearance to Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Request for Reinforcing Fires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Forms, Records, and Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Other Functions of the Regiment Fire Direction Center. . . . . . . . . . 2-15

Section III Regiment SurveyMission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Duties of the Regiment Survey Officer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Duties of the Survey Chief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Duties of the Chief of Party (Conventional and Position and

Azimuth Determing System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Duties of the Survey Recorder/Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Duties of the Instrument Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

Artillery Operations _______________________________________________________________________________________________ v

Survey Information Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Regiment Survey Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

Section IV Regiment MeteorologyMission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Ballistic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Fallout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Target Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Limited Source Observation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Duties of the Regiment Meteorology Officer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Duties of the Regiment Meteorology Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Coordination of Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Meteorological Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Meteorological Site Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Tactical Situation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Coordination of Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Supported Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Supporting Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Measuring Atmospheric Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Requirements and Dissemination of Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Section V Counterbattery Radar PlatoonMission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20AN/TPQ-46A Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20AN/TPQ-37 Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Radar Team Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Offensive Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Defensive Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Cueing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Zone Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Command and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Counterfire Headquarters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Target Processing Center Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Target Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Target Selection Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Target Production Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Information Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Battle Damage Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Quickfire Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

vi _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Chapter 3 Movement and Positioning of the RegimentGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1Reconnaissance Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Map Reconnaissance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1Air Reconnaissance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1Ground Reconnaissance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Reconnaissance for Movement of the Regiment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1Battalion Position Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Regiment Headquarters Echelons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Counterbattery Radar Platoon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Meteorology Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Route Reconnaissance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Route Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Selecting the Position (Advance Party Operations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Site Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Actions Prior to Occupation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Organizing the Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Occupying the Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Actions Upon Arrival of the Forward Combat Operations Center . . 3-4Passage of Command and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Actions Upon Arrival of Main Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Chapter 4 The Artillery Defense PlanGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Combat Operations Center Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Evaluate the Threat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Avoid Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Use Camouflage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Reduce Electronics Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Maintain Light and Noise Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Reduce Weapons Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Establish a Track Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Use Dispersion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Practice Communications Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Displace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Conduct Terrain Analysis Using KOCOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Key Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Observation and Fields of Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Cover and Concealment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Obstacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Avenues of Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ vii

Provide Early Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Sentinel Posts and Listening Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Patrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Monitoring the Tactical Situation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Other Measures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Make Defensive Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Organizing the Defense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Defensive Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Range Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Fortifications and Obstacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Hardening of Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Reaction Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Coordinate with Adjacent Units for Mutual Support . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Execute Defensive Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Active and Passive Defensive Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Defense Against Air Attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8NBC Defense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Ground Attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Reconstituting the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Special Considerations for Command Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Chapter 5 Battalion OperationsMission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1Functions and Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1Duties and Responsibilities of Battalion Operations Personnel . . . . . . . . 5-1

Battalion Commander. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1Battalion Liaison Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Battalion Operations Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Battalion Assistant Operations Officer/Fire Direction Officer/

Watch Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Battalion Operations Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Battalion Assistant Operations Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Tactical Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Battalion Combat Operations Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Battalion Fire Direction Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Centralized Tactical Fire Directoin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Decentralized Tactical Fire Direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Provision for Continuous Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Fire Missions from Other Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Reinforcing Artillery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Movement and Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Other Battalion Fire Direction Center Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Special Missions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

viii ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Battalion Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Battalion Survey Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Survey Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Chief of Party (Conventional and Position and Azimuth

Determining System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Survey Recorder/Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Instrument Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Battalion Survey Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Station Marking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Firing Position Data Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Priority of Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Reconnaissance for Movement of the Battalion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Planning the Reconnaissance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Movement Briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Battalion Reconnaissance Party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Battalion Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Battery Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Additional Positioning Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Chapter 6 Firing Battery OperationsSection I FundamentalsMission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Functions and Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Duties Of Firing Battery Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Battery Commander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Executive Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Liaison Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Fire Direction Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Assistant Executive Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3First Sergeant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Battery Gunnery Sergeant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Operations Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Assistant Operations Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Motor Transport Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Ammunition Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Local Security Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Communications Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Howitzer Section Chief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Section II Fire DirectionFire Battery Procedures with the Battery Computer System . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Gunnery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Fire Direction Center Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Fire Direction Center Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Artillery Operations ______________________________________________________________________________________________ ix

Section III Battery Operations CenterPurpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Passage of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Passing Control Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Section IV Gun Line ProceduresPurpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Special Missions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Priority Target. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Final Protective Fires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Fire Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Direct Fire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Out of Traverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Section V Movement and Positioning of the Firing BatteryReconnaissance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Reconnaissance Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Selecting the New Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Firing Position Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Types of Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Advance Party. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Assembly of the Advance Party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Firing Capability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 10Advance Party Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

Organizing the New Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Movement of the Main Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Planning the Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Other Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Conducting the Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Occupying the Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Deliberate Occupation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Hasty Occupation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Night Occupation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Emergency Occupation (Hip Shoot). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Local Security and Patrolling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16Hasty Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16Emergency Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Chapter 7 Force ArtilleryMission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Concept of Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Command Relationships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Liaison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Force Artillery Intelligence Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

x ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Target Acquisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Counterfire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Meteorological Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Survey Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Logistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Chapter 8 Artillery Communications General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Forms of Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Means of Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Messenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Communications System Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Communication Nets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Artillery Regiment Communication Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Division Command Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Division Tactical Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Division Artillery Air Spot Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Division Fire Support Coordination Net 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Division Fire Support Coordination Net 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Division Communication Coordination Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Division Intelligence Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Artillery Regiment Command Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Artillery Regiment Tactical Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Artillery Regiment Fire Direction Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Artillery Regiment Survey/Met Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Artillery Regiment Radar Telling Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Artillery Regiment Communication Coordination Net . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Artillery Battalion Communication Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Artillery Battalion Command Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Artillery Battalion Fire Direction Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Artillery Conduct of Fire Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Artillery Battery Communication Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Artillery Battery Command Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Artillery Conduct of Fire Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

DS Artillery Battalion Communication Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Alternate Uses of Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Chapter 9 Artillery Tactical LogisticsSection I FundamentalsBackground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1Logistics Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

Artillery Operations ______________________________________________________________________________________________ xi

Artillery S-4 Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1Supervising the Ammunition Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1Maintaining Ammunition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1Recording and Disseminating Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1Coordinating Transportation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1Supervising Management Maintenance Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Concept of Support and Logistic Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Organic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3External Combat Service Support Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Section II PlanningGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3MAGTF Artillery Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Artillery Commander and Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4METT-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

Mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Enemy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Terrain and Weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Troops and Support Available-Time Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

Evaluating Logistic Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Class I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Class II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Class III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Class IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Class V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Class VI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Class VII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Class VIII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Class IX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Class X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Transportation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Embarkation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Helicopter Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Fixed-Wing Air Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Movement by Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Motor Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Supply Support Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Maintenance Contact Team . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Recovery and Evacuation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

Health Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

xii _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Section III ExecutionBattalion Logistic Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

Decentralized Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Centralized Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Unit Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Point Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

Supply Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Pull System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Push System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Organization of Logistic Trains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Battalion Trains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Regiment Trains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Positioning Trains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Conducting Train Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

Refueling Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Ammunition Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

CSSE Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Artillery Battalion Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Pre-positioned Ammunition Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Unit Ammunition Supply Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Ammunition Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Maintenance Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Maintenance Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Maintenance Site Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Recovery and Salvage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Captured Materiel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Equipment Destruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Cannabilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

Engineer Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Battery Position Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Vehicle Positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Weapon Emplacements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Ammunition Shelters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

Chapter 10 Developing the Artillery Fire PlanSection I Essential Fire Support Tasks and

Essential Field Artillery Tasks RelationshipGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1Essential Fire Support Tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1Essential Field Artillery Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ xiii

Section II The Marine Corps Planning Process as itApplies to the Artillery Fire Plan

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Mission Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Analyze Higher Headquarter’s Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Conduct the Initial Intelligence Preparation of the Battlespace . . . . 10-4Determine Specified, Implied, and Essential Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Review Available Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Determine Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Identify Critical Facts and Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Determine Initial Commander’s Critical Information

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6Determine the Initial Reconnaissance Annex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Plan Use of Available Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Write the Restated Mission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Conduct a Mission Analysis Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Develop the Initial Commander’s Intent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Issue the Commander’s Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Issue a Warning Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Review Facts and Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Course of Action Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Intelligence Preparation of the Battlespace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Array Friendly Forces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Assess Relative Combat Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Refine Center of Gravity Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Develop Initial Courses of Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Course of Action Graphic and Narrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Course of Action Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Prepare Course of Action Briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Select/Modify Courses of Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Course of Action Wargaming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Step 1: Consider the Commander’s Wargaming Guidance

and Evaluation Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Step 2: Gather the Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Step 3: List Friendly Force List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Step 4: List Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Step 5: List and Graphically Display Known Critical Events

and Decision Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Step 6: Select the War Game Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Step 7: Select Method to Record and Display Results . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Step 8: Wargame the Battle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Step 9: Refine Staff Estimates and Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Step 10: Prepare Course of Action War Game Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

xiv ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Course of Action Comparison and Decision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Course of Action Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Course of Action Comparison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Commander’s Decision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Prepare Concept of Artillery Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Issue the Warning Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20

Orders Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Preparation of the Order or Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Order Reconciliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Orders Crosswalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Commander’s Approval of Order or Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Orders Brief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Rehearsals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Section III Artillery and the Intelligence Preparationof the Battlespace Process

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25Pre-Battle Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

Threat Maneuver Force Doctrine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Threat Artillery Doctrine and Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Threat Air Defense Artillery Doctrine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

Terrain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Elevations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Soil Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Mobility Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Intervisibility Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Avenues of Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Key and Decisive Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Position Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29The Modified Combined Obstacle Overlay and

Course of Action Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Situation Templating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Threat Artillery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Threat Maneuver Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Threat Avenues of Approach and Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Threat Chemical Strikes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Rear Area Threats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Integrating the Situation Template into Course of Action

Development and Wargaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Event Templating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Decision Support Template. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Section IV Sample Artillery Fire PlanTab B (Artillery Fire Plan) to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) to ANNEX C(Operations) to Operation Order (Number) (U) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ xv

Chapter 11 Special Operational EnvironmentsCold Weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1Mountain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2Desert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2Jungle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3Riverine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3River Crossing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4Expeditionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4Helicopterborne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5Urban . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5Artillery Raid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6Fire Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6

AppendixesA Advanced Field Artillery Tactical Data System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1B Artillery Weapons and Munitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1C Passage of Command and Control/Watch Officer’s Checklist. . . . . . C-1D Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1E Logistic Planning Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1F Heliborne Artillery Raids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1G Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1H References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

Figures1-1 Tactical Missions (Inherent Responsibilities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

2-1 Artillery Regiment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-2 Headquarters Battery, Artillery Regiment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22-3 Example Regiment COC Site Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72-4 Example FDC/COC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82-5 Example Request for Reinforcing Fires Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-132-6 Attack Guidance Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

5-1 Artillery Battalion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25-2 Example Battalion COC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

6-1 Firing Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26-2 Example Battery FDC Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56-3 Advance Party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106-4 Example Battery Commander’s Position Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

8-1 Example Artillery Regiment Guard Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-68-2 Example Direct Support Artillery Battalion Guard Chart . . . . . . . . 8-78-3 Example General Support Artillery Battalion Guard Chart . . . . . . . 8-8

xvi ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Figures (Continued)8-4 Example General Support-Reinforcing Artillery

Battalion Guard Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98-5 Example Artillery Regiment Communication Structure . . . . . . . . . 8-108-6 Example Direct Support Artillery Battalion

Communications Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

9-1 CSS Map Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29-2 Replenishment and Repair Point Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

10-1 Essential Fire Support Tasks and Essential FieldArtillery Tasks Relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

10-2 Example Essential Field Artillery Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-310-3 Steps in the Marine Corps Planning Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-410-4 Mission Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-510-5 Commander’s Critical Information Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-610-6 Example Mission Analysis Briefing Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-810-7 Mission Analysis Briefing Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-910-8 Orders Process for Mission Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1110-9 Course of Action Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1210-10 Artillery Scheme of Maneuver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1310-11 Course of Action Wargaming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1510-12 Wargaming Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1610-13 Sample COA Synchronization Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1810-14 Staff Contributions to Wargaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1910-15 Course of Action Comparison and Decision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2010-16 Advantages and Disadvantages Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2010-17 Comparison Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2110-18 Orders Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2110-19 Example Format of the Artillery Fire Plan Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2210-20 Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2410-21 Modified Combined Obstacle Overlay with

Restricted and Severely Restricted Terrain Marked . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2810-22 Modified Combined Obstacle Overlay with

Intervisibility Lines Identified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2810-23 Modified Combined Obstacle Overlay Depicting Mobility

Corridors, Avenues of Approach, Key Terrain, andPossible Position Areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29

10-24 Overlay Depicting Critical Targets and Range Fans . . . . . . . . . . 10-3110-25 Decision Support Template and Execution Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3510-26 Fire Planning Using the MCPP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36

Artillery Operations ____________________________________________________________________________________________ xvii

Figures (Continued)ENCLOSURE 1 (Artillery Target List) to TAB B (Artillery Fire Plan)

to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) to ANNEX C (Operations)to Operation Order (Number) (U). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40

ENCLOSURE 2 (Artillery Synchronization Matrix) to TAB B(Artillery Fire Plan) to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) toANNEX C (Operations) to Operation Order (Number) (U). . . . . . . 10-41

ENCLOSURE 3 (Artillery Target Overlay) to TAB B (Artillery Fire Plan)to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) to ANNEX C (Operations)to Operation Order (Number) (U). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42

ENCLOSURE 4 (Schedule of Fire) to TAB B (Artillery Fire Plan)to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) to ANNEX C (Operations)to Operation Order (Number) (U). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43

ENCLOSURE 5 (Observation/Target Acquisition) to TAB B (Artillery Fire Plan) to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) to ANNEX C (Operations)to Operation Order (Number) (U). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44EXHIBIT 1 (Visibility Diagram) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47EXHIBIT 2 (Capabilities Overlay). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48EXHIBIT 3 (Radar Deployment Order) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49

ENCLOSURE 6 (Survey/Met Plan) to TAB B (Artillery Fire Plan)to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) to ANNEX C (Operations)to Operation Order (Number) (U). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50

D-1 Fire Capabilities Report (FIRECAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1D-2 Displacement Report (DISREP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1D-3 Command Post Report (CPREP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1D-4 Movement Order Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2D-5 Situation Report (SITREP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2D-6 Rapid Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2D-7 Radar Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3D-8 SPOTREP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3D-9 Shelling Report (SHELLREP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4D-10 Size, Activity, Location, Unit, Time, and

Equipment (SALUTE) Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4D-11 Medical Evacuation (MEDEVAC) Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4

F-1 Example Raid Execution Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-16F-2 Example Planning Considerations Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-17F-3 Example Raid Equipment List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-18F-4 Helicopter Landing Zone Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-20F-5 Example Artillery Raid Landing Zone Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-20F-6 Example Howitzer Pick-Up Point Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-20

xviii ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Tables2-1 Target Acquisition Radar Planning Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-212-2 AN/TPQ-37 CEP Accuracies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

5-1 Battle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

9-1 Environmental Impacts on CSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59-2 Classes of Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-79-3 Planning Data for Rations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-79-4 Water Planning Data for Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-89-5 Transportation Planning Data for Drummed Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-89-6 Estimates of Daily Fuel Usage Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-89-7 Consumption Rates and Capacities for Vehicles/Equipment . . . . . . 9-99-8 Class IV Transportation Planning Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-99-9 Ammunition-Carrying Capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-119-10 Notional Composition of Battalion Trains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-179-11 Artillery Vehicle Position Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

B-1 Fuzes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-6B-2 Characteristics of Selected Artillery Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-6B-3 Projectiles and Propelling Charges (M198/M109A5/A6) . . . . . . . . B-7B-4 Projectiles and Propelling Charges (M109A2/A3/A4) . . . . . . . . . . B-8

E-1 Headquarters Battery, Artillery Regiment, Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . E-1E-2 Headquarters Battery, Artillery Regiment,

Selected Major Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1E-3 Headquarters Battery, Artillery Regiment, Class V

Small Arms Combat Planning Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2E-4 Headquarters Battery, Artillery Battalion, Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . E-3E-5 Headquarters Battery, Artillery Battalion,

Selected Major Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3E-6 Headquarters Battery, Artillery Battalion, Class V

Small Arms Combat Planning Rates Composite Threat . . . . . . . . . E-4E-7 M-198 Battery (6-Gun), Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5E-8 M-198 Battery (6-Gun), Selected Major Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5E-9 M-198 Battery (6-Gun), Class V

Small Arms Combat Planning Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6E-10 M-198 Battery (6-Gun), Class V Artillery

Ammunition Combat Planning Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7E-11 Artillery Battalion, Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8E-12 Artillery Battalion, Selected Major Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8E-13 Artillery Battalion, Class V Small Arms Combat Planning Rates. E-9E-14 Artillery Battalion, Class V Artillery

Ammunition Combat Planning Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10E-15 Ammunition Packing Dimensions, Artillery Ammunition . . . . . . E-11E-16 Ammunition Packing Dimensions, Small Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-12

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ xix

Tables (Continued)F-1 Notional Artillery Battery Lift (Advanced Party) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-10F-2 Helicopter Life Capacity Planning Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11F-3 Cargo Net Capacity Planning Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11F-4 Example Artillery Raid Ammunition Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11F-5 Example Artillery Raid Task Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-12F-6 Helicopter Lift Requirement Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13F-7 Example Helicopter Wave and Serial Assignment Table . . . . . . . . F-14

CHAPTER 1FUNDAMENTALS AND ORGANIZATION

Mission of Marine Artillery

The mission of artillery is to furnish close andcontinuous fire support by neutralizing, destroyingor suppressing targets that threaten the success ofthe supported unit. To accomplish its mission,artillery has the following responsibilities:

l Provide timely, close, accurate, and continuousfire support.

l Provide depth to combat by attacking hostilereserves, restricting movement, providing long-range support for reconnaissance forces, and dis-rupting threat command and control (C2) systemsand logistics installations; i.e., shaping the bat-tlespace.

l Deliver counterfire within the range of theweapon systems to ensure freedom of action ofthe ground forces.

Tactical Employment Considerations

Basic considerations for the tactical employmentof artillery are as follows:

l Fire support requirement. l Ability to mass.l Exploitation of weapon capability. l Facilitate future operations.l Exploitation of mobility.

Combat Tasks

Artillery has the following combat tasks:

l Coordinate artillery support.l Acquire targets.

l Deliver lethal and nonlethal munitions.l Survive.l Communicate.l Maneuver (move).l Maintain and resupply.l Maintain trained and ready personnel.

Artillery Fire Support System

Artillery has three components that functiontogether to create an effective fire support system:target acquisition, weapon systems, and C2systems. Target acquisition is detecting, identify-ing, and locating a target in sufficient detail toeffectively employ munitions. The weaponsystems provide the means to engage the target.The C2 systems provide the required facilities,equipment, communications, and personnel thatenable the commander to plan, direct, and controlfires. See MCWP 3-16, Fire Support Coordina-tion in the Ground Combat Element, for detailedinformation on the artillery fire support system andits individual components. See appendix A fordetailed Advanced Field Artillery Tactical DataSystem (AFATDS) information. See appendix Bfor artillery weapons and munitions information.

Organization for Combat

Artillery is allocated through a process calledorganization for combat. Organization for combatplaces an artillery unit within an organization; i.e.,establishes a command relationship and assigns theunit a tactical mission. The supported forcecommander uses this process to allocate artilleryassets to meet the needs of the force as a wholeand the needs of the force’s subordinate units.

1-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

The supported force commander receivesg u i d a n c e f r o m t h e s u p p o r t i n g a r t i l l e r ycommander. Organization for combat is estab-lished in the planning phase and is in consonancewith the supported commander’s concept ofoperations. It changes as the tactical situationdictates, but it will address the following:

l Adequate support for the committed maneuverelements.

l Adequate weight to support the main effort orto strengthen the most vulnerable area.

l Immediately available artillery for the com-mander to influence the battlespace.

l Ability to respond to unforeseen events, transi-tion from one mission to another, and facilitatefuture operations.

l Ability to maintain the maximum central control.

Supporting Commander’s Role

The artillery commander must know, understand,and anticipate the supported commander’s actionsand fire support requirements. When artillery isattached to a supported unit , the arti l lerycommander is a subordinate commander and aspecial staff officer of the supported unitcommander. The artillery commander must under-stand the scheme of maneuver and provide artil-lery fire support to the maneuver commander. Theartillery commander provides fire support exper-tise to the supported commander and the forcefires coordination center (FFCC)/fire supportcoordination center (FSCC). He does this by directpersonal contact, through liaison officers, and byencouraging staff liaison.

Command Relationships

Command relationships define the degree ofauthority exercised by one commander overanother. They are primarily based on the factors ofmission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and

support available-time available (METT-T). Theground combat element (GCE) commanderexercises control of artillery in his organizationthrough the commander of the artillery unit. Forexample, the decision to employ an artillery unit fora specific mission is made by the GCE commander;selecting the specific artillery unit to perform themission is made by the artillery commander. Thecommand relationship given (or inherent) to anartillery unit may be organic or attached.

Organic

An organic relationship occurs when an artilleryunit is assigned to and forms an essential part of alarger military organization. For example, the artil-lery regiment is organic to the Marine division.

Attached

In an attached relationship, units or personnel areplaced in an organization temporarily to augmenttactical objectives. This is often referred to as tacti-cal tailoring. The higher artillery commander willlose some capabilities to meet his fire supportrequirements by attachment. The commanderreceiving the attachment exercises the same degreeof C2 over attachments as exercised over the unitsand personnel organic to his command, subject tothe limitations stated in the attachment order. Anattachment order should specify supply andmaintenance requirements in terms of what thereceiving unit and parent unit will provide. Theparent formation, unit or organization willnormally retain the responsibility for transfer andpromotion of personnel. Although attachmentplaces the artillery unit within the organization, theartillery unit must still be assigned a tacticalmission. There are several types of attachments:attached to a supported unit, attached to areinforced unit, groupment, and task-organized.

Attached to a Supported Unit

Artillery is attached to a supported unit when artil-lery requirements cannot be adequately providedby the parent artillery organization and control

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 1-3

requirements compel establishing a commandrelationship between the supported and supportingcommander. Artillery units are normally notattached to battalion-sized or smaller maneuverunits unless distance, communications or otherfactors do not allow the parent artillery headquar-ters to exercise adequate control over the artilleryunit. An example is an artillery battery attached tothe GCE of a Marine Expeditionary Unit (MEU).

Attached to a Reinforced Unit

Artillery may be attached to another artillery unitfor reinforcement. For example, an artillery battal-ion supporting a reinforced infantry regiment mayhave attached firing batteries or counterbatteryradar (CBR) platoon detachments.

Groupment

Groupment occurs when a suitable artilleryheadquarters is unavailable; an artillery battalionor battery may be attached to another of like size toform an artillery groupment. Artillery groupmentsare temporary formations used when one unit mustexercise greater administrative and logisticalcontrol over another unit than is inherent in areinforcing mission. The senior commander of thetwo units is the groupment commander, whoassigns missions to the subordinate unit. Thegroupment uses the standing operating procedures(SOPs) of the groupment commander. The group-ment also carries the numerical designation of theheadquarters of the groupment commander; e.g.,1st Battalion Group, 11th Marines.

Task-Organized

Artillery may be task-organized to accomplish aspecific task or mission. Task organization canoccur during certain phases or a given duration ofan operation. This may include designating anoperating force, support staff or logistics packageof specific size and composition. Some consider-ations for task-organizing include—but are notlimited to—training, experience, equipment,sustainability, operating environment, the threat,and mobility.

Support

A support relationship is established by a seniorcommander between subordinate commanderswhen one organization should aid, protect,complement or sustain another force while stillunder the command of its parent headquarters. Forexample, force artillery has a support relationshipwith the Marine Expeditionary Force (MEF).

Command Relationship Communications Responsibilities

Senior to Subordinate

Communications between a supporting and asupported unit is the responsibility of thesenior commander.

Adjacent Units

Communications between adjacent units is theresponsibility of the senior commander.

Supporting to Supported

Communications between a supporting and asupported unit is the responsibility of the support-ing unit commander.

Reinforcing to Reinforced

Communications between a reinforcing and areinforced unit is the responsibility of the reinforc-ing unit commander.

Attached Units

Communications between a unit and an attachedunit is the responsibility of the commander of theunit to which the attachment is made.

Tactical Missions

A tactical mission defines the inherent fire supportresponsibilities of an artillery unit, normally a

1-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

battalion, to a supported unit or to another artilleryunit. All Marine cannon battalions can perform anyof the four tactical missions: direct support (DS),reinforcing (R), general support (GS), and generalsupport-reinforcing (GS-R). An artillery unitassigned a tactical mission remains under thecommand of the higher artillery commander. Inher-ent responsibilities for each type of tactical missionhelp provide clear, concise instructions to a support-ing artillery unit. See figure 1-1.

Direct Support

The DS mission requires a unit to furnish close andcontinuous fires to a single supported unit,normally a regiment or separate maneuver battal-ion. The artillery unit commander with a DS

mission will position his firing units to deliver firesin the zone of action/sector of the supported unit,plan fires, and maintain continuous communica-tions with the liaison team and forward observer(FO) teams located with the supported unit. He isresponsible for immediate replacements forcasualty losses of the liaison section.

The fires of a DS unit can be requested forother purposes. However, if these fires conflictwith the delivery of fires to the supported unit,the supported unit will have priority. Normally,one artillery battalion is considered minimumadequate support for an infantry regiment. Callsfor fire are answered in two methods based onthe needs of the supported unit: autonomousand centralized.

Arty Unitwith TacticalMission of...

AnswersCalls forFire inPriorityFrom...

Has As ItsZone ofFire...

FurnishesForward

Observers...

EstablishesLiaisonWith...

EstablishesComm With...

IsPositioned

By...

Has ItsFires

Planned By...

DIRECT SUPPORT

1. Supported unit.2. Own observers.3. Higher artillery

headquarters.

Zone of supported unit.

To each company-sized maneuver element of supported unit.

Supported unit (down to bat-talion level).

Supported unit.

Unit commander as deemed necessary or ordered by higher artillery headquarters.

Develops own fire plan.

REINFORCING 1. Reinforced unit.2. Own observers.3. Higher artillery

headquarters.

Zone of fire of reinforced unit.

No requirement. Reinforced unit.

Reinforced unit.

Reinforced unit or ordered by higher artillery headquarters.

Reinforced unit.

GENERAL SUPPORT

Higher artillery headquarters.

Zone of supported unit.

No inherent responsibility.





GENERAL SUPPORT- REINFORCING

1. Higher artillery headquarters.

2. Reinforced unit.3. Own observers.

Zone of supported unit to include zone of fire of reinforced unit.

No requirement. Reinforced unit.

Reinforced unit.

Higher artillery headquarters or reinforced unit subject to prior approval by higher artillery headquarters.


Figure 1-1. Tactical Missions (Inherent Responsibilities).


Autonomous

Each firing battery may have its own conduct offire (COF) net, and each net is monitored by thebattalion fire direction center (FDC).

Centralized

The battalion FDC may establish multiple COFnets, with firing batteries directed to respond tocalls for fire received on a designated net and tofire missions assigned by the battalion FDC.

Reinforcing

An R mission requires a unit to respond directlyto requests for fire from another artillery unit.This mission is used to reinforce the fires of aunit with a DS mission. More than one reinforc-ing unit can reinforce a DS unit; however, areinforcing unit can only reinforce one DS unit ata time. Reinforcing artillery receives its zone offire and fire missions from the reinforced DSunit. The reinforcing unit commander positionshis firing units in the position areas (PAs) identi-fied by the reinforced unit or as ordered by higherartillery headquarters.

General Support

The GS mission requires a unit to support the forceas a whole and be prepared to support any subordi-nate element. The higher artillery headquarterscontrols the fires of a unit in GS. The zone of firemay be the zone of action/sector of the force as awhole or a specific portion. GS units provide theGCE immediately available firepower to influencethe battle or to allocate to subordinate commandsto influence widely separated actions.

General Support-Reinforcing

The GS-R mission has distinct and separate parts.An artillery unit with this mission will conductoperations in a GS role and support the force as a

whole; or the artillery unit will take on thereinforcing role and answer calls for fire from adesignated artillery unit in DS. The GS tacticalmission takes priority over the reinforcing mission.To increase responsiveness, a designated net(quick-fire channel) may be established betweenthe GS-R unit and the reinforced DS unit. Thistactical mission is considered the most flexiblestandard tactical mission.

Nonstandard Tactical Missions

When fire support requirements cannot be met orconveyed by one of the s tandard tact icalmissions, a nonstandard tactical mission may beassigned. A nonstandard mission changes orlimits one or more of the inherent responsibilitiesof a standard tactical mission. The stipulationsshould not degrade the ability of a unit to accom-plish the other inherent responsibilities of thestandard mission. The DS mission should not bemodified. The following is an example of anonstandard tactical mission:

First battalion (Bn) is GS to the division and willfire missions to support the division commandinggeneral (CG) first, but second priority in calls forfire (PCFF) is to light armored reconnaissancebattalion (LAR Bn). Positioning and communica-tions of the battalion are initially established tosupport LAR Bn as the main effort.

On-Order

The on-order (O/O) mission serves as a warningorder to alert a unit of an anticipated change to itstactical mission. This allows artillery command-ers to plan and initiate the preparation for transi-tion to the new mission. Assignment of an O/O

1st Bn, 10th Mar (155, T):GS, 2d PCFF LAR Bn until 031600 AUG

1-6 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

mission must consider the positioning andammunition requirements for that mission. Often,the O/O mission has a nonstandard stipulation;e.g., do not expend more than a specified amountof ammunition. The higher artillery commandergives his subordinate commanders as muchwarning as possible of the new mission’s antici-pated time of execution. The following is anexample of an O/O mission:

Decentralized/Centralized Control

When organizing artillery for combat, the mosteffective control is centralized at the highest levelconsistent with the fire support capabilities andrequirements for the overall mission. Centralizedcontrol permits flexibility in providing artillerysupport to the force as a whole and to its subordi-nate units. Centralized control is accomplishedthrough GS and GS-R missions and centralizedfire control. Decentralized control makes artilleryresponsive to the needs of the frontline. Decentral-ized control is accomplished by the DS missionand decentralized fire control. The optimumdegree of control varies with the tactical situation.The following guidelines may be used whenallocating tactical missions to artillery units:

l Decentralized in the offense: more DS and Rthan GS and GS-R.

l Centralized in the defense: more GS and GS-Rthan DS and R.

Organization for Combat for MAGTF Operations

Artillery support for the MEU is normally found inthe GCE. It is provided to the battalion landingteam (BLT) and is typically a firing batteryemployed with towed howitzers and attachedsupport; e.g., communications, maintenance, and asurvey and manual meteorology capability. TheM198 has the range, lethality, and ammunitionvariety suitable to sustain operations ashore. TheMEU command element (CE) has artillery offic-ers serving as the target information officer and asthe fire support officer (FSO).

Marine Expeditionary Brigade (MEB) artillerysupport is normally that support provided to theregimental landing team (RLT). It typicallyconsists of an artillery battalion employed withtowed howitzers and attached support; e.g.,communications, maintenance, and a survey andmanual meteorology capability. The artillerybattalion commander is the fire support coordina-tor (FSC) for the RLT.

MEF artillery support is normally that supportprovided to the division. However, it can beaugmented by additional artillery support, usually inthe form of force artillery, attachment of a UnitedStates Marine Corps Reserve (USMCR) battalion,artillery from other Marine divisions or artilleryfrom other external sources, i.e., Army units orcoalition forces. The MEF commander will desig-nate a force fires coordinator (FFC). The MEF CEhas two artillery officers serving as assistant FFCs.

1st Bn, 14th Mar (155, T):R 2d Bn, 14th Mar (155, T)

CHAPTER 2REGIMENT OPERATIONS

SECTION I. REGIMENTORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Mission

The mission of the artillery regiment is to furnishclose and continuous fire support by neutraliz-ing, destroying or suppressing targets thatthreaten the success of the division.

Functions and Employment

Each MAGTF’s GCE has an artillery component.At division level, artillery is organized into anartillery regiment. The artillery regiment and itselements can employ with and support the GCE ofany MAGTF. Artillery supports the operations ofother MAGTF elements as required.

The standard artillery regiment will have aheadquarters battery and four artillery battalionsto support the GCE of a MEF. See figure 2-1.

Figure 2-1. Artillery Regiment.

The headquarters battery has functional staffgroupings to assist the regiment commander

control operations and provide combat servicesupport (CSS) and administrative support of theregiment. See figure 2-2 on page 2-2. Headquar-ters battery provides the equipment and personnelfor the regiment’s command echelons. It alsoprovides personnel and equipment to the divisionFSCC. Headquarters battery personnel may beemployed to augment an artillery battalionoperating independently of the regiment.

The regiment headquarters may be employed intwo echelons: a main echelon, which has the staffand equipment to direct tactical operations; andthe rear echelon, which has the staff and equip-ment to direct sustainment operations. A forwardechelon may be formed from the staff and equip-ment of the main echelon for incrementaldisplacement of the main echelon. Combat opera-tions centers (COCs) are formed at each echelonto plan, direct, control, and coordinate assignedfunctions for the commander. The regimentcommander positions himself where he can bestexercise C2 of the regiment and function as boththe division artillery officer and FSC.

The regiment commander organizes for combatbased on the GCE commander’s guidance. Eachartillery battalion is then assigned a tacticalmission, which defines its inherent fire supportresponsibil i t ies. The regiment main COCperforms tactical fire direction, targeting, andcounterfire functions. The hub of artillery opera-tions is the FDC, normally located at the main orforward COC. Communications are establishedwith subordinate units and higher/supported unitheadquarters. Normally, one of the artillerybattalion COCs will be designated as the alternateregiment command post (CP). A regiment COC,

2-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

with personnel and/or equipment augmentation,may be used as the alternate division CP for alimited period.

Combat Service Support Capabilities

The CSS capability of the regiment is the sum ofthe capabilities of the regiment headquartersbattery and its battalions.

Maintenance

Maintenance is a continual, concentrated effort byall personnel in an artillery unit on a widespectrum of equipment. Artillery battalionsperform organizational maintenance on all equip-ment except fire control. The regiment performsintermediate maintenance (field) on electronicssystems within the command and provides mainte-nance contact teams (MCTs) to support subordi-nate units. Intermediate field maintenance

Figure 2-2. Headquarters Battery, Artillery Regiment.


exceeding the capability of the regiment isobtained from maintenance support teams (MSTs)or maintenance facilities of the force servicesupport group (FSSG).

Supply

The regiment headquarters battery and eachbattalion perform all supply functions to somedegree. Particular emphasis is on Class I, III, V,and IX supply. External supply support isobtained from the FSSG. When artillery isattached to another unit, artillery may obtainsupplies from the unit to which attached withinthat unit’s capability.

Transportation

Artillery units can move their personnel, equip-ment, and limited supplies using organic assets.External support may be required to supplementsuch tasks as hauling Class V (ammunition)supplies. Artillery units can be transported bylanding craft, transport aircraft, and, to a limitedextent, by helicopter.

General Engineering

The regiment has significant organic engineeringcapabilities. Organic equipment includes utilitiesequipment (3 to 60 kilowatt generators) and earthmoving equipment (bulldozers). The regimentengineer equipment platoon also has forklifts anddecontamination equipment. The regimentcommander distributes engineer assets to supportartillery operations. The division combat engineerbattalion and the FSSG engineer support battalionprovide additional support, as required.

Health Services

Artillery units render limited routine treatment,first aid, and emergency medical care. Each firingbattery has corpsmen assigned; battalions andregiments have aid stations. The regimentmedical section supports the regiment headquar-ters and provides technical supervision andcoordination of all medical activities within the

regiment. The FSSG provides medical careexceeding the capability of the aid stations andalso provides dental care.

Services

Artillery units receive services such as postal,disbursing, law enforcement, legal, graves regis-tration, civil affairs, exchange, and informationsystems from the FSSG. Control over theseservices is decentralized. The artillery unit haslimited enemy prisoner of war (EPW) and civilinternee handling capability consisting of collect-ing and evacuating personnel to the FSSG. Whena qualified interrogator is unavailable, EPWs,foreign nationals, refugees, and repatriates maybe questioned by artillery intelligence personnelfor information of immediate tactical value.

Messing

Messing capability (preparing and cookingrations) exists at regiment and battalion levels.

Survey and Meteorology

Survey and meteorology (met) data are neces-sary for accurate art i l lery fires. Arti l leryregiments and battalions maintain survey capabil-ities. The regiment headquarters battery has a metsection that provides electronic and visual metdata to support artillery operations.

Duties and Responsibilities of Regiment Operations Personnel

Regiment Commander

The regiment commander controls the operationsof his regiment. He also functions as the divisionartillery officer and division FSC.

As the division artillery officer, the regimentcommander advises the division commander andhis staff. He determines the requirements for

2-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

artillery support and recommends the organiza-tion for combat. The regiment commander is alsoconcerned with artillery ammunition, targetacquisition, met, survey, and training. Hemaintains situational awareness of the threat.

As the division FSC, the regiment commanderadvises the division commander and his staff onfire support coordination, including fire supportcoordination training. He is also responsible forthe operations of the division FSCC, and has twoassistant fire support coordinators (AFSCs).

Assistant Fire Support Coordinator

AFSCs provide artillery representation to thedivision FSCC. These special staff officers haveindividual responsibilities and access to thedivision commander and his staff. Their specificduties include, but are not limited to, the following:

l Advise the commander on fire support.l Coordinate the preparation of estimates of

supportability.l Incorporate the targeting process into fire

support planning. l Provide clearance on requests for fire missions

and air strikes.l Disseminate target information.l Execute the attack of targets from the targeting

process according to attack guidance.

Regiment Operations Officer

In addition to fighting the regiment, duties are—

l Recommend artillery organization for combat.l Recommend attack guidance.l Guide the survey, met, and radar efforts of the

regiment.l Develop the artillery estimate of supportability.l Plan future operations.

Regiment Assistant Operations Officer/Fire Direction Officer/Watch Officer

Two assistant operations officers/fire directionofficers (FDOs) are assigned to the regiment. Theydivide the watch based on operational require-ments to permit continuous operations. Dutiesinclude, but are not limited to, the following:l Prepare Tab B (Artillery Fire Plan) to Appen-

dix 19 (Fire Support) to Annex C (Operations)of the division operation order (OPORD).

l Develop and execute the artillery execution matrix.l Coordinate plans and positioning with maneuver

units.l Supervise all COC functions.l Perform tactical fire direction.l Execute current operations.l Maintain the plans map.l Brief the commanding officer (CO), S-3,

oncoming watch officers, and others using thewatch officer’s checklist.

Target Information Officer

The regiment target information officer is aspecial staff officer responsible for all targetingmatters. He assists the regiment commander inhis duties as the division FSC on intelligencepreparation of the battlespace (IPB) and develop-ing targeting products used by the division FSCC.Further responsibilities include the following: l Produce high-value target (HVT) list, target

selection standards, high pay-off target (HPT)list, and the attack guidance matrix.

l Coordinate with the G-2 and target intelligenceofficer (TIO) during the execution of theintelligence collection process to synchronizetarget acquisition agencies (radar, unmannedaerial vehicle (UAV), etc.).

l Ensure the identification, dissemination, andengagement of targets to support the maneuvercommander.


l Report to higher and subordinate elementsba t t l e damage assessment (BDA) andmunitions effectiveness.

Fires Tactical Systems Officer

The regiment fire tactical systems officer (FTSO)is responsible for tactical and technical informa-tion flow in a digital environment. He shouldhave detailed knowledge of all fire support tacti-cal systems (AFATDS, interim fire supportautomated system [IFSAS], tactical combatoperations [TCO], theater battle managementcore system [TBMCS], etc.). He advises andrecommends to the commander how to use thesetactical data systems. His duties include, but arenot limited to, the following:

l Coordinate with the division target informationoffice on producing target selection standards,attack guidance matrix, and HPT list.

l Assist the S-3 in developing the Artillery FirePlan based on information from the targetinformation officer.

l Assist the division FSCC with producing Tab E(Fire Support Communications/Marine CorpsFire Support System [MCFSS] Plan) ofAppendix 19, Annex C.

l Develop criteria to implement targeting prod-ucts in digital systems.

l Ensure dissemination of fire support informa-tion to appropriate agencies.

Regiment Operations Chief

The regiment operations chief is the principalassistant to the operations officer. His dutiesinclude, but are not limited to, the following:

l Assist the operations officer in planning.l Coordinate survey, met, and radar support.l Coordinate and provide information for the

Fire Support Communications/MCFSS Plan ofthe division operation order to the division firesupport/liaison chief with the division FSCC.

Regiment Assistant Operations Chief/Watch Chief

The regiment assistant operations chief/watchchief is the principal assistant to the FDO/watchofficer. His specific duties include, but are notlimited to, the following:

l Supervise FDC enlisted personnel.l Ensure required reports are received and

processed.l Ensure the situation map (SITMAP) and all

status boards are current and accurate.l Ensure the journal and missions fire log are

properly maintained.

Tactical Precepts

The following artillery precepts will be followedwhen supporting operations:l Mass fire on deep targets to prevent reinforce-

ment of threat positions.l Weight the main attack in the offense/focus of

effort in the defense. Position artillery well for-ward to exploit range capability and facilitateexploitation.

l Provide counterfire. Employ air assets to con-duct counterfire when feasible (quick-firechannel with radar).

l Configure the regiment main COC to move theforward (FWD) COC and maintain indepen-dent operations for a limited time. Position themain COC 2 to 4 kilometers forward of thedivision main COC or as dictated by terrain andtactical considerations.

Tactical Planning Considerations

The tactics, techniques, and procedures in thischapter apply in a digitized environment. Digitaltactical and technical fire direction and command,control, and communications (C3) should be empha-sized while maintaining a voice backup capability.

2-6 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

l Expect and anticipate execution of hasty andinformal fire plans.

l Plan and provide for long range communicationsthrough retransmission sites and relay stations.

l Decentralize met support.l Collocate nuclear, biological, and chemical

(NBC) control center operations with theregiment main COC.

l Maintain integrity of prescribed mobile loadsof ammunition for rapid movement in theexploitation phase of the offensive.

l Disseminate universal time by using theprecision lightweight global positioning systemreceiver (PLGR) time feature or via shortwaveradio tones on the 5, 10, 15, and 20 megahertzhigh frequency (HF) bands.

SECTION II. COMMAND AND CONTROL AGENCIES

Fire Support Coordination Center

An FSCC exists at each echelon of the GCE fromdivision to battalion levels. The FSC organizesand supervises the FSCC under the staff cogni-zance of the G-3/S-3. The number of personneland amount of equipment vary with the level ofcommand and responsibili ty, the size andcomplexity of the forces involved, the degree ofplanning and coordination required, and thedesires of the commander.

Regiment Combat Operations Center

Throughout this publication, COC is used as thegeneric command cell. It is important to understandthat the only difference between a COC and CP isthe presence of the commander. See figure 2-3.

Main Combat Operations Center

The main COC provides C2 for the regiment,conducts liaison with adjacent units, and receivesdirection from higher headquarters. The main COCcommand group normally consists of the following:

l S-1 representative.l S-2.

l S-3 or S-3A.l S-4 representative.l Regiment communications officer or assistant

communications officer.l Regiment survey chief.l CBR officer.l Liaison officers as assigned.l Regiment met officer.l Regiment NBC defense officer.l Headquarters battery support elements.

Forward Combat Operations Center

The FWD COC is highly mobile, yet can be task-organized for self-sustainment and specific missions.It is activated for displacement of the main COC orto weight a particular zone within the battle area toprovide fluid C2 during rapid maneuver scenarios.See figure 2-4 on page 2-8. The FWD COCcommand group normally consists of the following:

l Regiment commander.l S-2 representative.l S-3 or S-3A.l S-4 representative, if necessary.l Regiment communications officer or assistant

communications officer.l Regiment survey officer, if necessary.l Liaison officers as assigned.


l NBC defense representative.l Headquarters battery commander (occupies main

COC once established).

Administrative and Logistics Operation Center

The administrative and logistics operation center(ALOC) is composed of elements from headquar-ters battery and representatives of subordinateunits to provide administrative, medical, messing,and maintenance facilities. The ALOC possessescommunications to C2 the logistics mission of theregiment. The ALOC is located in the rear of the

regiment operating area, near a main supply route(MSR), and in a position to provide rapid logisticalsupport and effectively coordinate operations withcombat service support elements (CSSEs).

Alternate Division Command Post

The regiment main COC is the designated alter-nate division CP when severe degradation orcatastrophic loss of C3 occurs within the divisionCP. This alternate CP provides short term C3 tothe division. Ideally, the alternate division CPwill dissolve within 36 hours and the divisionmain COC/FSCC will reconstitute. The capability

Figure 2-3. Example Regiment COC Site Layout.

2-8 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

exists with normal succession of command tofunction for longer periods if necessary.

Alternate Regiment CombatOperations Center

An alternate regiment COC will be designated toprovide continuity of command when theregiment COC sustains significant degradation inC3 capability. Operation plans and orders willdesignate the alternate regiment COC. This isnormally a GS battalion; however, all battalionsmust be prepared to serve as the alternateregiment COC.

Continuity of Operations

The regiment main COC is responsible for C2 ofthe regiment and must be prepared to serve as the

alternate division CP when severe degradation orcatastrophic loss of C3 occurs within the divisionCP. Each battalion FDC must be prepared totactically control the fires of the regiment. Theymust also be able to serve as the alternateregiment COC simultaneously with tacticallycontrolling fires of the battalion, should theregiment COC sustain significant degradation inC3 capability or while it serves as the alternatedivision CP.

Alternate Division Command Post

When activated, the regiment assumes responsibil-ities as the alternate division CP. Simultaneously,the regiment FWD COC prepares to assume C2 ofthe artillery regiment. The regiment FWD COCmaintains C3 with existing personnel, facilities,and equipment. The alternate division CP monitorsthe division tactical situation to exercise control of

Figure 2-4. Example FDC/COC.


the division if control is passed. The alternatedivision CP provides a COC and FSCC capability.C3 will continually be enhanced as remainingdivision assets are reassembled and operationsreconstituted. C3 will be passed back to thedivision main as quickly as possible and generallyupon obtaining a capability equal to that of thealternate division CP. Operations will be generallyconducted in three phases:

l Phase I—the regiment assumes control ofdivision operations.

l Phase II—surviving members of the divisionstaff arrive at the alternate division CP andreceive briefs and updates from the regimentcommander and staff. The division staff beginsto reconstitute operations in expeditionaryfacilities provided by the regiment (tents, maps,status charts, double-remoted communicationsnets, etc.).

l Phase III—the division staff assumes C3internal ly and the FWD regiment COCassumes C2 from the main COC (eitherinternally or externally).

Security and Administration

The headquarters commandant (headquartersbattery commander) of the alternate division CPcoordinates local security and administrativerequirements with the regiment COC. Theregiment provides personnel and communica-tions to establish control for the division whencommand is transferred.

Personnel

Upon activation, all staff sections will augmentthe regiment COC to establish C3 of the divisionwhile maintaining C2 of the regiment.

Administrative and Logistical Support

The regiment will provide limited administrativeand logistical support for the alternate division CP

until headquarters battalion, division can resumethese functions.

At a minimum, the regiment will provide thefollowing alternate division CP facilities: tent,power, lights, maps, and remoted communications.

SITMAPs and overlays passed to the divisionwill be in the scale used by division (mostcommonly 1:100,000).

Assumptions

Due to the limited resources of communicationsplatoon, single-channel radio (SCR) will be theprimary means of communications. The direct airsupport center (DASC) will remain operational orwill be established using assets supplied by thesupporting Marine aircraft wing (MAW). Thesenets will include—l Tactical Air Request/Helicopter Request HF.l Tactical Air Direction 1 ultrahigh frequency

(UHF).l Tactical Air Direction 2 UHF.l Tactical Air Traffic Control UHFl Tactical Air Traffic Control HF.

Alternate Regiment Combat Operations Center

The alternate CP will assume control when—l Directed by the regiment commander.l The regiment headquarters cannot be contacted by

any communication means from any subordinatebattalion for a specified period of time.

Actions upon Assumption of Control

Notification of assumption of regiment control bya battalion will be made to division headquarters,all battalions within the regiment, adjacent artil-lery headquar ters , and any at tached uni theadquarters. Any assistance from other unitswill be requested at this time.

2-10 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Regiment Planning Cell

The regiment planning cell will be established asrequired by the artillery regiment. The seniorMarine from the survey information center (SIC)is responsible for the establishment, operation,and displacement of the planning cell. Theplanning cell will focus on future operations,requiring close and continuous operation with thedivision CP and FSCC.

Regiment Fire Direction Center

The regiment FDC is composed of personnel fromthe operations platoon. The typical regiment FDCwill have watch sections consisting of the FDO/watch officer, operations chief, and fire controlmen. The regiment communications platoonprovides a communications watch supervisor andsufficient personnel to man the radio terminals inthe FDC. Functions of the regiment FDC duringoperations include targeting and counterfire activi-ties, tactical fire direction, and movement andpositioning of units. The FDC, target processingcenter (TPC), intelligence section, and otherheadquarters sections compose the main echelonCOC. Appendix C is a checklist for passage of C2watch officers to aid them in their duties.

Fire Direction Objectives

Fire direction involves tactical decisions andcomputing technical firing data. Fire directionobjectives are as follows:l Continuous, accurate, and timely fire support

under all conditions of weather, visibility, andterrain.

l Flexibility to engage targets over a wide area.l Prompt massing of fires of all available units in

any area within range.l Rapid delivery of fires within the zone of the

supported unit.l Control of artillery through orders, policies,

priorities, and by means of adequate liaisonand communications.

l Implementation of safety measures.l Gaining/exchanging target information.l Coordination of subordinate unit’s fires and

integration of the artillery fire plan with othersupporting arms.

Organization

The FDC is organized to meet the requirementsand conditions existing at the artillery headquar-ters. Its configuration may vary with the mode ofoperation and tactical situation; e.g, degree ofpermanence. FDCs may be established in tents,buildings or vehicles. In the typical regiment andbattalion FDC, operations and intelligence sectionsare collocated. The arrangement must allow for therapid determination of fire direction (tactical ortechnical) and exchange of information betweenpersonnel. Maps and charts should be positioned tofacilitate sharing of information. Radios must bepositioned to allow for monitoring and the rapidaccess by commanders and staffs. Space must beallowed for liaison officers (LNOs) or representa-tives of attached elements; e.g., TPC. Only essen-tial personnel should be in the FDC. In theregiment and battalion FDCs, a watch officer/FDOsupervises the operation of the FDC, under thecognizance of the S-3. The S-3 positions himselfwhere he can best perform his duties. In the batteryFDC, the battery FDO supervises the operations ofthe FDC.

Tactical Fire Direction

The regiment FDC exercises tactical fire direc-tion of organic artillery battalions and attachedartillery units; e.g., attached multiple launchrocket system (MLRS). It exercises tactical firedirection to the degree consistent with thecommunications capability, positioning of units,and range capability. The regiment FDC receivesfire missions from several sources, including thedivision FSCC and its own observers; e.g.,survey, weapons-locating radars, etc. It alsoreceives requests for reinforcing fires from artil-lery battalions. The regiment assigns firemissions to a battalion or attached unit. To avoid

Artillery Operations ____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2-11

diverting DS artillery from its primary mission,artillery units in GS are normally tasked first. Theregiment FDC directs the massing of artillerybattalions on targets worthy of such attack.

Targeting and Counterfire Activities

The regiment FDC works closely with thedivision FSCC and division G-2 section tomanage target ing. The art i l lery regimentcommander, as division FSC, ensures the coordi-nation of all targeting and counterfire activities.The regiment S-3 and S-2 interface with theircounterparts in the artillery battalions and withthe CBR platoon commander for targeting.Specific emphasis is on counterfire targets.

Movement and Positioning

The regiment FDC monitors the location of artil-lery battalions, attached artillery units, andweapons-locating radars.

The artillery battalion commander in DS willposi t ion his bat ter ies to best support thesupported unit. He keeps the regiment FDCinformed on the positions of his units. The DSartillery commander keeps the regiment FDCinformed of all displacements directed by the DSbattalion to include the reinforcing artillerybattalion. When required, the artillery regimentcommander or S-3 may assign a PA to a DS orreinforcing battalion. This is normally done for afuture mission assignment. Such assignment mustnot preclude the battalion from accomplishing itscurrent mission.

The regiment commander or S-3 directs thepositioning of GS and GS-R units and radarsoperating under regiment control. These units arepositioned to ensure adequate coverage of thedivision, provide mutual support, support thedivision as a whole, and facilitate future missionassignments. The positions of DS and R units are

considered when positioning GS and GS-R unitswithin the division FSCC.

Clearance to Fire

Calls for Fire

The FDC is responsible for ensuring clearance tofire has been received for artillery fires. Artilleryfires on targets beyond an established coordinatedfire line (CFL), by definition, can be deliveredwithout clearance from the unit in whose zone ofaction the fires will impact. Fires on targets shortof the CFL, however, require some method ofclearance. Based on the commander’s rules ofengagement (ROE), the procedure for clearingthese calls for fire will be specified in operationorders or unit SOPs as positive clearance orpassive clearance. Artil lery COF nets aremonitored by artillery LNOs in battalion FSCCs.After coordinating the monitored call for fire asdiscussed in MCWP 3-16, the LNO (on behalf ofthe FSC) approves or denies the request for clear-ance to engage the target and the use of artillery onthe target (type and volume of fire requested).Under positive clearance procedures, each call forfire on targets short of the CFL must be specifi-cally cleared by a voice or digital transmissionfrom the FSCC of the unit in whose zone of actionthe fires will impact. This may require FSCCsmonitoring calls for fire from its observers to seekclearance from other FSCCs. Under passive clear-ance procedures, the FSCC monitors the call forfire transmission. It remains silent if the firemission is cleared (silence is consent). It interjectsby voice or digital transmission if the fire missionis not cleared or if more time is required to clearthe fire mission; e.g., with another FSCC. Forfurther discussion, see MCWP 3-16.

Adjustments

Cumulative corrections in the adjustment phaseof a fire mission must be followed for possibleinterference or danger to friendly units.

2-12 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Fires beyond the Fire Support Coordination Line

Units firing on targets beyond the fire supportcoordination line (FSCL) must inform all otheraffected units in sufficient time to allow reaction toavoid friendly casualties and unnecessary duplica-tion. The MAGTF FFCC or senior FSCC will estab-lish procedures for exchanging this information.

Other Clearance

Based on the maneuver commander’s guidance,clearance may have to be obtained before use ofthose munitions that can cause danger or affectoperations of the supported or other units. Examplesare smoke, illumination, improved conventionalmunitions (ICM), and family of scatterable mines(FASCAM). See MCWP 3-16.

Request for Reinforcing Fires

The request for reinforcing fires form (see figure2-5) is designed to assist FDCs in recording,properly formatting, and transmitting technicalfire direction information. It uses procedures anddoctrinal formats found in MCWP 3-16.4,Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for FieldArtillery Manual Cannon Gunnery. The follow-ing procedures will be used with the request forreinforcing fires form.

Mass Fire Collective Call Sign

Each regiment will develop a collective call signto be used on all missions directed to or initiatedby the regiment COC.

Readback

Readback of all tactical fire direction informa-t ion wil l be performed by the designatedreadback station. All other units will acknowl-edge receipt of the fire order in battalion numeri-cal sequence subsequent to the readback.

Reporting Ready and Time of Flight

Firing units will only report “Ready” and “Time ofFlight” on fire missions where the time of opening

fire is designated as “At My Command,” and shortcountdown time on targets (TOTs). These reportsare unnecessary for time interval TOTs (firingunits will only report to the controlling elementwhen they are unable to meet the TOT).

Reporting

During a mass fire mission, all required reports—shot, rounds complete, etc.—will be sent to thecontrolling element.

Reporting During Schedule of Fires

When a schedule of fires is initiated, firing unitswill report “Shot” at the beginning of the sched-ule of fires and “Rounds Complete” at the end ofthe schedule of fires. When a firing unit fails tomeet the scheduled ammunition expenditure forindividual targets within a schedule, it will bereported immediately to the controlling element.This will afford the agency initiating the sched-ule to decide if a repeat of the mission or attackby another fire support means is required to meetthe commander’s attack guidance. Also, if afiring unit anticipates missing a specific time linein the schedule of fires, it will report this tohigher headquarters immediately. This will affordhigher headquarters the opportunity to deconflictwith the establishing agency.

Forms, Records, and Charts

The FDC must maintain the necessary forms,records, and charts to conduct fire direction.MCWP 3-16.4 discusses the requirements fortechnical fire direction. For tactical fire direc-tion, some of the requirements are discussed inthe following paragraphs.

Situation Map

The SITMAP is actively sought and maintainedby FDCs for adequate fire support and safety tofriendly forces.


Figure 2-5. Example Request for Reinforcing Fires Form.

2-14 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

The SITMAP shows battery positions, artilleryheadquarters echelon positions, supported unitheadquarters echelons, fire capabilities overlaydepicting the range and traverse limits of thefiring units, target overlay, and radar capabilitiesoverlay, as required.

The supported unit SITMAP shows the schemeof maneuver overlay, fire support coordinatingmeasure (FSCM) overlay, check points and routeoverlay, FO positions (firing battery), and maneu-ver unit positions.

The threat SITMAP is maintained by the intelli-gence section. Emphasis is on plotting highpayoff targets.

S-3 Journal

The S-3 journal is used to record all incidents andmessages with an entry describing the actiontaken, if any. Copies of messages and orders sentand received and records of fire missions shouldbe maintained. At specific intervals, the journal isclosed and becomes part of the unit journalmaintained by the regiment S-3.

Miscellaneous Forms, Records, and Charts

Examples of these are fire order standards andammunition and communications status.

Reporting

FDCs exchange reports with each other and theirsupported units. These reports assist in tactical firedirection and fire support coordination. See appen-dix D for formats. The artillery, as prescribed inthe operation order or SOPs, may submit otherreports. Unnecessary reports or reports that dupli-cate data submitted in other reports should beavoided. Also see MCRP 3-37.2A, Chemical andBiological Contamination Avoidance.

Ammunition Report

The ammunition report (AMREP) is used tomaintain an accurate ammunition status of firingunits. It facilitates ammunition resupply and the

forecasting of consumption rates. The AMREPis submitted frequently enough to allow opera-tional and resupply decisions. The frequency forsubmission is often specified in unit SOPs or inoperation orders. Submit the report to the higherartillery headquarters. The artillery LNO withthe supported unit’s FSCC is kept abreast of theartillery’s ammunition status.

Displacement Report

The displacement report (DISREP) is used toreport the displacement of a firing battery orelement. The DISREP is submitted when the unitcan no longer fire from its present position due todisplacement. The report is submitted to the higherartillery headquarters and to the supported unit.

Fire Capabilities Report

The fire capability report (FIRECAP) is used toreport the firing status of an artillery battery orelement. The report is made when a unit occupiesa new firing position and is ready to fire or whena change occurs in the number of weapons avail-able; e.g., a gun out of action due to threat actionor mechanical malfunction. The FIRECAP is sentto the higher artillery headquarters and thesupported unit.

Command Post Report

The command post report (CPREP) is used toreport the time of opening and closing of aheadquarters echelon and the location of the newechelon. The report is submitted to the higherartillery headquarters and the supported unit.

Flash Report/Spot Report/Target Report

These reports are submitted after significantincidents such as contact with the threat, incom-ing fires, receipt of friendly casualties, damageto friendly equipment, findings of significantintelligence value or initiation/completion oftactical operations. The target report (TAREP),used to pass target data, is submitted when asignificant target is detected or after the attack


of a significant target or target on the target list.Submit these reports to the higher headquartersand the supported unit.

Radar Report

The radar report is used by the artillery to controland coordinate the use of CBR platoon radars.The CBR platoon and the controlling artilleryunit use the report.

Firing Report

The firing report (FIREP) is used to report thefiring on a major target. Major targets are normallyspecified in the operation order or SOP. The reportis submitted to the higher artillery headquartersand/or supported unit.

Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Reports

NBC reports are used to report NBC contamina-tion and conditions as determined by friendlyunits. They are sent as directed by establishedSOPs, operation orders or fragmentary orders.

Other Reports

Other reports may be submitted by the artillery asprescribed in the operation order or SOPs. Avoidunnecessary reports or duplicate reports.

Other Functions of the Regiment Fire Direction Center

l Ammunition management.l Muzzle velocity management.l Coordinate CBR platoon employment.l Arrange survey and met support.l Coordinate electronic warfare (EW) support.l Coordinate engineer support.l Interface with supported unit’s FSCC on

artillery.l Disseminate FSCMs, attack guidance, and

other information received from supportedunit.

l Prepare the artillery fire plan.l Disseminate firing restrictions and safety

guidelines.l Coordinate NBC defense and operations.

SECTION III. REGIMENT SURVEY

Mission

The mission of regiment survey is to provide acommon grid over the division area. This includesestablishing initial control, densification of existingcontrol, and conversion to common control overstations not in the division network. The survey sectionnormally performs fourth order surveys for massing offires, delivery of surprise observed fires, delivery ofeffective unobserved fires, and transmission of targetdata from one unit to another to aggressively neutralizeand destroy threat targets. Establishing a common gridis a command responsibility.

Duties of the Regiment Survey Officer

The regiment survey officer is a member of theregiment special staff. His duties include, but arenot limited to, the following:

l Accompany the regiment commander or hisrepresentative on reconnaissance of the newposition.

l Advise the commander of the capabilities andlimitations of the survey section.

l Formulate and implement the regiment surveyplan.

2-16 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

l Maintain close liaison with the battalion surveyofficers and coordinate survey operationswithin the regiment.

l Establish, coordinate, and supervise the activi-ties of the SIC.

Duties of the Survey Chief

The survey chief is the principal assistant to thesurvey officer. His duties include, but are notlimited to, the following:

l Perform, when directed, any or all of the dutiesof the regiment survey officer.

l Ensure all survey data is correctly derived,transmitted, and filed at the SIC.

l Supervise and train surveyors in conductingoperations and maintaining survey equipment.

Duties of the Chief of Party (Conventional and Position and Azimuth Determining System)

l Train his survey party.l Supervise and coordinate field operations of

his survey team.l Maintain and be accountable for his equipment.

Duties of the Survey Recorder/Computer

l Maintain the required forms for computationsof survey.

l Perform independent computations with asurvey computer system.

l Maintain the survey section’s computer sys-tems.

l Perform chief of party’s duties in his absence.

Duties of the Instrument Operator

The instrument operator operates and performspreventive maintenance checks and services onthe team’s survey equipment.

Survey Information Center

The SIC will be established by the regimentsurvey officer in the regiment COC.

The SIC is organic to the regiment survey sectionand is the only section authorized to compile,maintain, and issue changes to a trigonometric listpending approval from the CO. The SIC willmaintain a file of survey control points (SCPs)applicable to the area of operations (AOs).

The SIC will disseminate survey information toall interested parties of the regiment and division.This information can be in the form of trigono-metric lists, SCP listings, survey assistance,computations or points of contact with higheragencies such as the National Imagery andMapping Agency (NIMA).

The SIC will maintain a combination operation/SITMAP, which will depict, at a minimum—

l Friendly situation.l SCPs.l Present and proposed artillery positions, obser-

vation posts (OPs), met and radar sites, and otherpertinent information.

Regiment Survey Methods

All regiment survey sections will accomplishfield work procedures and computations involvedin global positioning system (GPS) surveying,traverse, intersection, resection, hasty survey, andastronomic observation techniques in accordancewith MCWP 3-16.7. The regiment survey sectionis the only unit permitted to establish permanentSCPs. See MCWP 3-16.7 for more informationon starting control; distance determination; anglemeasurement; recorder’s notes/closure of survey;computations; station marking; and priority ofsurvey.


All station marking will be in accordance withMCWP 3-16.7. If a station must be placed in aroadway, the location will be marked by a naildriven through a piece of colored flagging anda witness stake will be placed near the edge ofthe road.

Stations will be tagged with the name of thestation, order or accuracy, the surveyor’s unit,and date of survey.

The regiment is the only unit authorized to selecta fourth order station for enclosure in a trigono-metric list and to monument it in concrete orother permanent marker.

SCPs are considered public domain and are not tobe used as staging areas, rally points, CPs or targets.

FOs may temporarily occupy suitable SCPs toconduct height of burst (HOB)/mean point ofimpact (MPI) registrations, but must depart thestation upon completion. Survey equipment foundon top of a station must not be disrupted, due to thepossibility that survey operations may be inprogress. For priority of survey—

l Establish SCPs for the battalions.l Extend control to CBR sites.l Establish declination stations.l Extend control to met stations.l Perform target area survey that is outside a

battalion’s area of responsibility (AOR).l Assist battalion survey sections and other units

(mortars, position location reporting system[PLRS], EW, etc.).

SECTION IV. REGIMENT METEOROLOGY

Mission

Atmospheric conditions affect the accuracy ofartillery fires. To increase the possibility of targetneutralization from first round fire for effect, andto support the artillery in accomplishing itsmission, the met section must provide timely andaccurate met messages. This will allow artilleryunits to correct for all nonstandard weather condi-tions and ensure effects on target. The mission ofthe artillery is to provide the following types ofelectronic met messages.

Computer

Computer met messages are used to apply metcorrections to the computer solution of the gunneryproblem and for use in the AN/TPQ-36 radar.

Ballistic

Ballistic met messages are used to apply metcorrections to the manual solution of the gunnery

problem and the backup computer system-replacement (BUCS-R).

Fallout

Fallout met messages are used by NBC sectionsto determine the downwind hazards caused by anNBC agent attack.

Target Acquisition

Target acquisition met messages are used toapply met corrections to AN/TPQ-37 CBRs(relative humidity is used by the Q-37 to correctfor refraction).

Limited Source Observation

Although these messages provide limited weatherconditions for a small portion of the battlefield,they can provide the theater commander anaccurate weather picture for the entire AO whencombined. This met message is also given to the

2-18 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

NBC defense officer for use in projecting chemi-cal downwind hazard areas.

Duties of the Regiment Meteorology Officer

The met officer is a member of the regimentspecial staff. He is responsible for making recom-menda t i ons and adv i s i ng t he r eg imen tcommander and his staff on all artillery metmatters. His duties include, but are not limited to,the following:

l Select positions for the met stations.l Coordinate with adjacent met sections and

supported units concerning met schedules.l Ensure all met data disseminated is verified in

accordance with MCWP 3-16.5, Field ArtilleryMeteorology.

Duties of the Regiment Meteorology Chief

The regiment met chief acts as the principal assis-tant to the met officer and, when directed,performs duties of the met officer. His dutiesinclude, but are not limited to, the following:

l Supervise the operation of the met station.l Direct the emplacement of the met section

equipment.

Coordination of Assets

It is the responsibility of the artillery regiment/battalion commander to recommend the positionof the met assets assigned to his organization. Itis the met officer’s responsibility to determine theexact location of the met assets. The met teamleader will determine the exact location of themet equipment within the met site. In manyinstances, the met section chief will act in thecapacity of the met officer and must be techni-cally qualified to perform those duties.

Meteorological Operations

The regiment met station will be employed whereit can best support the artillery regiment. It ispossible for met messages to be available frommore than one source. When messages from morethan one met section are available, the followingselection criteria will be used:

l First Preference—select the met messagefrom a section within 20 kilometers of theprojectile midpoint trajectory and less than2 hours old.

l Second Preference—select the met messagefrom a section within 20 kilometers of the pro-jectile midpoint trajectory and more than 2 hoursold. A met message may be considered validfrom 1 to 4 hours depending on the time of dayand patterned atmospheric conditions.

l Third Preference—select the met messagefrom a section within 80 kilometers of theprojectile midpoint trajectory and less than2 hours old.

Meteorological Site Selection

The primary consideration in site selection is theability of the met section to accomplish itsassigned mission. The commander’s missionorder and his intent must be understood andcarried out. Before a site is selected, the require-ments of the supported unit, types of met supportrequired (electronic/visual), and units requiringthe support must be considered.

Tactical Situation

The commander must provide a situation state-ment prior to selecting a site. The statement mustconsider both the threat and friendly situations,with particular emphasis on how they relate to theassigned mission. It is critical that the met officerknow the friendly scheme of maneuver and theanticipated threat course of action (COA).


Coordination of Assets

Coordination with adjacent units is essential toensure that multiple flights are not flown when asingle flight would suffice if it were dissemi-nated properly. It is the responsibility of the metofficer to inform the commander of the necessityfor this type of liaison. The met chief shouldcoordinate all liaison activities with adjacentunits.When determining met validity, the size ofthe area that must be covered and the type ofterrain are essential data. Consideration must alsobe made for the operating frequency of the radio-sondes to prevent met sections from tracking thewrong radiosonde.

Communications

The site must facilitate the transmission andreceipt of communications from the headquarterselement and the using unit. In the site selectionprocess, the met team chief must plan for radio orwire, voice and digital communications. The typeof met equipment to be used is critical whenconsidering communications. The AN/TMQ-41metereological measuring system (MMS) iscapable of both digital and voice communicationby either wire or radio. When visual met pilotballoon (PIBAL) systems are used, communica-tions are restricted to only voice communications.

Supported Units

Not only must the met sections be able tocommunicate with the units requiring metsupport, they must also be positioned where theycan provide the most accurate met data to thelargest number of units possible. Positioningmust be as efficient as possible. A clear and openarea is necessary for establishing a met site andemplacing the AN/TMQ-41 MMS. Consider-ation should also be given to the possibility ofsignal interference from high powered communi-cation assets. The met station should be locatedwhere it can best support the artillery, yet betactically survivable. Also, the met station must

know the primary direction of fire and theprevailing winds.

Supporting Unit

The met section can only transport a 7-day supplyon their vehicle assets. The supporting unitshould maintain a 14-day supply on hand for allthree met sections.

Measuring Atmospheric Conditions

Met personnel are responsible for measuring,computing, and reporting the current atmosphericconditions as they relate to the artillery. Metsections employ two methods of measuringatmospheric conditions: electronic and visualPIBAL.

The electronic method is the most accurate and thepreferred measuring method. The AN/TMQ-41MMS is the primary means for determiningelectronic met data. The MMS has the capabilityfor digital interface with the battery computersystem (BCS), interim fire support automatedsystem, and AFATDS. The system can digitallycommunicate via wire and radio. The MMS doesnot emit signals as it tracks a radiosonde. TheMMS also has a remote launch capability, whichenables the system to track a radiosonde launchedfrom as far as 20 kilometers from the MMS site.Also, a mobile mode enables the MMS to marchorder while a flight is still in progress and contin-ues to track it until the MMS vehicle arrives at thenext position, at which time the message is dissem-inated.

Visual met is determining upper air conditionsfrom PIBAL observation. Visual met is an alterna-tive or backup to electronic met. Visual met is theprimary method of measuring atmospheric condi-tions for independently deployed firing batterieswhen distance and met validity are considerableand electronic means cannot be used.

2-20 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Requirements and Dissemination of Data

To ensure the best support possible, the followinginformation is required for met support:

l Type of message required.l Maximum ordinate expected.l Dates required.l Delivery times (local standard time).l Method of delivery to include frequency and

call signs.

Mets will be flown as scheduled by the metofficer based on guidance from the regiment S-3and patterned atmospheric conditions for the AO.Additional mets, modifications to the schedule orspecial requirements should be coordinated withthe regiment S-3.

Met messages will normally be transmitteddigitally to the COC for redistribution/dissemina-tion to subordinate units or, in the case of a direct

support battalion, directly to the battalion COC. Inall cases the best method for transmission will beemployed. Met messages will be distributed inaccordance with the current SOP for communica-tions or per current operation order.

Battalions with a DS tactical mission requestingmet support must coordinate with the regimentS -3 and met officer. Once a met team is attached,the met team chief is responsible to the battalionS-3 for the positioning and the operation of themet station. Logistical support (fuel, localsecurity, communications, and messing) will beprovided by the unit being supported. Tacticalguidance will be provided by the battalion S-3.The unit supported must provide survey recon-naissance support.

Units receiving a met message will verify itsvalidity in accordance with MCWP 3-16.4. If thevalidity of the met message is questionable, theunit will contact the regiment FDC, battalionFDC or met team for resolution.

SECTION V. COUNTERBATTERY RADAR PLATOON

Mission

The primary mission of the CBR platoon is tolocate threat rocket, mortar, and arti l leryweapons and process a l l acquired threa tlocations in a timely manner for counterfire andintelligence purposes. Secondary missions thatcan be assigned by the supported artillery unitare adjusting or registering artillery. When aradar is used for a secondary mission, it cannotperform its primary mission.

AN/TPQ-46A Capabilities

The AN/TPQ-46A firefinder radar can deter-mine accurate first round locations of threat

rocket, mortar, and artillery weapons firingeither high or low angle from 750 to 24,000meters. The radar is normally employed toelectronically scan a sector of 1600 mils in thehostile mode of operation. However, the radarcan search an area of up to 6400 mils by usingt h e e x t e n d e d a z i m u t h f u n c t i o n . I n t h i sfunction, the designated search area is dividedinto 1600-mil sections and the radar automati-cally searches each sector for the amount oftime assigned by the operator. If a sector hasnot been programmed for search, the antennamay be reprogrammed and operational within20 seconds. The radar detects, verifies, andtracks projectiles in flight. The radar has twomodes of operation: hostile and friendly. Seetable 2-1.


In-flight tracking data determines the hostileweapon location and the predicted impact point.The radar can simultaneously track up to 10projectiles and store 200 targets in memory whilesearching for new targets. Special proceduresallow for averaging of closely grouped weapons,elimination of repeated weapon locations, andweapon-location height adjustment. Weaponlocation can be determined to an accuracy of 50meters. Impact predictions are accurate to approxi-mately 100 meters. The radar sections transmitdata digitally or by voice to the TPC and to a firingunit, if assigned.

The radar can register and adjust friendly indirectfire. For this use, firing batteries are linked eitherdigitally by BCS or voice to a radar section. If

voice, the preferred method is wire. Impacts aredetermined to an accuracy of 50 meters.

AN/TPQ-37 Capabilities

When operating in joint environments, it is likelythat employment of AN/TPQ-37 radars will affectMarine Corps operations. The AN/TPQ-37 isoptimized to locate longer-range, low-angle, highervelocity weapons such as long range artillery androckets. However, it will also locate short-range,high-angle, lower velocity weapons complement-ing the AN/TPQ-46A. The AN/TPQ-37 has aminimum range of 3 kilometers and a maximumrange of 50 kilometers. For artillery, the higher

Table 2-1. Target Acquisition Radar Planning Table.

Weapons-Locating RadarsCharacteristics AN/TPQ-46A AN/TPQ-37

Planning RangesArtillery and MortarsRockets

12,000m24,000m

30,000m50,000m

Azimuth Search Sector Coverage1600 mils (6400 in extended azimuth mode) 1600 mils

Accuracy FFE Accuracy FFE Accuracy

Traverse 6400 mils 6400 mils

Elevation 15 to 30 mils Screen Crest 5 to 15 mils Screen Crest

Emplacement Time 20 min 30 min

Fording Capability 16 in 30 in

Travel Weight Trailer 4,400 lbsShelter 2,780 lbs

Trailer 17,780 lbsShelter 2,780 lbs

Dimensions (length, width, and height) Trailer

170.75 x 84.5 x 94 in 234.75 x 96 x 134 in

Shelter on 2-1/2 Ton Truck 264.25 x 97.75 x 123.75 in 234.24 x 97.75 x 123.75 in

5-Ton Truck with 60 KW Generator N/A 323.25 x 96 x 119.75 in

Shelter (alone) 109.25 x 81.5 x 79.75 in 109.25 x 81.5 x 79.75 in

60 KW Generator without Truck N/A 156 x 86.5 x 63.75 in

Q-37 Antenna and Transceiver Group without Trailer

N/A 163.5 x 96 x 91.25 in

AN/MJQ-25 Generator with Trailer 171.12 x 82 x 98 in

Air Transport ExternalCH-47D, UH-60, CH-53EInternal C-130

ExternalCH-47DInternal C-141

Type of Targets Mortars, Artillery, Rockets Mortars, Artillery, Rockets

Normal Distance from ForwardLine of Troops

3 to 6 km 8 to 12 km

2-22 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

probability of detection is approximately 30kilometers. Minimum and maximum detectionranges can be established for the AN/TPQ-37provided they are separated by at least 900 meters(same requirement as the AN/TPQ-46A).

The AN/TPQ-37 sector of search is from 300 mils(minimum) to 1600 mils (maximum). Although theAN/TPQ-37 is not equipped with the extendedazimuth search function like the AN/TPQ-46A, theantenna maintains a 6400-mil traverse capability.The antenna may be reprogrammed to search a newsector and operational within 20 seconds. The AN/TPQ-37 can be emplaced and operational within 30minutes and march-ordered within 15 minutesduring daylight hours. Although actual capabilitiesof this radar are classified, it can determine locationswith fire for effect (FFE) accuracy. See table 2-2.

Radar Team Employment

In MEF operations, the CBR platoon is normallyemployed as a unit and controlled by the artilleryregiment commander. The TPC is established inthe artillery regiment main COC or collocatedwith the FSC at the division COC. The CBRplatoon commander works under the cognizanceof the regiment S-2. He works closely with theregiment S-2 and S-3 to ensure that all CBRassets are optimally used and that all counterfireand intelligence data generated by those assetsare processed correctly. If the MEF is operatingover a wide area or in rough terrain, it may benecessary to divide the platoon into detachmentsto provide optimum support. In this situation,

each detachment will be task- organized withcontrol either retained by the artillery regimentcommander or passed to designated artillerybattalion commanders (either DS or GS). Suchdecentralization can enhance timely targetengagement.

The CBR platoon commander coordinates theemployment of radars operating under regimentcontrol. The S-2 and S-3 provide guidance asdeduced from the plan of observation. The S-3designates the areas that will receive radar cover-age. Based on this guidance, the CBR platooncommander selects a sector of search and generalPA for each radar section. The radar section chiefselects the actual site for the radar. The generalPA should provide sufficient space for the radarsection chief to locate a site to meet technicalconsideration.

The battalion S-2 coordinates the employment ofradars placed under battalion control. The CBRdetachment commander recommends the generalPA to the battalion S-3. The radar section chiefselects the actual radar site. The radar providestargets to the battalion FDC, where the informationis acted on and sent to the regiment FDC. If thebattalion cannot achieve the desired effects on atarget or is unable to engage the target, reinforcingfires are requested. This will usually occur whenthe battalion is too involved with close support toengage a counterfire target. The regiment providesguidance on positioning, coverage zones, cueing,and frequencies. The regiment can reallocate radarassets across the division front as dictated by thesituation.

Offensive Operations

Positioning authority of radar teams remains withthe regiment based on division G-2/G-3 guidanceand coordination with the maneuver commander.Radar teams may be attached to DS battalions.The following planning considerations applyregardless of radar’s tactical mission:

l The regiment will position radars to maximizecoverage and reduce zonal overlap.

Table 2-2. AN/TPQ-37 CEP Accuracies.

Weapon CEP Accuracy (Whichever is Greater)Mortar 50% 35m or 0.35% of range

Mortar 90% 90m or 0.90% of range

Artillery 50% 35m or 0.35% of range

Artillery 90% 90m or 0.90% of range

Rocket 50% 70m or 0.70% of range

Rocket 90% 175m or 1.0% of range


l DS battalions may be tasked with providingsurvey support for radars in their zone of fire;however, the AN/TPQ-46A possesses theModular Azimuth Positioning System (MAPS)for self-survey support.

l DS battalions may be tasked with clearing PAswithin their zone of fire.

l DS battalions should establish a link with theradars and their supported unit’s zone to facilitatecounterbattery fires in their zone of fire.

Defensive Operations

Radar employment will be centralized to themaximum extent. The regiment will position radarsto maximize coverage and reduce zonal overlap.

Positioning

Tactically, the radar is positioned to providecoverage of the zone of action of the supportedunit and to provide overlap coverage with otherradars. Generally, the radar is positioned 3 to 6kilometers behind the forward line of own troops(FLOT). Radars should be positioned at least1,000 meters apart and not face each other. Alter-nate positions are always selected. The CBRsection uses two systems to identify positions:

l Fire Finder Position Analysis System(FFPAS)—Software used during planning toidentify optimal locations for radar positions. Thesoftware incorporates digital terrain elevationdata (DTED), radar parameters, and threat indi-rect fire capabilities to maximize hostile weapondetection and radar section survivability.

l Modular Azimuth Positioning System(MAPS)—the Q-46A is equipped with its ownsurvey capability that provides for positional anddirectional control.

The radar site should be flat. The slope of theground must be less than 120 mils for the radarantenna to be leveled for proper functioning. Theoptimum radar site will have terrain that gently

slopes downward in the direction of search for adistance of at least 200 meters and then risessharply to form a screening crest (a hill mass). Ascreening crest between the radar and the threatwill protect the radar from the threat’s EW, directobservation, and direct fire. The screening crestshould be located within 300 to 1,000 meters ofthe radar site and in friendly territory. The screen-ing crest must protect the radar site withoutdegrading radar operation. The ideal screeningcrest angle for the AN/TPQ-46A radar is 15 to 30mils or less. The radar can function with a screen-ing crest of up to 100 mils, but accuracy and detec-tion decrease as screening crest height increases.

The radar site should provide cover and conceal-ment but the cover should not interfere withvisual or e lec t ronic l ine of s ight (LOS).Electronic LOS is a straight path from the trans-mitting antenna to a reflecting object (projectile)or a receiving antenna unobstructed by terrain orother objects. Care must be also taken to ensurethat the area in front of the antenna does notabsorb or attenuate radar emissions. Reflectionswill cause multipath errors that produce falsetargets in the radar’s computer. Optimally, thesite will be surrounded on three sides with tallvegetation to provide a tunneling effect of radaremissions and to reduce the amount of side loberadiation escaping from the radar site.

Probability of detecting projectiles is a primeconsideration in the positioning of radars. In thehostile fire mode, the radar should be positionedto sight the projectile while it ascends andapproaches the radar. The probability of detectionvaries with the horizontal (aspect) angle formedat the hostile weapon position between the direc-tion of the hostile projectile and the direction ofthe radar position. In the friendly fire mode, theradar must be able to sight the projectile as itdescends and travels away from the radar. Theaspect angle for friendly fire is 1000 mils.

The radar must be positioned for good communi-cations to the TPC. If possible, the radar positionshould be near a firing battery to facilitate survey

2-24 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

and logistical support, and to take advantage ofany existing defensive perimeters. The positionmust be accessible and provide adequate spacefor dispersion of four high-mobility multipur-pose wheeled vehicles (HMMWVs), tents forpersonnel, generators, remoted antennae, andother equipment.

Cueing

The radar emits a very high powered beam ofenergy especially vulnerable to detection. Tominimize its vulnerability, a system of cueing(external actions or inputs that cause a surveil-lance or target acquisition device to turn on andsearch a suspect area) must be established for theradar to radiate appropriately in hostile andfriendly modes. The CBR platoon commander andS-2 coordinate cueing schedules and instructionsbased on all intelligence information and thecommander’s guidance. Cueing instructions willvary with the threat, terrain, and mode of opera-tion. Alternate cueing methods should be planned.

In the hostile mode, the radar is oriented andactivated on a suspected weapons location asdetermined by information and intelligencesources. The radar is cued only when threatindirect fire weapons are active. FOs, OPs, andair crews are sources that can cue radars. Theradar can radiate for 15 minutes or more withoutbeing located by threat ground-based EW ifoptimum conditions are met. These conditions area minimum search sector, screening crest, and atunneling effect created by vegetation. If the sitehas a screening crest but no vegetation for atunneling effect, radiation must be limited to 8minutes. If a screening crest is either not avail-able or inadequate, radiation time must be limitedto 2 minutes. If the radar radiates for more than 2minutes, then it must displace immediately toprevent detection.

In the friendly mode, the operator will initiateradiating when the firing unit announces “Shot”and will cease radiating when the radar console

signals “Display next location,” or 15 secondsafter the firing unit announces “Splash,” which-ever occurs first.

Regardless of the merits of the radar site or threatEW capability, the EW threat, as well as friendlyEW missions conducted, must be constantlyevaluated and updated for maximum radarefficiency and survivability. Radiating times ofover 2 minutes should be carefully consideredbefore implementation.

Zone Management

The radar employment officer will establish radarsearch fans based on guidance from the G-2/G-3and S-2/S-3. He will establish common sensorboundaries (CSBs) to reduce multiple targetgeneration. For planning purposes, the CSB willbe established at the maximum range of the AN/TPQ-46A coverage that wi l l become theminimum search range for the AN/TPQ-37.Measures should be taken to provide a specificarea of overlap based on the tactical situation.

The radar officer will establish call for fire zones(CFFZs), critical friendly zones (CFZs), artillerytarget intelligence zones (ATIZs) and censorzones (CZs) based on guidance from the G-2/G-3and S-2/S-3.

l CFFZ—An area in threat territory that themaneuver commander considers extremelyimportant to neutralize fires from immediatecounterfire.

l CFZ—An area where friendly units or unitsthat the maneuver commander designates ascritical are located.

l ATIZ—An area in threat territory that themaneuver commander wants to monitorclosely. Weapon locations in this zone will bereported immediately. Their priori ty isexceeded only by targets in a critical friendlyzone or a CFFZ.

l CZ—An area from which the commanderwishes to ignore all target detections. CZs must


be used judiciously, since the computer doesnot report a round originating from a CZ to theoperator. A CZ may be used to ignore afriendly artillery position that, because of itsaspect angle to the radar, could be detected asthreat artillery. This situation could occur whenan uneven FLOT exists or when friendly unitsare in threat territory.

Command and Control

The CBR platoon is employed as a unit or task-organized detachments for responsiveness.Depending on the situation, radars can becentrally controlled by the artillery regiment andthe CBR platoon assigned a GS mission.

Some radar sections can be attached to or placedunder the operational control of a battalion whenthe situation dictates. Attachment is favorable forlogistics or survey reasons, for widely-separatedoperations, and for the initial phases of anexpeditionary assault or expeditionary landing. Adetachment normally contains one to three radarsections, a TPC, and support personnel andequipment, i.e., maintenance, service, and surveysupport. The detachment commander, normallythe radar employment chief or a designatedindividual, serves as a special staff officer to thesupported artillery unit’s commander. Thesupported artillery commander controls thedetachment through the detachment commander.

Counterfire Headquarters

See chapter 7.

Target Processing Center Employment

TPC is a detachment of the CBR platoon. It aids inprocessing all counterfire related targets and is aliaison between the supported unit and the radars.The TPC operates in accordance with the decide,

detect, deliver, and assess (D3A) methodologyoutlined in MCWP 3-16A. Usually, the TPC willbe located with the division FSCC to take advan-tage of readily available intelligence to clearcounterfires, and ready access to the division airofficer to request aircraft for attack of counterfiretargets. The TPC can move by echelon with thedivision main CP and the division FWD CP. TheTPC may also be located at the regiment COC.Close coordination with the division G-2, G-3 andFSCC is required in this situation.

Integration

When an artillery organization is being supportedby the CBR platoon, it is critical for the TPC tobe fully integrated into that unit’s COC. To effec-tively function, the TPC should be located nearthe S-2 and close enough to the S-3 to exchangeinformation quickly. The TPC must route allcounterfire and intelligence data obtained by theradar through the S-2 for collation and analysis,prior to it being passed to the S-3. The TPC mustkeep the S-3 informed of all relevant informationpertaining to the CBR platoon, such as when theradars are moving, where the radars are movingto, the status of friendly fire missions, and theoperational status of the radars. The S-2 and S-3must keep the TPC informed of changes to threatand friendly situations, anticipated movements,and other information that could be important tothe effective employment of the CBR assets. It isimportant for the TPC to be included in the FWDand main command groups for constant commu-nication between the supported units and theradars. The CBR platoon/detachment commanderand the TPC chief must maintain close liaisonwith the supported communications officer so heis aware of the communications requirements ofthe TPC, and that TPC radio and communicationsequipment is incorporated into the communica-tions plan.

Target Production

Target production by the TPC varies from simpleto complex and is based on commander’s intent

2-26 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

and commander’s criteria. In its simplest form,target production is the mere passing of target dataacquired from a reliable source to the fire controlelement for prosecution. Complex target produc-tion involves the collation of data from one ormore sources for analysis so a decision can bedetermined to fire at the target or to file the targetuntil more information can be accumulated.

Target Selection Standards

Although targeting data is collected continu-ously, targets will be produced according to thecommander’s criteria. This set of guidelines willdetermine the difference between incoming datathat will be collated for future use, and incomingdata that will generate an immediate fire mission.

Target Production Map

The TPC maintains a target production map as anaid for producing valid targets and for displayingrequired information for intelligence purposes.The target production map consists of a map ofthe AOs with four overlays.

l Friendly situation overlay—maintains thepositions and activities of all friendly units inthe AOs.

l Geometry/control features overlay—containsall FSCMs, battlefield geometry, and radarsearch zones (i.e., call for fire, critical friendly,artillery target intelligence (ATI), sensor).

l Radar overlay—contains current radar loca-tions and sectors of search; i.e., radar fans.

l Target/target indicator overlay—displays threatactivity and target intelligence provided by all tar-get acquisition assets.

Information Flow

Information enters the TPC via several communi-cation nodes. Information processing and distri-bution within the TPC depends on the type of

data received. Targets received from radars areprocessed rapidly and forwarded to the G-2. Dataconsidered as a target indicator or data that needsto be collated for future use is plotted and storeduntil the collated data is sufficient to upgrade atarget indicator to target status.

The division intelligence net and digital voicesecure telephone (DVST) are the primary meansof communication between the G-2 and regimentS-2. The local area network (LAN), facsimile(FAX) machine, and couriers should be used tosend pertinent traffic to the G-2.

Hostile weapons locations enter the TPC fromCBR communication nodes. When a threatweapon location is transmitted from the radar tothe TPC, the following sequence of events willoccur:

l The TPC computer operator enters the datasent from the radar into the target file. Allinformation sent by the radar is written in thetarget log.

l Once the computer operator has compiled all ofthe data for a particular target location, heimmediately passes the printout to the S-2 andthe plotter. The plotter plots the hostile weaponlocation on the target and target indicatoroverlays of the target production map.

l The S-2 determines if the target should beassigned a high priority for counterfire pur-poses (based on the guidance of the maneuvercommander) or be targeted as intelligenceinformation. The S-2 should use the impactpredict location and the threat weapon locationto assist in assigning priorities to the target.Once the S-2 determines the priority, he eitherpasses the printout back to the TPC for colla-tion or presents the information to the S-3 withrecommendations. If the target is to be firedon, the target is transmitted to the S-3 com-puter operator from the TPC.


l Once action has been taken on a target or targetindicator by the S-3, that information flowsback to the TPC for file management.

l A significant amount of target traffic enters theCOC via the FDC. Reports from battalion S-2sand FOs arrive over the regiment intelligenceor FDC nets.

Battle Damage Assessment

BDA is a critical step in the targeting process.BDA reports from FOs are critical since atarget may still present a threat after it has beenfired upon. BDA received by DS artil lerybattalions should be sent to higher headquartersvia the supported infantry regiment. The artil-lery regiment S-2 should report BDA of GSarti l lery fire missions and regiment massmissions to higher headquarters/supportedmaneuver commanders.

The TPC must coordinate with the S-3 on thecommander’s attack guidance matrix. See figure2-6. Highest priority targets must be brought tothe FDC’s attention immediately.

Target selection standards information must beconsidered when making a confirmed/suspectedtarget determination. Targets are carefullyanalyzed to prevent firing on dummy targets andold positions. Considerations to be examinedinclude the following:

l Is the threat using deception measures?l How effective are the threat’s deception

measures?l What are the threat’s artillery tactics?

Quickfire Operations

Quickfire is a tactic involving CBR and a firesupport asset to destroy threat artillery. First,the target is located by primarily using theCBR. Once it is determined that the targetcannot be eliminated by friendly artillery, it ishanded over to another fire support asset forattack. The alternate method is to pass thetarget information to the division FSCC. Thedivision FSCC then assigns the target to a firesupport asset for attack.

HPT WHEN HOW EFFECT REMARKS

Command OPs P Arty N Plan in initial preparation

RSTA and OPs P Arty N Plan in initial preparation

2S1 and 2S3 I CAS (fixed) N Plan in initial preparation

2S6, SA-9, SA-13 P Arty S SEAD for CAS

Regt CP A EW/Arty EW/NCoordinate with electronic attack prior to neutralizing

Reserve Bn P CAS (fixed) DIntent to attack reserve bn in engagement area Hot

LEGEND: A = AS ACQUIRED N = NEUTRALIZED = DESTROY P = PLANNEDEW = JAMMING OR OTHER OFFENSIVE EW S = SUPPRESSI = IMMEDIATE

Figure 2-6. Attack Guidance Matrix.

CHAPTER 3MOVEMENT AND POSITIONING OF THE REGIMENT

General

The artillery commander positions his unit torender effective support to maneuver units andenhance survivability. Artillery units conductmovement and positioning by a procedure calledreconnaissance, selection, and occupation ofposition (RSOP). The purpose of RSOP is to assistthe rapid and orderly movement of the artilleryfrom a PA, assembly area or a march column intoa position from where it can deliver the firesupport required to accomplish its mission. SeeMCWP 3-16.3 for additional information.

Reconnaissance Methods

Reconnaissance is the continuous examination ofterrain to determine its suitability for use in accom-plishing the mission. Routes and positions forcannons, support installations, and OPs are reconnoi-tered. There are three methods of reconnaissance—map, air, and ground. The best reconnaissance uses acombination of all three methods.

Map Reconnaissance

Map reconnaissance involves studying and analyz-ing a map to become familiar with the terrain anddetermine the location of potential PAs and routes.This method is fast and should be the first step inany reconnaissance. Unsuitable PAs and routescan be eliminated immediately. However, mapreconnaissance will not reveal terrain or otherfeatures that may have changed, e.g., the existenceor utility of a bridge, surface conditions or thepresence of friendly or threat forces in positionsand along routes. When available, aerial photo-graphs can provide a current, detailed picture ofthe terrain.

Air Reconnaissance

Air reconnaissance is a quick way to reconnoiterlarge areas. It is especially useful for checkingroutes and for getting a general indication of theterrain and PA availability. However, detail of thearea may be difficult to determine. From the air,true surface conditions may be undistinguishableor distorted. Also, the ground may appear flatterthan in reality. The preferred aircraft for air recon-naissance is the helicopter. Space aboard theaircraft may not allow key staff members toaccompany the commander. When planning airreconnaissance, caution must be exercised topreclude the flight plan from compromising theroute or positions.

Ground Reconnaissance

Ground is the best method of reconnaissance andis ideally suited for defensive operations.However, it involves time to physically examinethe terrain for suitability and risk. Because cautionmust be exercised to avoid the risk of revealing theposition to the threat, ground reconnaissance isbest performed during daylight.

Reconnaissance for Movementof the Regiment

Reconnaissance is conducted to prepare for themovement and positioning of the regiment. Theregiment is moved and positioned to ensurecoverage to the supported force, to weight themain effort, to facilitate future operations, and toenhance artillery operations; e.g., mass fires,counterfire, survivability, communications, andCSS. The regiment commander may conductlimited reconnaissance due to his role as divisionar t i l l e ry of f ice r and FSC. The reg imentcommander and/or his S-3 direct the movement

3-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

and positioning of artillery battalions and otherunits with GS and GS-R missions and, whenrequired, battalions with DS and R missions. Toplan and execute the movement plan, an artilleryexecution/position matrix may be prepared.

Battalion Position Areas

Positioning of the regiment is accomplished byassigning battalion PAs. Position areas do notconstitute a rigid restrictive area for the battalionor its batteries. The PAs should be considered onlyas guides to be followed as closely as the mission,terrain, and tactical situation permit. Battalioncommanders conduct reconnaissance to find PAsto meet their assigned mission requirements andfollow the guidance of the regiment commander.

Regiment Headquarters Echelons

The commander positions his headquarters’echelons to enhance control and support of hisbattalions and coordination with the division. Thecommander locates himself where he can bestobtain the information critical to his situationalawareness and command the regiment. The COCof the echelon where the commander is located isdesignated the regiment CP.

The regiment commander selects the general PAfor the main echelon, with the S-3’s recommenda-tion. Selection is made by map, ground, or airreconnaissance. In consultation with the S-6, theregiment headquarters’ battery commanderconducts a reconnaissance to determine thespecific positions of the main echelon and thelocation for the COC within that position. Duringdisplacement, the main echelon’s personnel,vehicles, and equipment moving to and occupyingthe new position are temporarily designated theFWD echelon until control of operations has beenassumed from the main echelon.

The S-3 selects the general position for the rearechelon, with the S-4’s recommendation. The S-4or his representative conducts a reconnaissance todetermine the specific location of the rear echelon.

Counterbattery Radar Platoon

The CBR platoon commander moves and positionsradars operating under the regiment control forcoverage of the areas designated by the S-3. TheCBR platoon commander conducts reconnais-sance for PAs. The radar chief selects the actualsite for the radar.

Meteorology Station

The regiment met officer normally conducts recon-naissance and selects the PA for the met station.The met chief selects the actual site. The S-3makes recommendations for positioning andmovement of the station.

Route Reconnaissance

All units conduct route reconnaissance continu-ously. Route reconnaissance facilitates themovement and CSS of artillery units. This isessential in certain types of environments; e.g.,mountains, jungles, and arctic areas. Routes areselected to maximize trafficability and minimizedetection and attack by the threat. The strengthand condition of bridges and the location ofobstacles must be determined and routes andlanes marked. Roads may require improvementby engineers. Information about routes is dissem-inated to all units.

Route Priorities

The regiment S-3 establishes priorities for the useof the MSR. He coordinates the movement of artil-lery units with the division G-3 and G-4 and regi-ment S-2 and S-4, and issues movement orders.


Selecting the Position (Advance Party Operations)

The headquar te rs ba t te ry advance par tytypically consists of the battery commander, theregiment S-6, an S-3 representative, a commu-nications vehicle with personnel as designatedby the S-6 officer (wire, multichannel, etc.),and security personnel. If the personnel areavailable, a representative from each sectionshould accompany the advance party. Thespecific configuration of the advance party ismission and personnel dependent. Therefore, itmay change throughout combat operations.Every effort should be made to maintain conti-nuity among advanced party personnel tomaintain a high level of proficiency.

Site Selection

The advance party should designate locations forthe COC/FDC, radio antennae, vehicle dispersal,and, as applicable, for medical, supply, mainte-nance, and ammunition. A position should providesuitable cover and concealment. A position indefilade minimizes visual and radar observationsby the threat. Heavily wooded areas provide goodconcealment, but may hamper communications. Inopen terrain, the main echelon should be welldispersed. The position should be located ondefensible terrain and allow mutual protection withother units, if possible. Selecting a new COClocation must be conducive to tactical operationsas well as C2. The following paragraph providessome considerations and techniques:

l The most important consideration is the abilityto communicate with higher and supportedunits from the new site.

l Potential headquarters battery PAs asdesignated by the S-3.

l The headquarters battery commander and S-6conduct a thorough map reconnaissance ofpotential PAs.

l Routes are selected based on METT-T andinformation provided by the S-2.

l The headquarters battery commander or S-6conducts ground reconnaissance of potentialPAs.

l Final site selection is based on S-6/headquar-ters battery commander concurrence and pre-sented to the S-3 for approval.

l Once the site is designated, advance partypersonnel typically depart 30 to 45 minutesahead of the FWD COC. This time is adjustedbased on the current tactical situation andMETT-T.

l The route is verified by advance party and pre-designated checkpoints are reported back to thema in COC a long w i th any e s sen t i a linformation that could affect the FWD COC’smovement.

l A CPREP is transmitted from the COC to themain COC upon displacement from the currentposition.

Actions Prior to Occupation

The COC site is the first site selected. The restof the position orients off the projected front ofthe vehicle.

One technique for orienting all vehicles and cellsin the new position is for the FWD COC vehicle toorient on 12 o’clock. All remaining vehicles andcells emplace and orient off this vehicle.

Wire personnel must run wire from the COC to theantenna farm. Antenna farm personnel continue toestablish communications. FD and FSC nets areestablished in the COC. The generator site andpick-up point are selected. The battery commandermust select individual vehicle positions based onterrain for the FWD and main COCs.

Organizing the Position

Organizing the position depends on the size of thearea, the technique of positioning, the guidance of

3-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

the commander and his staff, and the requirementsfor coordination between sections.

Traffic within the position should be held to aminimum and controlled. Vehicles should bestopped at a dismount point and directed to avehicle dispersal area. Foot traffic should berestricted to prescribed trails or paths. A localtelephone should be connected from the dismountarea to the switchboard.

The COC (FDC, TPC and intelligence section)should be located in an area outside the normaltraffic flow of other activities. The COC should bemarked for “authorized entry only.”

The message center should be at the entrance ofthe position accessible to incoming messengers.

A switchboard should be located to install wire.It should be in a covered area, away from noiseand interference, and must be protected fromthreat attack.

The aid station should be near a road or trail forrapid reception and evacuation of patients.

Sleeping areas should be established by section.

The messing facility must be easily accessiblewithin the position. It should be near a road tofacilitate supply.

Occupying the Position

The objective of the occupation phase of RSOPis to prepare to deliver fire. Individual units ofthe regiment are extremely vulnerable during thisphase. Thus, the occupation must be rapid,orderly, and quiet. Occupations are enhanced bya well-established SOP, training, and a well-prepared position.

Actions Upon Arrival of the Forward Combat Operations Center

l A guide is sent to a prearranged pick-up pointto guide the FWD COC into position. The

guide should possess a radio tuned to theconvoy frequency—typically the batterycommand net.

l As the FWD COC passes through the pick-uppoint, the guide will lead the first FWD vehicleto the COC site where it will be placed in posi-tion by the S-3 advance party representative.

l Other FWD vehicles will be met at the pick-uppoint by the headquarters battery commanderand communication Marines to guide theremaining vehicles to their respective posi-tions. Precautions must be exercised to pre-vent a choke-point resulting in a lucrativetarget for the threat.

l Focus of effort is establishing an operationalCOC. All personnel must share this understand-ing and assist in this endeavor.

l The headquarters battery commander completesindividual vehicle positioning.

Passage of Command and Control

Once an operational COC has been established,the S-3A or S-3 at the FWD COC will initiatethe passage of C2 from the main COC to theFWD CP.

At a minimum, the following nets will be estab-lished by the FWD COC before passage of C2:

l Division Fire Support Coordination—Div FSC(very high frequency [VHF]).

l Artillery Regiment Fire Direction—Arty RegtFD (VHF).

l Artillery Regiment Tactical—Arty Regt TAC(VHF).

The following is one technique for passage of C2:

(FWD) “__the Marines, This is __th MarinesFWD, over”

(Main) “This is __th Marines, Roger, over”(FWD) “Are there any updates at this time?

over”(Main) “Updates are as follows...”)


* Call signs change, making passage of C2 “invisi-ble” to supported units.

Actions Upon Arrival of Main Body

l A guide is sent to the pick-up point to facilitatea rapid, orderly occupation by the main COC.

l Representatives from every section meet theirrespective vehicles to guide them into position.

l The planning cell is established.l Position improvement is continuous.l Several tactical procedures may be used for a

rapid passage of C2 back to the main COC. Oneway is the main COC collocates with the FWDCOC. This eliminates establishing extra commu-nications nets and structural reorganization.

Displacement

Artillery displaces to provide continuous support,maintain communications, and enhance survivabil-ity. Considerations include security requirements,threat activity, time available to move, distance to becovered, the scheme of maneuver, and the availabil-ity of artillery. The terrain and tactical situation influ-ence the distance and frequency of displacements.Generally, the distance of displacements is at leastone-third the maximum range of the howitzer.However, survivability moves may be a shorterdistance. The route and timing of displacement mustconform to the operation or the supported orreinforced unit. The movement may be deliberate orhasty. Artillery can displace by ground or helicopter.

When two or more artillery battalions displaceover the same route, the higher artillery headquar-ters coordinates the movement. When artillerymust displace on a route used by other units, themaneuver commander coordinates the movement

and establishes route precedence. DS units haveroute precedence over all other artillery.

During displacement, reliance is on radio commu-nications. Displacements and the daily change ofcall signs/frequencies should be coordinated toprevent interference between the two actions.

Arrangements for transfer of fire support responsi-bility are made as early as possible. Priority targetsmust be covered during displacements.

Execution

A unit in DS displaces when deemed necessary bythe artillery unit commander based on the opera-tions of the supported unit or when ordered byhigher artillery headquarters. The artillerycommander coordinates the time of movement,route, method of displacement, and the new PAwith the supported unit.

An artillery unit with a reinforcing missiondisplaces on request of the reinforced artilleryuni t or when ordered by higher ar t i l le ryheadquarters. The reinforcing unit notifies thehigher artillery headquarters of the method ofdisplacement, completion of displacement, andnew position location.

An artillery unit with a GS or GS-R missiondisplaces when ordered by the artillery regiment.The unit commander recommends to the regimentthe PA, route, method of displacement, and time ofdisplacement. For GS-R artillery, the regimentmay assign the GS-R mission to another unit whilethe displacement is in progress.

Methods

The methods of displacement are based on thetactical situation and the requirement to continu-ously control subordinate units. The mainechelon may displace as a unit when detailedcontrol is not required. When continuousdetailed control is required, the main echelon

(FWD) “Roger, I am prepared to assumecontrol, over”

(Main) “Roger, __th Marines FWD, out”*(FWD) “__th Marines, out”*

3-6 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

will displace in increments. Regardless of themethod, communications must be continuouslymaintained with the supported unit, reinforcingartillery, higher artillery headquarters, andbetween headquarters’ echelons. In extremesituations during displacement, control of theregiment may be transferred to one of the battal-ions, or control of the battalion may be trans-ferred to one of the firing batteries.

Unit Displacement

The battalions displace with all elements movingat once. Unit displacement is fast and can be easilycontrolled since no firing is required. This methodis useful when a battalion is supporting a unit notpresently in contact; when a battalion is making along move; and when a reinforcing unit is avail-able to deliver fires to the supported unit while theDS battalion is displacing. Considerations includethe size of the convoy, traffic conditions, and theloss of flexibility once the movement has started.When the regiment COC must displace by unit,regiment control will be passed to one of thebattalion’s FDCs. Passing control to a battalionwith a DS tactical mission should be avoidedwhenever possible.

Echelon Displacement

Battalions displace one or two firing batteries, anincrement of the headquarters, and some CSSEs inone echelon while the rest of the battalion stays inposition. When the first echelon is in position andready to fire, the second echelon displaces. Thismethod provides continuous but degraded supportto the supported unit, and facilitates and reducesC2 convoy size. It is useful when the supportedunit is expecting/encountering light resistance. Thecommander ’s f l ex ib i l i ty i s l imi ted . Thecommander normally goes with the first echelon;the executive officer (XO) stays with the second.

Echelon displacement is the preferred method as itprovides continuous C3. The headquarters elementwill displace on order of the regiment commander.Displacement should be invisible to subordinate

and supported units. The FWD COC will move tothe new COC site while the main COC retainscontrol of the regiment. Once established, theFWD COC assumes control of the regiment andthe main COC moves to the new COC location.

Prior to displacement, the communications officerwill coordinate communications plan changes withhigher, subordinate, and adjacent commands. EachCOC will maintain the capability to man theminimum required radio nets during displacement.

Passage of C2 forward will be kept as simple aspossible, especially when encrypted communica-tion equipment is used. The FWD COC willremain off the fire direction and tactical nets untilready to assume control. Updates of essentialinformation will be passed forward from the mainCP prior to relinquishing control.

Typically, the S-3A displaces with the FWD COCwhile the S-3 remains with the main CP. Specificconfiguration and manning is mission-dependentand at the discretion of the regiment commander.

Battery Displacement

Each battery moves only after the precedingbattery has completed its move and is prepared tofire. This method provides maximum continuousfire support and centralized C2, but is slow anddifficult to control over any distance. It is usedprimarily by a battalion supporting a unit incontact and is normally accomplished in a series ofshort moves.

Hasty Displacement

The tactical situation may require the unit todisplace with little warning or preparation time.The battery conducts a hasty displacement when ithas enough time to expeditiously organize andconduct the displacement. This situation may arisebecause of imminent threat attack or a change inthe friendly situation. The senior man in theposition must quickly assess the situation andsignal the hasty displacement by audible and visualmeans. An advance party is rapidly assembled and


departs to the new position. A limited-time prepa-ration of the new position may be required. Firingelements and a fire direction element depart afterthe advance party leaves. Remaining elementsclose to the new position as soon as possible.

Emergency Displacement

The tactical situation may require a battery todisplace immediately. An emergency displace-ment is conducted when a battery must urgentlyleave its position to avoid casualties and damage toequipment. This situation normally occurs as aresult of threat attack.

Time is not available for organization for thedisplacement. Unit SOP, training, and small unitleadership guide the displacement. A reconnais-sance party with minimum essential personnel,equipment, and vehicles meets at a predeterminedpoint as rapidly as possible and departs to the newposition. A limited-time preparation of the positionis made. Mission-essential equipment and equip-ment of value to the threat are loaded as rapidly aspossible and moved to the rally point. Mission-essential equipment includes prime movers, howit-zers, FDC and COC, and enough communica-tions, ammunition, and other assets to begin firing

at the next position. Non-essential equipment isleft in the position and recovered after the attackand the unit is reassembled.

The senior man in position must rapidly assessthe s i tuat ion when deciding to s ignal anemergency displacement. He must consider theexposure of personnel and equipment in execut-ing the displacement; i.e., the unit’s vulnerabilitymay increase. During position improvement, aunit can enhance its capability to conduct anemergency displacement by practicing thefollowing measures:

l Position vehicles close; e.g., near gun line orFDC but with adequate dispersion to ensuresingle artillery or mortar round will not dis-able both systems.

l Operate with only mission-essential equip-ment and personnel.

l Download equipment/supplies only as neces-sary.

l Prepare positions for rapid exit; e.g., suspendcamouflage nets overhead with an exit readilyaccessible; use radio vehicles and field expedi-ent antennae for communications.

CHAPTER 4THE ARTILLERY DEFENSE PLAN

General

When conducting ground combat operations,units must be prepared to defend themselvesagainst various threats, including air and groundattacks. A responsibility of artillery is to delivertimely, accurate fire. Traditionally, artillerycontinues its mission and repels/sustains theattack. The artillery commander has the difficulttask of planning a defense that provides adequatesecurity for his unit without needlessly reducingits ability to deliver timely, accurate fire.

Combat Operations Center Security

Provisions for security and installation of anadequate defense for the COC promote theaccomplishment of the overall mission of theregiment. Preparations will be made to counterany form of attack. The COC can defend itselfwithout outside aid. COC defense will be devel-oped, as permitted, by available time, situation,and necess i ty . The headquar te rs ba t te rycommander will develop detailed procedures forplanning, preparing, and executing COC defense.

The defense of the COC will be maintained byassigning primary, secondary, and contingentsectors of responsibility to each security position.This includes positioning automatic weapons androcket launchers to cover a l l avenues ofapproach, and forming a reaction platoon fromorganic personnel. Sectors of responsibility forall weapons will be assigned and coordinated toensure complete coverage of the COC perimeter.Each Marine will be assigned a definite fightingposition in the event of attack.

Evaluate the Threat

Knowledge of the threat capability allows thecommander to focus on those tact ics andtechniques that reduce vulnerability. Unitpositioning, organization of position, formation,dispersion, camouflage, employment of weaponsand early warning assets, and the order of workare geared to the threat. This does not imply thatthe commander disregards other threats as thebattlefield threat will change rapidly. Thecommander may be faced with multiple threats.The S-2 can provide valuable information on thethreat’s ability to acquire and attack targets.Threats should be prioritized and sound tacticaldecisions made to counter them. The commanderassesses the threats and focuses his efforts tomaximize his available time and assets. Importantconsiderations include the following:

l Target Acquisition Capabilities:m Radio direction finding.m Counterfire radar.m Flash/sound ranging.m Visual detection from air or ground.m Photographic and thermal detection devices.m Night observation devices.

l Means of Attack:m Fire by artillery or mortars.m Air attack by fixed- or rotary-wing aircraft.m Infantry assault.m Mechanized assault.m Infiltration and sabotage.m Jamming and imitative deception.

4-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Avoid Detection

The unit’s best defense is not to be detected. A unitthat is concealed or that cannot be recognized hasgreatly increased its survivability. The commanderemploys various tactics and techniques to avoiddetection and enhance survivability should the unitbe detected. Units must practice deception.

Use Camouflage

The unit avoids detection by camouflaging thesix factors of recognition: position, color, shape,shadow, texture, and movement.

Artificial camouflage is used to avoid detection.Pattern painting of equipment and a lightweightscreening system (nets) are artificial camouflagetechniques. Nets are erected to break up the shapeof the equipment and should not restrict firingcapability of weapons or exit from the position.Vehicle wheels/tracks are not painted and areeasily detected without camouflage.

Natural camouflage blends the unit in with theenvironment. This is achieved, in part, by position-ing and using contours, trees, buildings, debris, andother surroundings. Artillery units are positioned inmicro terrain; i.e., ravines and gullies, increasingsurvivability by decreasing the chance of the threattargeting the unit by map analysis.

Reduce Electronic Signature

Electronic equipment must be properly sited. Allbattery equipment is positioned to decreaseexposure. Directional antennae, remote antennae,and wire are used to avoid detection.

Maintain Light and Noise Discipline

This includes personnel and equipment; i.e.,vehicle engines and generators. For reduced detec-tion and increased survivability, noise-producingequipment is positioned and hardened.

Reduce Weapons SignatureThe muzzle flash of a howitzer can be seen atgreat distances, particularly in open terrain. Toavoid detection, defilade positions, propellantflash reducers, and gunnery techniques are used;i.e., massing fires, low trajectories, and fireswithout adjustment.

Establish a Track PlanAvailable existing roads and trails should be usedwhenever possible. Roads and trails can becreated with heavy vehicles to give the appear-ance that a unit has moved through the area.Roads and trails must have logical starting andending points. Soil, debris, and movement candegrade camouflage.

Use DispersionIn terms of time and effort, dispersion is the leastexpensive method of avoiding detection andincreasing survivability. Dispersion of equipmentand installations minimizes the effect of an air orcounterfire attack. Grouping differing assets inproximity should be avoided as this will onlyincrease the unit’s chance of detection. Forexample, if the antenna farm is detected by EWand located near a howitzer position, the artillerysection’s chances for survival are decreased. Thedegree of dispersion depends on the terrain, threat,and the degree of C2 required. As a guide, abattery should be dispersed with howitzers at least100 meters apart. The FDC should be placedaccording to METT-T (either near one of the flankhowitzers or in the center of the battery position)following the same dispersion rules. However, lessdispersion is recommended if the threat is an infil-tration-based ground attack.

Practice Communications SecuritySignal, information, and physical security practicesdegrade the threat’s ability to detect a unit. Shortradio transmissions (less than 25 seconds), lowpower transmissions, and secure transmissions arerecommended.


Displace

When possible, displacing should occur inreduced visibility. Survivability moves areconducted, when required.

Conduct Terrain Analysis Using KOCOA

Terrain is analyzed to maximize its advantagewhile reducing vulnerability. Military aspects ofterrain are analyzed using KOCOA: key terrain;observation and fields of fire; cover and conceal-ment; obstacles; and avenues of approach.

Key Terrain

Terrain that will afford an advantage over thethreat should be physically occupied or controlled.The essential characteristic of terrain is that itpermits the unit to accomplish its mission. Opera-tions should not be delayed by seeking a perfectposition and should—

l Allow all weapons to deliver fire for maximumcoverage of the supported unit.

l Afford defilade and concealment from groundobservation. Flash defilade of 10 meters issought for medium artillery. Too much defi-lade may limit the field of fire of the weaponsin close defense of the position against groundattack or may restrict low angle fires.

l Be free of obstructions that affect the firingcapability of a howitzer; i.e. a cliff, building orhigh tree to the flank.

l Allow for 6400-mil firing capability.l Be accessible and have separate routes for

entrance and exit, preferably in the rear. Theposition should not be on a threat high speedavenue of approach. Concealed routes to andfrom the unit are desirable, particularly if theposition will be occupied and resupplied dur-ing daylight.

l Be on relatively level, firm ground. Very rocky,swampy, sandy or uneven ground will slow theoccupation of the position or prevent the effec-

tive operation of howitzers. The position shouldbe trafficable by all vehicles in the unit. The cur-rent and anticipated weather should both be con-sidered; i.e., rain, flash floods or snow.

l Establish positions in small trees, brush,isolated open spaces or irregular clearings invegetated terrain. Good positions can often befound along the edge of a road or trail, butaway from crossroads or junctions that mayattract hostile harassment and interdiction fire.Also, the unit should not be along the edge of aprimary route for supply. Positions located atthe forward edge of tree lines, in small clumpsof woods or under a solitary line of trees, areeasily spotted by the threat.

l Be away from prominent landmarks whenpositioned in open terrain. The unit should berandomly dispersed over the ground, makinggood use of contours and artificial camouflage.

l Be in quarries, in ruins or under the roofs ofbuildings in a town.

l Allow for good communications, preferably bywire, with the supported unit and higher head-quarters.

l Be large enough for dispersal of weapons andother installations if there is an air or counter-battery threat.

l Be in a compact, easily defended position inmountains or heavily wooded areas, whenfriendly forces have air superiority, or whenthe battery is threatened by guerrilla or infiltra-tion tactics. The unit position should be awayfrom threat-concealed routes of approach.

l Allow for shelter and comfort of unit personnel.l Have survey control established or survey avail-

able in a short time. Hasty survey may berequired.

l Consider the unit’s future mission or displace-ment.

Observation and Fields of Fire

Continuous surveillance is established andmaintained in all directions through use of OPsand listening posts (LPs). Deny the threat the

4-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

advantage of surprise. Properly site weapons toallow clear fields of fire. Ensure fire and observa-tion covers all likely avenues of approach.

Cover and Concealment

Maximize use of available cover and conceal-ment when positioning the unit and establishingdefensive positions. All vehicles, howitzers, andequipment should be properly camouflaged withnetting or indigenous vegetation. Use protectionafforded by defilade. Deny use of cover andconcealment to the threat. Identify dead spacesand cover these areas with observation and fire.

Obstacles

Identify all obstacles in the area, both natural andman-made, which could impede movement. Ifpossible, utilize these obstacles in support ofunit’s defense plan.

Avenues of Approach

Identify all avenues of approach the threat may use.Determine if each is suitable for mechanized ordismounted infantry attacks. Based on this determi-nation, emplace appropriate defensive mechanisms.

Provide Early Warning

Early warning increases a unit’s survivability and itscapability to respond to an attack. Emphasis on thisaspect of artillery defense must be continuous. Earlywarning is obtained from all available sourcesorganic (sentinel and LPs, OPs, patrols) and othermeasures (adjacent units, monitoring communica-tion nets and higher headquarters).

Sentinel Posts and Listening Posts

These posts are situated on terrain that providescoverage of all routes of approach into the unit’sposition. The number of sentinel and LPsdepends on the terrain, visibility, and communi-

cations capability. Sentinel and LPs coverageshould interlock with each other, with obstacles,and with nearby units to prevent gaps. Theyshould be far enough from the unit’s defensiveperimeter that the warning of attack allows timefor implementing the defensive plan; i.e., thereaction force. This distance will vary withterrain, visibility, likely threats, and unit reactiontime. At night, these posts should consist of atleast two-man teams with small arms andantitank weapons, dug in, have good cover andconcealment, protected by obstacles (i.e., barbedwire), have good fields of fire, and covered byfire from within the position.

Sentinel and LPs should be augmented with nightobservation and intrusion devices. A continuouswire circuit (hot loop) should be establishedbetween al l posts and the unit . Alternatemethods—such as sound devices, pyrotechnics,and runners—should be ready. These posts arewithdrawn on attack using planned withdrawalroutes.

Patrols

Avenues of approach and areas that may providecover and concealment for threat forces should bepatrolled or kept under surveillance. Patrollingshould be irregular but, at a minimum, conductedat dusk and dawn. The patrol route should inter-sect areas covered by sentinel/LPs and should becoordinated with adjacent units. The patrolcomposition will vary. See MCWP 3-11.3, Scout-ing and Patrolling, for more information.

The patrol leader (PL) will coordinate with thecommanding officer (CO)/XO and the localsecurity chief. The CO/XO or security chief willcoordinate with friendly units immediatelyaffected by the patrol’s actions; e.g., movementwithin friendly areas, departure/reentry of friendlylines, and fire support.

The PL will ensure that all Marines in the patrolknow the patrol’s chain of command and respon-sibilities of each member. If the patrol locates a


threat force, it should not engage the threat(unless necessary) but continue surveillance andnotify the unit.

The local security chief will control the departureand reentry of patrols in and out of the unit position.

Monitoring the Tactical Situation

By monitoring the tactical nets of the supportedunit, artillery can keep abreast of potential threats.As the threat becomes increasingly more defined,the artillery can then appropriately increase themanning of its defensive perimeter.

Other Measures

The unit employs detection systems and guardsas required; i.e., NBC detection and monitoringteams, air sentries, and entrance points for controlaccess into the position.

Make Defensive Preparations

The unit must prepare to defend itself. The unitestablishes fortifications, obstacles, and a reactionforce. The unit must be prepared to occupy itsalternate position, if required. As time permits,defensive plans are made for alternate and supple-mentary positions.

Organizing the Defense

The local security chief organizes the unit’sdefensive preparation under the guidance of thecommander. In developing the plan, the localsecurity chief walks the surrounding area anddetermines how the unit might be attacked. Hecan then develop his plan with emphasis onavenues of approach. Organization of the defenseincludes the following:

l Defining the perimeter, designating primaryand supplementary fighting positions and sec-tors of fire.

l For firing batteries, assigning supplementarypositions to howitzers. When possible, howit-zers are employed in pairs for continuousengagement and increased probability of hit.Consider how howitzers and ammunition willbe moved to their supplementary position(route or prime mover).

l Positioning weapons at key locations withgood cover, concealment, mutual support, andoverlapping fields of fire. Machine guns aregiven primary and alternate positions. Principledirection of fires (PDFs) and final protectivelines (FPLs) are designated.

l Positioning tank-killer teams with antitankweapons and in well-concealed and hardenedpositions. These positions are covered by firefrom other weapons. Primary and alternatepositions are assigned to cover avenues ofapproach into the position. The ranges to likelyengagement points are determined.

l Covering gaps by obstacles, barriers, observa-tion, and mutual support of adjacent units,when possible.

l Planning defensive fires on avenues ofapproach to delay the threat attack. These firescan be delivered by other units or the threat-ened unit.

l Assigning air sentries sectors to scan and rotat-ing them periodically to enhance alertness. Iflow altitude air defense (LAAD) teams areavailable, they should be positioned in depth.

l Considering the coordination of infantry sup-port (or attachment) to protect artillery againsta severe ground threat.

l Arranging for ammunition distribution, com-munications, and signals.

l Providing protection of ammunition, person-nel, and equipment from blast and small arms.

l Coordinating a manning requirement for an ade-quate degree of security, but not degrading theability to deliver fire. Minimal but adequate per-sonnel may be employed in perimeter security andreinforced when a threat develops. The perimetermay also be reinforced in reduced visibility. Thekey to such a defense is responsiveness.

4-6 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

l Ensuring all personnel know the defensive planand rehearsing the plan as time permits. Eachindividual must know his responsibility and beready to react rapidly to a threat. A defensivediagram is prepared to depict the defense.

l Ensuring the unit is prepared for triage, firstaid, and evacuation of casualties to the aid sta-tion, if required.

l Designating reaction forces.

Defensive Diagram

To assist in organizing the defense, the localsecurity chief prepares a defensive diagram. Thedefensive diagram is a graphic depiction of theposition, surrounding terrain incidental to thedefense, the positioning of weapons and otherdefensive resources (such as mines), the locationof early warning assets, planned fires, and keyinstallations. MCWP 3-11.3 provides detailedinstructions for constructing a defensive diagramto scale.

Range Cards

After sectors of fire are assigned, a range card isprepared (in duplicate) for each direct fire weapon(howitzer and crew-served weapons). The rangecard has a sketch of the sector of fire and necessarydata for the engagement of targets. The localsecurity chief collects completed range cards anduses them to construct sectors of fire on the defen-sive diagram. Partially completed range cards areprepared for alternate and supplementary positionsand completed as time permits. Range cardsshould be revised continually throughout theoccupation of the position. When possible, a laserrange finder is used to determine accurate rangesto targets. MCWP 3-11.3 provides in depthinstruction on how to construct a range card.Range cards should depict the following:

l Location of weapon.l Left/right sector limits with azimuth.

l Key terrain.l Identifiable targets in sector.l Dead space.l FPL or PDF.l List of targets with firing data.

Fortifications and Obstacles

As time and resources permit, obstacles should beconstructed to delay, stop, divert or canalize anattack. Barbed and concertina wire, tank ditches,barricades, trip flares, booby traps, and mines(when authorized) may be employed to supple-ment natural obstacles. These must be covered byobservation and fire for effectiveness andemployed beyond hand grenade range ofprotected installations.

Hardening of Positions

Hardening is protection to ensure that a unit canfunction during and after a threat attack. Harden-ing can be achieved by digging in; using coversuch as sandbags, timber or rubble; or emplacingberms (parapets). The degree of protectiondepends on time, material, manpower available,and the amount of equipment and personnel to beprotected. As a minimum, hardening consists ofdigging fighting positions on the perimeter,burying wire, sandbagging sensitive equipment(such as collimators and tires), and protectingpropellants. As time permits, howitzers, the FDC,battery operations center (BOC), and projectilesare protected. Engineer assets and/or local civil-ian earth-moving equipment can be used in thehardening efforts.

Reaction Force

A group of unit personnel is designated as areaction force that can react immediately to anythreat within and around the position. Group sizevaries with the threat but normally has approxi-mately 25 personnel from the unit’s sections. The


reaction force mans normal working stations.When signaled, they muster at a pre-designatedlocation (FDC, COC, etc.) and repel a threatattack and/or reinforce the perimeter. Thereaction force counters the threat at a sufficientdistance outward to allow a buffer for the unitperimeter to be fully manned or to gain time forthe unit to conduct a hasty or emergencydisplacement. The reaction force should becapable of employing in two teams and shouldnot pursue the threat if the attack is repelled. Thereaction force conducts day and night rehearsalsfor responsiveness and familiarization with thedefensive area.

The local security platoon is organized andemployed by the local security chief under directcontrol of the headquarters battery commander.Responsibilities of the local security chief are to—

l Assist the headquarters battery commander incontrolling the operation of the security pla-toon and the reaction force.

l Position security points both inside and outsidethe COC.

l Ensure required signaling devices are installedand operable and procedures are establishedfor their proper use.

l Conduct small unit patrols as required.l Assign personnel to machine gun positions.l Perform other duties as directed by the head-

quarters battery commander.l Construct defensive diagrams.

Coordinate with Adjacent Units for Mutual Support

Coordination with all adjacent units greatlyenhances the defensive plan. By sharing informa-tion and incorporating elements from other units(patrols, air defense weapons, indirect fires, finalprotective fires (FPFs), etc.), each unit involvedcan take advantage of a defense which, as awhole, is better than the part. Also, to prevent

fratricide, coordination is critical so that each unitis aware of all friendly patrols operating nearby.

Execute Defensive Action

When an attack occurs, the commander or seniorman in position quickly assesses the situation anddetermines a COA. He considers the strength ofthe threat and its effect on the unit’s operationalcapability. Depending on this analysis, thecommander determines one of the followingcourses of action:

l The unit can repel and/or sustain the attack.Actions are taken to counter the threat.

l The unit cannot repel and/or sustain the attack.The unit executes a hasty displacement. Theunit notifies its higher headquarters and pro-ceeds to its alternate position. Preplanned fires/smoke to assist disengagement are considered,if required.

Active and Passive Defense Measures

Active defense measures consist of the use of allorganic and attached weapons with the aggressiveemployment of all personnel to repel an attack.Individual arms, automatic weapons, machine guns,and antipersonnel/antitank mines will be employed.

Passive defense measures consist of measurestaken to conceal or disguise the COC by provid-ing protection for weapons, together with prepar-ing obstacles to slow the threat and establishing awarning system to alert the unit. COC concealmentinvolves careful selection of a position that takesadvantage of the natural terrain. Camouflage of theposition consists of measures using materiel,objects, and simulation devices. All tents, vehicles,and other major equipment will be camouflaged.Generators should be positioned to muffle sound.

4-8 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Reversing slopes from the threat using foliage ordigging holes can assist in this effort.

Signals

Although commanders will designate specificsignals to correspond to various threats or condi-tions, the following three signals are standard.

Defense Against Air Attack

Low level strafing and bombing attacks usuallyoccur during daylight hours. Upon the soundingof the air attack signal, personnel will assume airdefense positions and all weapons systems willengage the aircraft.

NBC Defense

The signal for an NBC attack will be continuousbanging of metal on metal. When the alarm issounded, all personnel will immediately don andclear their field protective masks and remainmasked until the “all clear” signal is sounded.

Ground Attack

Upon the sounding of the ground attack signal, thereaction force will assemble at the rally point withtheir assigned gear. Primary watch standers remainin place and all other non-essential personnelreport to their assigned fighting positions.

Reconstituting the Unit

If a unit becomes ineffective as a result of threataction, specific actions must be taken to reconsti-tute the unit or return it to a desired level ofoperational readiness. Cross training and an SOP

facilitate reconstitution. The following actionsare taken:

l Report the situation to higher headquarters.l Render first aid and evacuate casualties.l Assess damage, repair equipment, when possi-

ble, and redistribute assets, as required.l If attacked by NBC, decontaminate personnel

and material.

Special Considerations forCommand Elements

CPs and logistics areas are particularly vulnerableto threat attack due to a lack of organic firepowerand susceptibility to target acquisition threats.Proper communications security and operationssecurity techniques are essential to mask a CP’ssignature. Vehicle traffic in and out of theposition should be limited and strictly controlled.All sections of a headquarters battery must planto man local security posts even if this effortdegrades certain operational capabilities.

If the threat of air attack or artillery fire is minimal,CEs may consider collocating with other units toenhance survivability and common defense. Forexample, a battalion FDC may occupy a position inthe vicinity of its supported infantry regiment COC.Similarly, logistic elements may consolidate defen-sive responsibilities with their supporting combatservice support detachment (CSSD) in a low threatenvironment. This arrangement would be undesir-able in a high threat environment where tacticaldispersion would be maximized to enhance surviv-ability.

Because the sections in the headquarters batterywill seldom be collocated, it is imperative that allelements are identified with respect to size, capabil-ities, and position on the battlefield. At a minimum,


local security must be considered and planned forthe FWD COC, main COC, and logistical trains.Determine the following for each element:

l Mission and tasks assigned.l Personnel located at each site.l Vehicles and other section equipment needed

to support its mission.l Crew-served weapons required to provide ade-

quate protection.l Fire support available.

l Will this element operate independently, beattached to another unit or be collocated withanother unit?

l Who is in charge?

Once these requirements have been determined,the artillery defense plan must be tailored tomeet the specific needs of each element.Theplan must consider that the threat may be differ-ent to each element.

CHAPTER 5BATTALION OPERATIONS

Mission

The mission of the battalion is to provide closeand continuous artillery support to MAGTFoperations. This support includes accurate andresponsive fires in support of maneuver, long-range fire to establish operational depth, counter-fire to defeat threat fire support systems, andassistance in integrating all fire support assetsinto combat operations.

Organization

An artillery battalion consists of a headquartersbattery and, normally, three firing batteries. Seefigure 5-1 on page 5-2. The headquarters batteryprovides the equipment and personnel to assistthe battalion commander control and support hisbat ta l ion, and es tabl ish an FSCC for thesupported maneuver regiment. Like the regiment,the battalion headquarters may employ in a mainand rear echelon configuration to best support therequirements of higher or supported units. Theartillery battalion commander will be locatedwhere he can best control and plan fires. Whenassigned the supporting relationship of DS, heserves as the infantry regiment FSC.


The artillery battalion is the basic tactical fightingunit. It has enough firing units to effectively massits fires and engage several targets simulta-neously. The battalion normally employs as a unitto meet fire support requirements defined by its

assigned tactical mission. The battalion maintainscommunications with its batteries and any attach-ments, the supported/reinforced unit, and the artil-lery regiment, as appropriate. When a battaliondeploys independently, it receives augmentationfrom the artillery regiment; e.g., met support.

When possible, an artillery battalion is associ-ated through training and liaison with an infantryregiment. On deployments, battalions normallysupport the GCE by providing artillery liaisonofficers, FOs, and shore fire control parties tothese regiments, as required. Artillery and navalgunfire (NGF) personnel may also be provided toseparate maneuver battalions or other units asdictated by the tactical situation and the missionassigned to an artillery unit.

Duties and Responsibilities ofBattalion Operations Personnel

Battalion Commander

The artillery battalion commander executes thefire support responsibilities inherent to hisassigned tactical mission. He is responsible forthe training, morale, and discipline of battalionpersonnel. During operations, the commanderreconnoiters routes, PAs, and observation sites.He guides his staff and subordinate commandersin fire direction, fire planning, and CSS. Whenassigned the tactical mission of DS, the artillerybattalion commander is normally assigned to dutyas regiment FSC. He maintains liaison with thesupported or reinforced unit commander. He alsoprovides expertise and advice on fire supportcoordination to the supported commander.

5-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Battalion Liaison Officer

The battalion LNO provides artillery representa-tion in the regiment FSCC. He monitors artilleryregiment fire direction nets to maintain situationalawareness and keep abreast of artillery fireplanning and significant artillery missions. He alsoensures the S-2 and/or TIO are advised of all targetinformation received through artillery channels.Specific duties are outlined in MCWP 3-16.

Battalion Operations Officer

l Prepare artillery OPORDs, letters of instruc-tion, and operational reports.

l Supervise the operation of the main COC.l Interpret commander’s guidance and incorpo-

rates it into the artillery fire plan.l Coordinate movement of the FWD COC.l Develop a scheme of positioning, displacing,

and moving units under the battalion’s control.

Figure 5-1. Artillery Battalion.


l Coordinate use of attached assets.l Coordinate the delivery of artillery support;

stay abreast of the supported unit’s tactical sit-uation for adequate and safe artillery support;keep others informed of the artillery situation,such as ammunition status.

l Employ operational security and EW in artil-lery operations.

l Work closely with commanders, other staff offi-cers, and the staffs of higher, lower, reinforcing,reinforced, and supported units on artillery;keep the S-2 informed of all targets attacked orplanned for attack and advise on changes inobservation and intelligence requirements.

l Coordinate the activities of LNOs.l Work with the S-4 and S-6 to keep them situa-

tionally aware of the current ammunition statusand communication requirements, respectively.

l Coordinate survey activities.

Battalion Assistant Operations Officer/Fire Direction Officer/Watch Officer

The assistant operations officer executes the fireplan and manages the assets under the battalion’scontrol. In the absence of the S-3, he executes theresponsibilities of the S-3. In addition, he has thefollowing responsibilities:

l Supervise the operation of the FDC.l Ensure dissemination of information to subor-

dinate units.l Perform tactical fire direction.l Brief COC watch officer in accordance with

appendix E.l Perform tactical fire direction to coordinate the

attack of targets generated by the intelligencesection, higher headquarters, and attached units.

l Review schedules of fire to alleviate unneces-sary duplication and to execute as appropriate.

l The battalion FDO, assisted by battalion firedirection personnel, trains battery FDC personnel

and ensures battery FDCs manage muzzle veloc-ity variances (MVVs), weapons information, andammunition.

Battalion Operations Chief

The battalion operations chief is the principalassistant to the operations officer. His dutiesinclude, but are not limited to, the following:

l Perform tactical/technical fire direction.l Supervise operation of the COC.l Ensure a COC journal is continuously main-

tained.l Ensure all SITMAPs and overlays are current

and applicable.l Supervise the COC’s establishment and dis-

placement.l Establish a watch schedule.l Maintain accountability of all COC personnel.l Assist the S-3 and watch officer in their duties.

Battalion Assistant Operations Chief

The battalion assistant operations chief is theprincipal assistant to the assistant operationsofficer/FDO/watch officer. His duties include, butare not limited to, the following:

l Supervise inventories and loading of equipment.l Supervise vehicle maintenance.l Prepare COC supply requisitions.l Assist in fire planning.l Assist the operations chief in his duties and

responsibilities.

Tactical Policies

Tactical policies for the artillery battalion are thesame as the artillery regiment.

5-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Battalion Combat Operations Center

The battalion COC is composed of similar person-nel with respect to the regiment COC. See figure5-2. The battalion COC structure is similar to theregiment and employs the following agencies:l Main COC.l FWD COC.l ALOC.l Alternate regiment COC.

The battalion main COC is responsible for C2 ofthe battalion and must be prepared to serve as thealternate regiment COC when severe degradationor catastrophic loss of C3 occurs within theregiment COC. Each battery FDC must beprepared to tactically control the battalion’s firesand serve as the alternate battalion COC. Thealternate COC for the battalion will be desig-nated in the applicable operation or fragmentaryorder. Assumption of control and passage of C2will follow the procedures in chapter 2.

Figure 5-2. Example Battalion COC Configuration.


Battalion Fire Direction Center

The battalion FDC is composed of personnel fromthe operations platoon. Watch sections operatesimilarly to the regiment FDC. The battalioncommunications platoon provides equipment andpersonnel to the FDC. Functions of the battalionFDC during operations include fire direction andmovement and positioning of batteries.

The tactics, techniques, and procedures in thischapter apply in a digitized environment.

The battalion FDC has primary responsibility fortactical fire direction in the battalion. The extentthat tactical fire direction is exercised is situa-tional-dependent. In some situations, the battalionFDO may make al l tact ical f i re direct iondecisions. In other situations, tactical fire direc-tion may be decentralized; e.g., when a battery isoperating independently; when the battalion isunable to maintain communications with abattery; or when batteries are widely dispersed.Every effort is made to exercise control over thebatteries before decentralizing tactical fire direc-tion. Regardless of the degree of centralization,the battalion FDC works closely with batteryFDCs. The battalion FDC can provide valuableguidance on techniques for engaging targets.

Centralized Tactical Fire Direction

Centralized tactical fire direction equates toauthority to make decisions regarding firemissions, how fire control is executed, and howcalls for fire are answered. The degree of controlmay be that the battalion controls all fire missionsdirectly or it intercedes, as necessary. The degreeof centralization is dictated by the tactical situa-tion, communications, and the FDC’s personnelstrength, training, and expertise.

Normally, the battalion FDC answers all calls forfire, makes all tactical fire direction decisions,

and assumes control of fire missions on the nets.Fire orders are then transmitted to firing batteries,as appropriate.

Decentralized Tactical Fire Direction

Fire missions can be transmitted on artillery COFnets established by the battalion. For responsive-ness, calls for fire are sent to a firing batteryassigned to a specific artillery COF net, eachcontrolled by the battalion. Battery and battalionFDOs concurrently analyze the fire mission. Thebattery FDO determines how to attack the target;the battalion FDO provides guidance and inter-cedes, as necessary. Considerations include thenature of the target, recommendation of therequester, attack guidance, commander’s guidance,firing restrictions, ammunition status, accuracy,gun-target line, survivability, and FSCMs. Call forfire procedures are as follows:

l Call for fire is received by the battery.l The battery FDO transmits a request for

additional support to the battalion FDC, ifrequired. If the battery FDO determines hisbattery can adequately meet the missionrequirements, he issues a fire order andmonitors the transmission of the message toobserver (MTO).

l After monitoring the call for fire or batteryFDO’s MTO, the battalion FDO intercedes asnecessary . He may decide to mass thebattalion, request R fires, give the mission to Rartillery or another firing battery, use adifferent shell fuze combination or volume offire, assign aimpoints for engagement of largetargets or pass the request to the FSCC toassign the target to another supporting arm.The battalion FDO announces his decisionusing a fire order. If the battalion FDO decidesto mass the battalion, the battalion FDC mayassume control of the fire mission.

l FSCC approves.

5-6 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

When required by the situation, the battery FDOmay make his own tactical fire direction decisions.Each battery will establish a separate artillery COFnet and will act as net control. The net is monitoredby the battalion FDC as communications allow.The battalion FDC responds to requests from thebatteries and assists where applicable.

See appendix A for fire direction procedureswhen operating with AFATDS.

Provision for Continuous Support

An artillery battalion in DS must provide contin-uous support, even during displacement. Toaccomplish this, the battalion may identify anartillery COF net for use by a maneuver battalionand assign a firing battery to guard the net. Whena battery cannot fire, the battalion FDC mayassign another battery to guard the artillery COFnet or the battalion FDC may guard it, assumecontrol of fire missions on the net, and issueappropriate fire orders.

Fire Missions from Other Sources

An artillery battalion with a DS mission mayreceive fire missions from other sources than itsFOs; e.g., the battalion FDC may initiate firemissions. An artillery battalion with an R or a GSmission may receive fire missions originated bythe reinforced battalion, as appropriate, or theartillery regiment. For these fire missions, thebattalion FDO/watch officer makes the appropri-ate tactical fire direction decisions and issues fireorders to the batteries. After the mission termi-nates, the battalion FDO sends a FIREP to theunit that originated the mission.

Reinforcing Artillery

The FDO will assign a unit to reinforce anotherfor a particular fire mission. The reinforced unitwill provide replot data of the target to its R unit.Communications between units will be on theartillery battalion fire direction net. If positivecommunications cannot be established betweenthem, the battalion FDC will act as relay. After

the fire mission, R units will resume normaloperational status.

R artillery will establish communications withreinforced artillery over the higher artilleryregiment fire direction net or the reinforced unit’sfire direction net. Fire missions will be directed bybattalion fire order or as described in the precedingparagraph “Fire Missions from Other Sources.”

Movement and Positioning

The artillery battalion S-3 directs the positioningand movement of the firing batteries and otherartillery units operating under the battalion’scontrol. In the DS mission, the battalion S-3coordinates the movement and positioning of theDS battalion and any reinforcing artillery. Theregiment S-3 coordinates for GS and GS-R battal-ions. The battalion S-3 coordinates the movementwith the battalion S-2 and S-4 and issuesmovement orders to the batteries. Batteries submitDISREPs and FIRECAPs to the battalion. Thebattalion commander directs the movement andpositioning of the headquarters battery.

Other Battalion Fire DirectionCenter Functions

Other battalion FDC functions are similar to thoseperformed by the artillery regiment FDC. Forammunition, the S-3 identifies the type, quantity,location/unit, and required time/date for ammuni-tion resupply. The battalion FDC maintains anaccurate ammunition status of the battalion. Thebattalion S-3 assigns firing batteries to prioritytargets and assigns priority of fires. He also estab-lishes battalion fire order standards and coordi-nates the assignment of FOs and LNOs. Targetingis conducted in concert with the regiment.

Special Missions

When firing special missions, it is vital that allprocedures for the battalion are clearly under-stood by all subordinate units. Special missionsinclude priority targets, final protective fires(FPFs), immediate suppression, continuous


suppression, immediate smoke, quick smoke,danger close, scheduled fires, FASCAM, andsuppression of enemy air defenses (SEAD). UnitSOPs should address these special missions andprovide standard engagement information.

Battalion Survey

The mission of battalion survey is to provide acommon grid over the battalion AO. The battal-ion survey section normally performs fifth orderlevel surveys to provide control to all unitsorganic or attached to the battalion. In somecases, the battalion survey section may be taskedto provide control to units requiring survey thatare unattached to the battalion, but operate withinthe battalion’s area.

Battalion Survey Officer

The battalion survey officer is a member of thebattalion special staff. His duties include, but arenot limited to, the following:

l Accompany the battalion commander or hisrepresentative on reconnaissance of the newposition.

l Advise the commander of the capabilities andlimitations of survey, radar, and met.

l Formulate and implement the battalion surveyplan.

l Maintain close liaison with the battery command-ers and coordinate survey operations within thebattalion.

Survey Chief

The survey chief is the principal assistant to thesurvey officer. His duties include, but are notlimited to, the following:

l Perform, when directed, any or all battalionsurvey officer duties.

l Ensure all survey data is correctly derived,transmitted, and filed.

l Supervise and train surveyors in operations andmaintenance of survey equipment.

Chief of Party (Conventional and Position and Azimuth Determining System)

l Train his survey party.l Supervise and coordinate field operations of

his survey team.l Responsible for the maintenance and account-

ability of his equipment.

Survey Recorder/Computer

l Maintain the required forms for survey compu-tations.

l Perform independent computations with a sur-vey computer system.

l Maintain the survey section’s computer sys-tems.

l Perform the duties of chief of party in hisabsence.

Instrument Operator

Operate and perform preventive maintenancechecks and services on team survey equipment.

Battalion Survey Methods

All battalion survey sections will accomplishfield work procedures and computations involvedin GPS surveying, traverse, intersection, resec-tion, hasty survey, and astronomic observationtechniques in accordance with MCWP 3-16.7.MCWP 3-16.7 contains information on thefollowing survey topics:

l Starting control.l Distance determination.l Angle measurement. l Recorder’s notes/closure of survey. l Computations.

5-8 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Station Marking

All stations surveyed by battalion teams willconsist of a standard surveyor’s hub drivenalmost flush with the ground with a surveyor’stack in the center indicating the plumbing point.

Each battalion will be allotted a block ofnumbers, by regiment, to designate firing points.Adjustments will be made, if necessary, toaccommodate attached survey sections.

The orienting station (OS) hub will have a tagaffixed with the following information:l Date established.l Station name.l Direction to end of orienting line (EOL).l Instructions.

The EOL hub will be tagged with the following:l Date established.l Station name.l Instructions.

The OS will be witnessed by a yellow stake. TheEOL will be witnessed by a yellow and red stake.Witness stakes are not required to be tagged.

Firing Position Data Card

Battalion survey officers will give a firingposition data card to the battery commander orhis representative with the following information:l Grid to OS (grid to EOL is optional for use

when 6400-mil capability is required).l Azimuth and distance from OS to EOL.

Priority of Survey

l Establish OS/EOL for the batteries.l Establish declination stations.l Extend control to CBR sites.l Extend control to met stations.l Perform target area surveys.

l Assist other units (mortars, PLRS, EW, etc.), asrequired.

Reconnaissance for Movementof the Battalion

The artillery commander initiates reconnaissancebased on his knowledge of the tactical situationor as a result of a change in mission. Movementand positioning are driven by fire supportrequirements, the tactical situation, communica-tions, and survivability. The artillery battalioncommander selects positions that allow the battal-ion to accomplish its mission.

Although earlier paragraphs establish theprecepts for displacement and advance partyoperations, it is important to distinguish betweenregiment and battalion operations. Battalionsoperate at a higher tempo and must synchronizetheir movement with the supported maneuverunit, reinforced artillery unit or higher regimentheadquarters, depending on their assigned tacti-cal mission. These movements must also supportthe artillery regiment’s concept of operations.

Planning the Reconnaissance

Effective reconnaissance must be planned to antic-ipate the needs of the higher artillery unit and thesupported unit. Planning varies with the mission,time available, and method of reconnaissance.

The commander plans and coordinates the recon-naissance. He analyzes the tactical situation toidentify positioning requirements. By map recon-naissance, he identifies a potential PA. He coordi-nates potential areas with the supported/reinforcedunit and higher artillery headquarters, as appropri-ate. The commander determines the presence ofother units (or their planned occupation ofpositions in the vicinity of the area) and routes tobe reconnoitered. Provisions may be required to


bypass friendly units along the route. Thecommander considers the distance and route to thenew area and availability of personnel and equip-ment. He then determines how to conduct thereconnaissance, composition of the reconnais-sance party, reconnaissance routes, and time avail-able. He develops his plan, plans fires, and issuesorders for execution.

The S-2 provides information to help thecommander plan and execute his reconnaissance.Information includes the threat, camouflage,visibility and trafficability, weather, and obstacles.Some information sources are other unit’s reports,air observers, FOs, and LNOs.

The S-3 recommends to the commander themovement and positioning of the unit. The S-3considers the coverage to the supported/reinforced unit; the ability to mass fires; terrainand weather; and the threat. If necessary, nuclear/chemical dosage rates and levels of contamina-tion are considered.

The S-3 ensures that positions can be supported bycommunications and CSS, and that new PAs meetsurvivabil i ty requirements. Based on thecommander’s decision and guidance, the S-3makes PA assignments, designates azimuths of fire(AoFs) or aimpoints (such as grid intersection);arranges for route precedence; and issues warningand/or movement orders.

The S-3 directs survey operations to support thepositioning plan. Close coordination is requiredamong the S-3, the survey officer, and batterycommanders. The survey party may precede thebattery commander to a firing position designatedby the S-3; link up with the battery commanderduring RSOP; or extend survey to the position afterthe selection by the battery but before occupation.

The S-4 plans CSS for movement and position-ing of the unit. He coordinates engineer supportand arranges for CSS to displacing units; i.e.,repair and replenishment point (RRP).

Movement Briefing

The artillery commander assembles and briefskey personnel on his reconnaissance plan. Ageneral format for this brief follows:

Situation

l Threat situation, including known or likelyground or air activity, obstacles, etc.

l Friendly situation, including locations offriendly units along routes and in the positionareas, obstacles, etc.

l Mission, what is to be accomplished from thenew position.

Execution

l The commander points out, on the ground oron a map, positions and locations (or tentativelocations) of installations within the position.For the battery, the commander also identifiesthe AoF.

l The commander traces routes to be used duringthe movement. He identifies potential troublepoints along the route; e.g., likely ambushpoints or obstacles.

l Order of march.l Potential emergency firing positions (during

displacement).l Convoy control measures. l Time of movement.l Security measures, including immediate actions

and planned fires.l Mission-oriented protective posture (MOPP)

status and areas of known chemical or nuclearcontamination.

l Any special instructions.

Administration and Logistics

Includes administrative logistical information; e.g.,vehicle recovery, rations, water or fuel.

Command and Signal

l Prearranged codes and signals for the move-ment.

5-10 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

l Convoy communications; e.g., frequencies ornet control restrictions.

l Location of key personnel in the convoy; e.g.,commander or corpsman.

Battalion Reconnaissance Party

The battalion commander (or his designatedrepresentative) assembles personnel and equip-ment for the reconnaissance. Reconnaissanceparty composition varies with the mission andany restrictions that may apply. Normally, theparty includes the S-3, S-6, and survey officer.The S-2 may accompany the commander toanalyze security requirements or identify PAs forradars, OPs, etc. In some situations, batterycommanders, survey personnel, wiremen, theammunition noncommissioned officer (NCO),and a medical representative may accompany thebattalion commander.

Actions Prior to Departure

Before leaving on the reconnaissance, thecommander gives his XO as much information ashe can to allow the battalion to continue operationsand to prepare for movement during his absence.He may provide instructions for the issuance of thebattalion order following the reconnaissance.

Reconnaissance Party in March Column

During a march with the supported unit, artilleryreconnaissance parties usually precede artilleryunits and march with the advanced elements of thesupported unit in column. The artillery commandercan reconnoiter positions along the route, as neces-sary. If time is limited, the commander may haveto proceed to the PA, conduct reconnaissance,select the position, and coordinate survey while theunit is on the march.

Conducting the Reconnaissance

The battalion commander normally assignsreconnaissance tasks to members of the party. Onarrival at the potential PA, members accomplishtheir assigned tasks and reassemble at a specified

time and place. Tasks performed include select-ing positions for the battalion headquartersechelons, routes, and communications sites. Thebattalion commander may identify battery PAsand battalion PAs for any reinforcing artillery.Alternately, he may give guidance and authorizesubordinate commanders to select their PAs. Heorients the units by assigning AoF or aimpoints.The battalion commander may also identify PAsfor other artillery units under battalion control;e.g., CBR detachment. Following the selection ofPAs, the battalion commander determines themethod and order of movement.

Battalion PositioningBased on the tactical situation and the positionselection factors, the commander/S-3 may use thefollowing positioning techniques.

Battalion Perimeter

Firing batteries are positioned near each otherwith the headquarters battery main echelonpositioned central to firing batteries to form abattalion perimeter. This technique favors C3,coordination, survey, CSS, and local security.This technique is desirable when the threat hasminimum detection and counterfire capability, inclose terrain, and on a relatively static battlefield.The battalion is vulnerable to counterfire, radioand radar direction finding, artillery barrages, airstrikes, and nuclear/chemical attack. Displace-ment of the battalion may be necessary if theposition is discovered.

Battery Perimeter

Firing batteries are positioned in separate perim-eters with the headquarters battery main echelonpositioned where it can best control the battal-ion. C3, coordination, survey, CSS, and localsecurity become proportionally more difficultwith dispersion. Increasing dispersion is desir-able when the threat has acquis i t ion andcounterfire capability, in open terrain, and on arelatively dynamic battlefield. The battalion as awhole is less susceptible to threat detection and


less vulnerable to threat attack. For shortperiods, a control cell (S-3, S-2, and essentialequipment) may be required to extend the battal-ion’s capability to maintain control.

Firing Positions Outside the Perimeter

A battery may also prepare firing positionsoutside its perimeter. The battery occupies thesupplementary firing position with only thenecessary personnel, equipment, and supplies fora specific mission; e.g. limited artillery raid,registration to the rear or offset registration.Following the mission, the battery or thoseelements conducting the mission return to theirprimary position. This technique can extend therange of the battery and reduce the threat’scounterfire effectiveness. C2, CSS, and securityare simplified since the elements of the battalionare usually together. However, the battalion’sability to deliver massed or sustained fire may bedegraded when units are not outside the battalionposition conducting other missions. Additionalpositions and routes, time, survey, and communi-cations are required. The vulnerability of thebattery while displacing must be considered.

Battery Positioning

Like battalion PAs, battery PAs are general innature. Battery commanders reconnoiter theirassigned PAs as part of the battalion commander’sparty or they may plan and execute their recon-naissance. When required, the battalion may assigna battery a position to occupy. In contrast to thebattalion PA, the battery position is the specificlocation occupied or to be occupied by the battery;i.e., grid coordinates. This may occur when thebattalion desires to positively control the position-ing of artillery. Several factors affect selectingbattery PAs as follows.

Control and Coordination

Disposition of the battalion on the ground willaffect its overall capability to meet its fire supportrequirements and its survivability.

Supported Unit’s Mission and Plans

Battery PAs should not interfere with other troopsor installations. For example, in a movement tocontact, areas should be positioned near roads toallow artillery to keep up with the fluidity andspeed of the battle.

Firing Capability

Battery positions should be mutually support-ing with at least 3,000 meters overlap in theirfiring capability fans. Other considerationsinclude gun-target l ine, f ir ing range, andcapability to mass. Positioning that requires abattery to fire directly overhead of anotherbattery should be avoided.

Threat Capability

Positioning will be influenced by the threat’scapability and means to detect and attack artil-lery. Table 5-1 contains battery positioningtechniques that correspond to threat types.

Additional Positioning Considerations

Terrain

Terrain can limit availability of suitable firingpositions as well as minimize detection andvulnerability to the threat’s attack. A position canbe selected against an embankment to afford

Table 5-1. Battle Positioning.

Threat Battery Positioning

Radio direction-finding Laterally to degrade this capability.

Counterfire Minimum of 1,000 meters apart.

NBC To minimize the effects and exposure to these weapons.

Air Randomly and dispersed.

Ground To take advantage of existing security of other units; for mutual support; outside range of threat long-range direct fire weapons.

5-12 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

protection from air attack; a battery can be placedin a PA that has restricted armored vehicle access.

Combat Service Support

Artillery PAs should be road-accessible.

Communications

Communications within the battalion, as wellas with the supported unit, should be consid-ered when selecting PAs. When possible, thecapability for wire communications should bemade available.

Radar

When feasible, a radar should be positioned nearone of the firing batteries to ease security andsupport. Generally, radars are positioned at least1,000 meters from another unit to avoid increasingthe vulnerability of the unit by the radar signal andvice versa.

Battalion Headquarters Echelons

The battalion headquarters echelons are located toallow effective C2 of the firing batteries and, at thesame time, communications with the supported/reinforced unit. The battalion commander islocated where he can best command the battalion.

The COC of the echelon where the commander islocated is designated the battalion CP.

Main Echelon

The battalion commander selects the general PAfor the battalion’s main echelon, with the S-3’srecommendation. Selection is made by mapreconnaissance or, when possible, ground and/orair reconnaissance. This positioning is influ-enced by the positions of the firing batteries andthe supported unit headquarters. The headquar-ters battery commander conducts a reconnais-sance to determine the specific position of themain echelon and the location of the COCwithin that position. During displacement, mainechelon personnel, vehicles, and equipmentmoving to and occupying the new position aretemporarily designated the FWD echelon untilcontrol of operations has been assumed from themain echelon.

Rear Echelon

The S-3 selects the general PA for the rearechelon, RRPs, etc., based on the S-4’s recommen-dation. The S-4, or his designated representative,conducts a reconnaissance to determine thespecific position for the rear echelon.

CHAPTER 6FIRING BATTERY OPERATIONS

SECTION I. FUNDAMENTALS

Mission

The mission of the artillery firing battery is toprovide timely, accurate fires for the artillerybattalion in support of expeditionary/land-basedMAGTF operations. In MEU operations, theartillery firing battery provides timely, accuratefires in support of the GCE.

Organization

The firing battery is the firing unit of the artillerybattalion. It possesses personnel and equipmentnecessary to shoot, move, and communicate. Itsorganization includes a battery headquarters andone firing platoon. Figure 6-1 on page 6-2 depictsthe sections within the battery. The table of organi-zation (T/O) includes sufficient fire directionpersonnel to establish an FDC and a BOC. Eachartillery cannon section has one howitzer, a primemover, and crew.


Firing batteries normally operate as integral parts ofthe battalion. The firing battery is not normallyassigned a tactical mission unless operatingindependent of the battalion. The firing battery candeploy independently when augmented with appro-priate CSS personnel and when supported by theinfantry battalion to which attached. It can alsofunction as a provisional rifle company, if required.

Battery operations are normally conducted from asingle firing position. The firing position includes

the firing platoon and sections of the batteryheadquarters, as required. The firing battery iscapable of the following:

l C2 through the FDC and BOC.l Providing artillery liaison personnel, FOs, and

equipment to a supported unit.l Performing limited maintenance support within

the position.l Maintaining ammunition and supply for sustained

operations.

Duties of Firing Battery Personnel

Battery Commander

Under the guidance of the battalion commander,battery commanders will direct battery opera-tions with responsibilities including, but notlimited to, the following:

l Leading the advance party and conducting RSOPin accordance with MCWP 3-16.3.

l Ensuring coordination for survey requirementswith higher headquarters or establishing hastysurvey as required by the tactical situation ororganizational structure.

l Directing the layout of positions.l Ensuring survivability and advising the maneu-

ver commander on all matters concerning theemployment of artillery fires at this MEU (spe-cial operations capable [SOC]) level.

Executive Officer

The XO commands the firing platoon. He shouldbe fully capable of assuming control of the battery

6-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

at any moment and should conduct RSOP for thebattery whenever the battery commander is notavailable. In addition to being positioned where hecan best control battery operations, the XO dutiesinclude, but are not limited to, the following:

l Supervise and coordinate logistical and main-tenance efforts, including the distribution of allclasses of supply.

l Act as liaison between the battery and logisti-cal support agencies.

l Verify the lay of the battery. l Ensure the accurate computation of XO’s mini-

mum quadrant. l Establish and supervise the plan for battery

defense.l Direct howitzer operations and consult with the

FDO on ammunition management.l Lead the main body to the next firing position.

See MCWP 3-16.3 for more information.

Figure 6-1. Firing Battery.


Liaison Officer

The LNO serves as the battery CO’s representativeand artillery/fire support advisor to the supportedmaneuver battalion. Primary duties include keepingthe artillery battalion/battery informed of themaneuver battalion’s plans and monitoring/control-ling the FO teams. He also participates in firesupport planning and must constantly be aware ofthe location and situation of the artillery battalionand batteries. See MCWP 3-16 and MCWP 3-16.6,Supporting Arms Observer, Spotter, and Control-ler, for more information.

Fire Direction Officer

The FDO is responsible for the training andsupervision of the fire direction personnel. TheFDO is responsible for the following:

l Ensuring the accurate computation of firingdata for the engagement of targets based oncommander’s guidance, attack criteria, and thetactical situation.

l Maintaining a SITMAP to reflect battlefieldgeometry and the current threat situation.

l Eliminating the potential of fratricide by clear-ing intermediate crests along the gun-targetline.

See MCWPs 3-16.3 and 3-16.4 for more information.

Assistant Executive Officer

The assistant executive officer (AXO) assists theCO during RSOP and advance party operations.The AXO is responsible for setting up and orient-ing the lay circle using the most preferred methodavailable. In the absence of the CO, the AXOselects the location for the BOC. Once the batteryoccupies and has been laid by the XO, the AXOassists the XO in the general supervision of thebattery position. The AXO serves as the FDO inthe BOC. See MCWP 3-16.3 for more information.

First Sergeant

The first sergeant is the senior enlisted advisor tothe CO on administrative matters and the enlistedmembers of the battery. The first sergeant isguided in the performance of his duties byMCWP 3.16.3

Battery Gunnery Sergeant

The battery gunnery sergeant is the primary experton artillery matters. He should be prepared toassume the duties of the XO if required. He assiststhe XO in the overall establishment and supervi-sion of the plan for battery defense. The batterygunnery sergeant is guided by the duties assignedto the chief of firing battery in MCWP 3-16.3.

Operations Chief

The operations chief is the technical expert andtrainer within the FDC. He ensures that all equip-ment is on hand and operational, maintains appro-priate records, and supervises the computation ofall firing data. He is responsible for the fire controlmap including the current location of friendly unitsand FSCMs. He ensures the smooth performanceof the FDC and functions as the FDO in hisabsence. See MCWP 3-16.3 for more information.

Assistant Operations Chief

The assistant operations chief is the technicalexpert within the BOC. He ensures a technical firedirection method is available and in concert withthe FDC’s method (met, residuals, MVVs, etc.)before the BOC departs for the new position. Heensures equipment is on hand and operational,appropriate records are maintained, and supervisesthe computation of all firing data within the BOC.

Motor Transport Chief

The motor transport chief is responsible forvehicle support and maintenance for the battery.

6-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

He advises the CO/XO on convoy formations andprocedures. Whenever possible, he develops stripmaps to orient drivers and key personnel beforemovement. Additionally, he ensures vehicles areoperational and receive routine maintenance.

Ammunition Chief

The ammunition chief reports directly to the XOfor guidance. He is responsible for ensuring thecorrect amount of ammunition is received anddelivered to howitzer sections as directed. Heworks in concert with the XO to ensure adequateammunition is available and projects future require-ments based on the current operational tempo.

Local Security Chief

The local security chief is responsible for recom-mending the local security efforts of the battery.He trains and supervises personnel in the employ-ment of crew-served weapons. He accompaniesthe CO on RSOP and leads security sweeps bythe advance party. When in position, he gener-ates the battery defensive diagram and ensures itis reviewed by the XO and forwarded to thebattalion for integration with battalion defensiveplans. See MCWP 3-16.3 for more information.

Communications Chief

The communications chief is the principal advisorto the CO for all communications matters. He isresponsible for establishing and maintainingbattery wire diagrams and radio communications.He provides a representative for the advance partywho is proficient in advising the CO on communi-cations sites. He also trains communicationspersonnel on establishing, protecting, repairing,and recovering internal battery and section wire.

Howitzer Section Chief

The howitzer section chief is responsible for mainte-nance, training, and safe operation of the howitzersection. He is an expert in the safe operation andemployment of the howitzer including mainte-nance, handling of ammunition, local security,convoy operations, navigation, direct fire includingthe M-2 and M240G machine guns, MK-19, andemergency actions including the emergencydestruction of his howitzer and prime mover. SeeMCWP 3-16.3 and the appropriate technical manual(TM) for more information on the duties andresponsibilities of howitzer section chiefs.

SECTION II. FIRE DIRECTION

Firing Battery Procedures withthe Battery Computer System

The FDC operates with the BCS as the primarymeans for technical fire direction and maintains aback-up capability. To the extent possible, thegun display units (GDUs) will be used by allhowitzers to receive fire commands from theFDC; voice commands will be used as back up.

In conjunction with the digital wire link establishedbetween the BCS and the howitzer GDUs, aseparate voice wire link will be established between

the FDC, the howitzers, and the BOC. An additionalvoice wire link will be established solely betweenthe FDC and BOC. Before transmitting digital orvoice firing data to the gun line, all firing data willbe verified before firing. The howitzer sectionchiefs, BOC representative, and FDO will ensureconstant monitoring of the wire link. See figure 6-2.

Gunnery

All techniques listed in MCWP 3-16.4 will beadhered to.


Fire Direction Center Functions

l Prevent fratricide.l Determine residuals and graphic firing table

settings.l Respond to all communications directed to the

battery.l Compute technical data for firing element.l Perform tactical fire direction, as required.l Execute fire plans.l Receive fire order standards from the battalion,

when required.l Establish fire order/command standards for the

battery.l Respond to fire orders from battalion.

l Process requests for fire from supported units.l Submit requests for reinforcing fires to battal-

ion, when required.l Designate ammunition lots if not designated by

higher headquarters.l Issue fire commands to howitzer sections.l Assign priority targets/FPF to firing battery.l Submit reports to battalion.l Maintain an FDC journal.l Maintain a fire control map to keep track of

friendly and threat positions, tactical controlmeasures, FSCMs, and zone of fire/target areain the respective AOR.

l Be prepared to assume control as the alternatebattalion FDC, if designated.

Figure 6-2. Example Battery FDC Configuration.

6-6 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Fire Direction Center Journal

An FDC journal will be maintained in each FDCto record pertinent data to include the following:

l FSCMs.l Summary of tactical situation.l Future plans, if known.l Current ammunition status and lot designations.l Current fire order/fire command standards.l Fire plans to include target lists and schedules.l ROE.

l Applicable reports; e.g., DISREP, CPREP orNBC.

l Current residuals and graphical firing tablesettings.

l Met messages.l Important messages.

Standards

Fire order standards and fire command standardsare established by the respective FDO based oncommander’s guidance, tactical situation, andattack criteria.

SECTION III. BATTERY OPERATIONS CENTER

Purpose

The BOC is designed to send a fully missioncapable sub-unit of the battery forward with theadvance party to rapidly achieve fire capabilityupon arrival of the firing element at a newposition. The BOC also serves as an alternate FDCin the firing position in the event the battery FDCexperiences severe degradation or catastrophic lossof C3 or possibly when the battery FDC assumescontrol of the battalion FDC.

Passage of Control

The passage of control from the FDC to the BOCwill follow the procedures outlined in chapter 2similar to forward and main at the regiment andbattalion level.

The FDO transmits an updated FIRECAP tobattalion accounting for the number of gunsdisplacing with the advance party/BOC. During

the road march, the BOC monitors battalion firedirection and battery command nets.

Once the howitzers with the advanced party arefire capable, the BOC requests passage of controlfrom the battery FDC. The FDC transmits aDISREP to the battalion FDC upon displacementof the main body.

The BOC transmits a FIRECAP to the battalionFDC once passage of control from the battery FDCto the BOC is complete. This is due to the changein the number of howitzers now fire-capable.

Passing Control Back

Passing control back to the FDC uses the sameprocedures. If howitzers become fire-capableprior to the battery FDC assuming control backfrom the BOC, the BOC transmits an updatedFIRECAP to the battalion FDC illustrating achange in weapon strength. Control from theBOC to the FDC is conducted via the mostefficient means (wire or battery command).


SECTION IV. GUN LINE PROCEDURES

Purpose

Proper gun line procedures are essential to providetimely, accurate artillery fires in support of themaneuver element. The following paragraphscontain common techniques and procedures.

Special Missions

When firing special missions, it is vital that allprocedures on the gun line are clearly understoodand followed.

Priority Target

l Lay on priority target data at the end of eachmission.

l Prepare, segregate, and identify designatedammunition and powder.

Final Protective Fires

l The gun line will lay on FPF data at the end ofeach mission.

l Preferred ammunition for the FPF is highexplosive/fuse quick (HE/Q) unless otherwisedictated by the FDC.

l Howitzers will be fired at their maximum rate offire for 3 minutes followed by their sustainedrate of fire until the command “cease loading”or all prescribed ammunition is expended.

Fire Plans

When operating in an automated environment, fireplans will be transmitted via GDUs. If time permits,a dry-fire rehearsal will be conducted prior to theactual schedule of fires being initiated. If GDUs arenot operational or when conducting degraded opera-tions, the following are proven practices:

l The operations chief or FDO records all firecommands on a 5” x 7” card by line numberand submits to each section chief.

l The operations chief or FDO talks directly tothe section chiefs via the voice wire link andpasses the aforementioned data so it may berecorded by the gun line.

Regardless of the method used, section chiefs willensure designated ammunition and powder areprepared and segregated by fire plan/series name.

Direct Fire

Direct fire is fire delivered on a target by use ofdirect-laying techniques. Direct fire is usually inconjunction with an emergency displacement,taking only essential gear.

Out of Traverse

See applicable weapon’s TM.

6-8 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

SECTION V. MOVEMENT AND POSITIONING OF THE FIRING BATTERY

Reconnaissance

After receiving a warning order or movementorder by the battalion, or on his own initiative, thebattery commander reconnoiters new firingpositions. He plans the reconnaissance; conducts apreliminary map, ground, or air reconnaissance ofthe PA; returns to the battery, preferably on analternate route; and briefs key battery personnel;e.g., the battery XO, first sergeant, battery gunnerysergeant or local security chief. The first sergeantassembles the reconnaissance party. In some situa-tions, the battery commander may decide to bringan advanced party on his reconnaissance. If thebattery commander is conducting the reconnais-sance as part of the battalion commander’s recon-naissance party, the battery commander (and hisreconnaissance party) will meet the battalioncommander at the appointed place and time.

Reconnaissance Tasks

The battery commander leads the reconnaissanceparty (and advanced party) to the new position.He selects locations for battery installations,formulates the occupation plan, issues orders, andsupervises the execution of the plan. During thereconnaissance, the commander may sketch theroute and general layout of the position. Thesketch is useful for briefing key personnel on themovement and helps orient personnel on arrivalat the position, especially at night. Navigationcan be aided by annotating the route with mileageand time marks. Tasks performed during thereconnaissance include the following:

l Route suitability, primary and alternate.l Trafficability of the route and position, bridge

classifications.l Obstacles and possible ambush sites.

l Positions for emergency occupation (hip shoot).l Security along route and defensibility of position.l Control measures to facilitate movement.l Battery positions and AoF.l NBC contamination.l Availability/accuracy of survey using an aim-

ing circle or compass to check the grid azimuthto the EOL.

l Time and distance requirements.l The order of march.l Battery CSS area for ammunition and mainte-

nance, if necessary.l Cover and concealment.

Selecting the New Position

The battery commander selects the firing positionand, if needed, a separate battery CSS area. Ifassigned a battery PA by the battalion, the batterycommander reconnoiters the area to locatesuitable positions for his battery. If a battery PAis not assigned, the battery commander positionsthe battery to meet the following considerations.

Firing Position Characteristics

The essential characteristic of a firing position isthat it permits the unit to accomplish its mission.Operations should not be delayed by seeking aperfect position. A desirable firing positionshould do the following:

l Allow all weapons to deliver fire for maximumcoverage of the supported unit.

l Afford defilade and concealment from groundobservation. Minimize observation of muzzleflash by defilade. Too much defilade may limitthe field of fire of the weapons in close defenseof the position against ground attack or mayrestrict low angle fires.


l Be free of obstructions which affect the firingcapability of a howitzer; e.g., a cliff, buildingor high tree to the flank.

l Allow for 6400-mil firing capability.l Be accessible and have separate routes for

entrance and exit, preferably in the rear. Theposition should not be on a threat high speedavenue of approach. Concealed routes to andfrom the battery are desirable, particularly ifthe position will be occupied and resupplieddur ing dayl igh t . Close proximi ty of ahelicopter landing zone (LZ) is also desirable.

l Be on relatively level, firm ground. Veryrocky, swampy, sandy or uneven ground willslow the occupation of the position or preventthe effective operation of the weapon. Theposition should be trafficable by all vehicles inthe battery. Current and anticipated weather,e.g., rain, flash floods, snow, should beconsidered.

l Be in small trees, in brush or in isolated openspaces or irregular clearings in vegetatedterrain. Good positions can often be foundalong the edge of a road or trail, but away fromcrossroads or junctions that may attract hostileartillery fire. Also, the battery should not bealong the edge of a primary route for supply.Positions at the forward edge of a treeline, insmall clumps of woods or under a solitary lineof trees are easily spotted by the threat.

l Be away from prominent landmarks whenpositioned in open terrain. The unit should berandomly dispersed over the ground, makinggood use of contours.

l Be in quarries, in ruins or under the roofs ofbuildings in a town.

l Allow for good communications, preferably bywire, with the supported unit and higherheadquarters.

l Be large enough for dispersal of weapons andother installations if there is an air or counter-battery threat.

l Be in a compact, easily defended position inmountains or heavily wooded areas; whenfriendly forces have air superiority; or whenthe battery is threatened by guerrilla or infiltra-tion tactics. The battery position should beaway f rom threa t -concea led rou tes o fapproach.

l Allow for shelter and comfort of the batterypersonnel.

l Have survey control established or surveyavailable in a short time. Hasty survey may berequired.

l Be selected in consideration of the battery’sfuture mission or displacement.

Types of Positions

The battery commander selects primary, alter-nate, and supplementary posit ions. Thesepositions are selected to support the plannedoperation of the supported unit. However, thebattery must remain flexible and ready todisplace in any direction in case the operation,mission or tactical situation changes.

Primary

A primary position is the position from which theunit will accomplish its assigned tactical mission.

Alternate

An alternate position is the position to which theunit will move and accomplish its assignedmission should the primary position becomeuntenable. The alternate position should begenerally 800 to 1,300 meters away from theprimary position. This separation allows the unitto escape the effects of threat indirect fire on theprimary position, but close enough for rapiddisplacement. An alternate position should beselected for each primary position. The alternateposition must have the same characteristics as the

6-10 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

primary position. It should be reconnoitered andprepared for occupation as time permits. Eachsection chief must know the route to the alternateposition because movement to that position maybe by section.

Supplementary

A supplementary position is a position selectedfor the conduct of a specific mission, such as anoffset registration, a special fire mission, adjust-ment with a roving gun or defense of the primaryposition. Supplementary positions for howitzersshould be selected to cover likely threat avenuesof approach in the battery defense. Positions foroffset registrations and roving guns should be farenough away that counterfire will not affect theprimary positions.

Advance Party

An advance party is a group of unit representa-tives dispatched to a planned new position inadvance of the main body to prepare the positionfor the arrival of the unit and its equipment. Agood advance party is critical to timely and orderlyoccupation of positions. Personnel in the advancedparty should be trained, competent, and capable ofaccomplishing assigned tasks with little or nosupervision. When possible, the advance partyshould have regularly assigned personnel for conti-nuity and consistency in advance party operations.

CompositionComposition of the advance party is usually statedin the unit SOP and is changed based on the tacti-cal situation and assets available. Figure 6-3 listsminimal assets for an advance party.

Assembly of the Advance PartyThe battery gunnery sergeant or local securitychief assembles the required personnel and equip-ment for the advance party and ensures equipmentis operational. He coordinates security for themovement and for occupation of the new position.The commander briefs key personnel of theadvance party. The unit SOP should have a prear-ranged signal or procedure that will specify thepersonnel, equipment, vehicles, their sequence inthe march column, and the place of assembly.

Firing CapabilityDepending on the mission and tactical situation,the commander may take a howitzer section withthe advance party.

Taking a firing capability forward confuses threatmoving-target-locating radars, as part of the infil-tration plan. It also confirms suitability of the routeand firing position when conditions are doubtful,

Personnel Equipment

Battery commander,first sergeant, and driver

Vehicle with radio, map, compass, chemical, and nuclear detection equipment.

Local security chief Map and materials for preparing defensive diagram, aiming circle, and necessary wire-communications equipment.

Battery operations center Fire direction and communications equipment as necessary.

Gun guides Compass, wire-communications equipment, and section gear necessary to prepare howitzer position.

Communications personnel

Necessary equipment to establish initial communications.

Figure 6-3. Advance Party.


and allows for conduct of a registration or an offsetregistration if use of BCS or BUCS-R is lost.

Advance Party Tasks

On arrival at the new position, the advance party haltsand security personnel sweep and secure the batteryposition under the supervision of the local securitychief. Security personnel move through the positionand the surrounding terrain to ensure the area is clearof threat personnel, boobytraps, mines, and NBChazards. As the sweep is completed, personnel beginpreparing the position for occupation. The extent ofthe preparation is time-dependent; as much work aspossible is done before the arrival of the main body.As tasks are completed, a hasty local security isestablished. Vehicle ground guides await the arrivalof the battery at the pickup point. Advance partyoperations tasks include the following:l Conduct a security sweep of the new position

to secure outside perimeter.l Concurrently position MK-19’s along the most

likely high speed avenue of approach andposition an M2 machine gun along the longaxis covering the new position.

l Once the position is secure, the CO, with assis-tance of the local security chief, selects positionsfor each howitzer, the FDC, the antennae farm,and the battery’s logistics elements.

The battery commander—l Designates the azimuth of fire, if necessary.l Selects positions for howitzers, aiming circles,

FDC, BOC, and other installations.l Provides guidance to the local security chief on

the plan of defense. l Provides instructions on preparing the position

to the guns platoon sergeant.l As time permits, reconnoiters alternate and

supplementary positions. l Supervises the preparation and occupation of

the position.

See figure 6-4 on page 6-12 for an example of abattery commander’s position checklist.

The assistant executive officer assists the batterycommander in organizing the battery position andestablishes the BOC. Duties include the following:

l Set up and orients the aiming circle.l Determine initial deflections, subtense, and verti-

cal angles (VAs) from the aiming circle to theguns.

l Supervise the establishment of wire communica-tions with each howitzer position, FDC, andBOC.

l Lay howitzers, if applicable, and prepare theXO’s report.

l Provide a vehicle guide to guide FDC vehicles ofthe main body into position.

The battery local security chief plans the batterydefense. Duties include the following:

l Establish the track plan and vehicle dispersalarea.

l Plan and rehearse the occupation with vehicleground guides.

l Begin constructing a defensive diagram.

The acronym SPEARR may be used to assist in theconduct of the advance party.

l Security—A security sweep of the position isconducted.

l Position—Positioning of the battery’s assets will bedetermined by the CO or local security chief. Gunguides will tape and stake their firing positions andensure howitzer marking stakes are placed appro-priately (with M14 Pantel light on at night).

l Establish Communications—Wire communica-tions are established within the position usingDR-8s and H-200s. Hand-and-arm communica-tions or radio communications may be used as aback-up.

l AoF/initial deflection, subtense, and VA—Oncecommunication is established, howitzer groundguides report to the aiming circle to receive initialdeflection.

l Record—Ground guides record initial deflection.l Reconnaissance—Ground guides walk their track

plan from howitzer position to pick-up/releasepoint and await main body arrival.

6-12 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Mission Accomplishment.

rr

Can the battery provide support from the selected position? (This must be the overriding factor in determining position suitability.) Designate alternate and supplementary positions.

Size of Area.

r Is the selected position large enough to allow all battery equipment to be adequately dispersed?

Terrain Considerations.

Defilade Concealment

rrrr

Protection from ground observationProtection from direct fireProtection from indirect fireTerrain masking for antennae

rrr

NaturalSupplemental (man-made)Disposal of empty canisters/dunnage

Trafficability Access Routes

rr

Suitability of road surfacesInclement weather plan

rr

Concealed, preferably from rear of positionDual routes

Survivability. Use combination of all methods to ensure maximum survivability.

Threat. Prioritize most likely enemy threat to battery based on the S-2’s analysis of enemy weapons and target acquisition capabilities.

rrr

Ground attackAir attackCounterfire

Dispersion

r

r

Maximum feasible distance (based on threat analysis and terrain). Goal of 100 meters between howitzers in a high counterfire threat environment. Disperse both laterally and in-depth.FDC/antennae remoted to maximum feasible distance. Goal of 750 meters in a high EW threat environment.

Hardening

rr

Something is better than nothing.Minimum. Protection for personnel (fighting holes) and ammunition.

Survivability Moves

rr

Must be completed as quickly as possible to reduce out of action time.Move at least 1,000 meters.

Defensibility

rr

rrrrrrr

Likely ground avenues of approach identified.LPs/OPs and engagement areas established along likely avenues of approach (should be far enough to permit hasty displacement to supplemental or alternate positions).Indirect fires planned from mutually supporting positions on likely ground avenues of approach.Defense diagram prepared integrating all crew-served weapons, howitzers, individual weapons, and LPs/OPs.Supplemental direct fire positions identified.Range cards prepared for all howitzers and crew-served weapons.Patrols established and coordinated.Reaction force established and mustering point identified.Emergency signals established.

Miscellaneous

rrrr

Distant aiming point identified and referred deflections recorded (at least 1,500m, preferably to the flank, and visible at night).Verify BCS/BUCS-R computed howitzer locations with PLGR or Map Spot.Utilize hasty astro or simo to confirm directional control.Verify ammunition lots and coordinate emplacement of M94 chronograph with FDC.

Figure 6-4. Example Battery Commander’s Position Checklist.


Establishing communications should not delay thisprocedure. Voice or hand-and-arm signals are usedas a back up.

Organizing the New Position

Organizing the new position consists of thoseactions necessary to allow the battery to deliverfire. Organization is a continuous process thatbegins during RSOP and ends when the positionis vacated. During RSOP, the advance partyconducts those actions necessary for the immedi-ate delivery of fire. When the battery’s mainbody arrives, actions are taken for the delivery ofcontinuous fire and the position improved. Thelonger a unit remains in a position, the more theposition is improved.

Movement of the Main Body

Displacements may be directed by higher head-quarters or by the battery commander, dependingupon whether control is centralized or decentral-ized. In all cases, the battery must promptly submita DISREP to its immediate, higher headquarterswhen displacing. Units must develop and rehearseprocedures for control measures, immediateaction, and signals to improve tactical march tech-niques. See MCWP 3-16.3 and MCRP 4-11.3F,Convoy Operations Handbook.

Planning the Move

The CO must determine which of the four methodsof march to use, based on the tactical situation:

l Open column.l Closed column.l Infiltration.l Terrain march.

The XO gives his movement order brief to theFDO, gunnery sergeant, section chiefs, motor

transport chief, communications chief, ammuni-tion chief, and all remaining vehicle operators.

Adequate security measures for movementinclude, but are not limited to, the following:l Concealment along the route.l Air sentries posted. The convoy’s direction of

movement will be established as 12 o’clock.Assistant drivers will be responsible for the 10 to2 o’clock sector. The two Marines located at therear of each vehicle will cover the 2 to 6 and 6 to10 o’clock sectors. With 5-ton trucks equippedwith a mounted M2 machine gun or MK-19, theassistant driver will cover a 360- degree sector.

l Distribution of machine guns and ring mountsthroughout the convoy.

l NBC detecting and monitoring equipment islocated with the lead howitzer section.

l Night vision goggle distribution and functioning.l Convoy maintaining appropriate dispersion.

Other Considerations

Key personnel should be dispersed throughoutthe convoy with radios for adequate control andto provide enhanced survivability.

The motor transport chief, a mechanic, and atruck without a towed load will be posted at therear of the column.

Normally, a corpsman will be located in the convoy(typically the battery gunnery sergeant’s vehicle).

Conducting the Move

These specific checks should be conducted beforethe move:

l Ensure the order of march is known by everyone.l Ensure vehicles are operationally safe and have

adequate fuel. l Establish communications on battery com-

mand/convoy frequency.l Employ vehicle guides to lead vehicles through

terrain, occupied positions or when backing up.

6-14 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Upon the XO announcing “close station marchorder” (CSMO), battery sections will—

l Strike nets.l Load all section equipment onto the section

vehicles.l Check vehicles for proper operation.l Account for all personnel, section equipment,

and weapons.l Prepare for movement. Movement will be initi-

ated by the XO’s vehicle departing the posi-tion. All vehicles will follow, in the prescribedmarch order, from their individual locationswithin the position.

l Enforce march discipline.m Keep moving.m Relay all signals.m Practice light/noise discipline.m Maintain convoy speed.m Maintain vehicle interval.m Keep alert with weapons outboard.m Wear helmet/flak jackets.

l Continually estimate location while on themove by using odometer, terrain features, routemarkers, check points, PLGR, etc.

Occupying the Position

The objective of the occupation phase of RSOP isto prepare to deliver fire. The battery is extremelyvulnerable during this phase. Thus, the occupa-tion must be rapid, orderly, and quiet. Occupa-tions are enhanced by a well-established SOP,training, and a well-prepared position.

Deliberate Occupation

On arrival at the position, vehicles move into theposition without halting or closing the intervalbetween vehicles. Vehicle ground guides lead their

assigned vehicle from the pickup point to theappropriate location for unloading and/or parking.

Laying of Howitzers

The unit can deliver fire when howitzers are laid.Various methods are available to meet the needsof the situation. Detailed procedures for layingare discussed in MCWP 3-16.3. Reciprocallaying of aiming circles or howitzers canovercome LOS problems and expedite laying.

Security

Each section must have a predetermined sector ofresponsibility during the occupation. If the howit-zer sections are dispersed over great distances,each section becomes responsible for its owndefense until help arrives. As the unit settles intoposition, the security and defensive plan of thebattery are formed.

Position Improvement

An order of work is established based on thethreat and the time that the unit is in position.The commander may establish an order of workas follows:

l Harden critical items of equipment.l Prepare individual fighting positions.l Establish security measures.l Develop defensive plan.l Prepare alternate position.

Hasty Occupation

In some situations, there may not be enough timeto prepare positions for occupation. Priority oftasks are established to ensure the following:

l Selection of howitzer positions.l Set up of aiming circles.l Preparation of howitzer positions, to include plac-

ing panoramic telescope and marking stakes, andrecording initial deflections.

l Minimum essential internal wire communications.


The commander selects the position and desig-nates the AoF. Gun guides select howitzerpositions. The commander guides the entire unitinto position. Vehicle ground guides then meettheir vehicle as it approaches their positions. TheAXO and battery gunnery sergeant conduct theirnormal duties as time permits.

Howitzers are laid using the most expeditiousmeans. If wire communications are not available,voice commands are relayed from the aimingcircle to the gun line. The situation may requirefiring to commence before making tests andadjustments. Firing data is determined using themost expeditious means. The FDC/BOC initiallyshould be set up close to the gun line so that firecommands can be relayed by voice.

As time allows, action is taken to organize andimprove the position. Any inaccuracies in layingor boresighting are corrected. Communicationswithin the unit are improved and normal installa-tions are established.

Night Occupation

Night occupation reduces the unit’s vulnerability todetection during occupation. However, nightoccupation must be smooth and orderly to avoidchaos, damage and loss of equipment or injury topersonnel. Night occupation is slower than adaylight occupation. Light and noise discipline mustbe stressed. Night occupation is ideally conductedfollowing a daylight preparation, or following anight preparation. Should daylight preparation beimpossible, night vision devices are vital.

Vehicle Ground Guides

Guides must know their routes and the order ofmarch. Guides should walk their routes carefullybefore dark and at dusk, if possible, noting pacesand features to assist navigation. As each vehicleapproaches the pickup point and is recognized; athreat vehicle may have infiltrated the column,the guide leads the vehicle into the position.Vehicle blackout marker lights should be turnedoff. If the driver does not have night vision

goggles, the guide carries a flashlight with afiltered lens. If the driver fails to see the guide/light for some reason, he should halt immedi-ately; i.e., the guide may have fallen down. Whenthe vehicle arrives at its designated position, theguide signals the vehicle to halt. Talking shouldbe kept to a minimum.

If the guide does not have night vision goggles, hemust rely on his night vision skills. The use ofsilhouettes on the skyline— e.g., a tall tree or thetip of a mountain—can help the guide maintain hisorientation as he guides the vehicle into position.Navigational markings may be emplaced at keypoints; e.g., engineer tape, chemlights or a branch.

Unit SOP should establish a technique for vehiclerecognition. Example: A blink of a color-codedflashlight by the assistant driver.

Lighting Devices

The advance party emplaces lighting devices onmarking stakes, aiming posts, and instrumentsneeded for laying; e.g., aiming circle. Unit SOPshould establish procedures to ensure the correctreference light is sighted when using fire controland laying instruments at night; e.g., blinkinglights in accordance with prearranged signals orusing color-coded lights. During laying, only theaiming circle and the weapon being laid shouldhave lights on. Too many lights cause confusionand destroy light discipline. At night, keep thelaying instrument sighted on one piece until it iscompletely laid. The EOL is placed at sufficientdistance to eliminate the possibility of parallax inthe aiming circle. Parallax is the apparentdisplacement or the difference in apparent direc-tion of an object as seen from two differentpoints, not on a straight line with the object.

Loading and Unloading Equipment

Rapid displacements and night movements make itimperative that uniform load plans are established.The weapon position should be so organized thateach Marine knows where each item of equipmentis located at all times.

6-16 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Emergency Occupation (Hip Shoot)An emergency occupation results when a call forfire is received while the battery is making a tacti-cal movement. The convoy leader (normally theXO) must know his location exactly during the roadmarch and constantly select possible emergencyfiring positions by map and visual reference.

When a call for fire is received, the FDO or opera-tions chief authenticates, if necessary, and relaysthe target call for fire target location to the XO (ordesignated convoy leader) on appropriate net.

The XO signals the convoy; selects the firingposition and designates the AoF; passes thecoordinates and AoF to the FDC personnel; andlays the unit in the following order of preference:aiming point-deflection, grid azimuth, and howit-zer back-lay methods.

The FDO computes initial data and announces allfire commands. Communications within thebattery is by small-unit transceiver (if available)or by voice relay. Aiming points are establishedin the following precedence, if terrain permits:distance aiming point, collimator, and aimingposts. On completion of the mission, the unitmoves on or continues position improvement.

Local Security and Patrolling

Refer to chapter 4 of this publication.

Hasty Displacements

A hasty displacement is defined as an expedi-tious displacement by a unit due to an imminentattack by the threat.

Sections displace with all gear except ammuni-tion/dunnage that is left in place.

On command to hasty displace, advance partypersonnel immediately report to the advanceparty vehicle. Section chiefs ensure that all gearand equipment are consolidated on or near thevehicle for quick displacement. Section chiefs

also ensure their drivers immediately check theirvehicles and radios for proper operation.

Ammunition/dunnage are left on the deck for pick-up by service elements.

The order of march for the advance party doesnot change.

The order of march for the firing element isdictated by particular gun positioning and direc-tion of exit from the gun position.

The standard time limit for a hasty displacementfor the advance party is 4 minutes during daylightand 6 minutes at night.

The standard time limit for a hasty displacementfor the firing battery element is 8 minutes duringdaylight and 12 minutes at night.

Service elements have 30 minutes—day or night—toenter into the new position with all ammunition/dunnage.

Emergency Displacement

An emergency displacement is defined as theurgent displacement of a unit while under attack.Units must bring only mission-essential gear,including howitzers with the equipment toachieve firing capability, and personal equip-ment (782 gear, NBC gear, and T/O weapon).

Each section displaces to the established rallypoint when ready. There is no order of march.

Advance party personnel remain with theirsections until they arrive at the rally point.

At the rally point, personnel and ammunition arere-oriented, re-organized, and re-distributed. Theadvance party assembles at the advance party truck.

The standard time limit for an emergencydisplacement is 4 minutes during daylight and6 minutes at night.

CHAPTER 7FORCE ARTILLERY

Force artillery is not a new concept to theMarine Corps. It existed until the late 1970s asthe field artillery group, as part of the forcetroops element of the Marine Amphibious Force.It belonged to Fleet Marine Force, Pacific, andFleet Marine Force, Atlantic, respectively.Marine Corps force structure reviews from 1970to the early 1980s gradually reduced the size ofthe field artillery group and the force troops. Theremaining force troops were incorporated into adivision in 1978-1979 with no additional reduc-tion in size. By 1989, all artillery assets wereconsolidated in the GCE, leaving no organic GSartillery or artillery headquarters to support theMEF commander.

When the MEF emerged as the Marine Corps’primary warfighter in the late 1980s, the lack offorce artillery became an issue. In 1996, I MEFestablished the 14th Marine Artillery Regiment asthe force artillery for its major theater of waroperation plans. This action was taken to counterI MEF’s widely recognized shortfall in artillery(relative to threat artillery capabilities) and tocreate the capability to C2 MEF-level “force”artillery in operation plans requiring multipledivision maneuver elements.

Mission

Force artillery provides the MEF with an artil-lery capabil i ty and a MEF-level ar t i l leryheadquarters to C2 all cannon/rocket artilleryunits not assigned to the GCE. This provides theMAGTF commander with all-weather, surface-to-surface deep fires to support MEF deepbattlespace fire support requirements; fires toreinforce the MEF close battle; and an effectiveMEF-level counterfire capability.

Concept of Employment

Force artillery provides the MEF commander theability to directly influence the battle by provid-ing all-weather, responsive fire support. TheMEF commander’s employment of the forceartillery is based on METT-T analysis. In manycases, force artillery weapons and systemscapable of ranging the MEF battlespace will beretained in GS of the MEF, though they may bepositioned within the division’s zone. Force artil-lery can augment the division’s indirect firecapability by weighting the main effort, orshaping the battlespace to set favorable condi-tions for future operations. Force artillery maytemporarily attach battalions to other artilleryorganizations but normally supports the MEFcommander’s intent through standard and non-standard tactical missions.

Tasks

Force artillery provides the MEF commander themeans to effectively exercise C2, logistics, andadministrative functioning over all MEF-assignedcannon/artillery units not dedicated to supportingthe GCE. This includes, but is not limited to, allattached United States Army, allied, and coalitionindirect fire support assets, as well as survey,met, and CBR teams and associated/dedicatedCSS, as required. Force artillery does not controlassets other than those that are organic orattached to it. Division artillery assets remainunder the exclusive control of the division for usewithin its zone. In addition to the tasks normallyassociated with a Marine artillery regiment, forceartillery must do the following:

l Provide C2 of attached United States or coalitionartillery (cannon, rocket or target acquisition).

7-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

l Provide liaison to the MEF for FFCC informationflow; provide input/brief as required in MEFupdates and target boards; participate in theplanning effort in future operations and G-5 plansoperational planning teams; and to coordinatelogistics, intelligence, and personnel requirements.

l If possible, provide personnel augments to theFFCC.

l Provide the MEF commander with the radaremployment plan that covers the MEF singlebattle concept. Force artillery does not controlthe organic GCE radars of the art i l leryregiments, but coordinates the complete radaremployment plan in the MEF zone by coveringgaps in the division, joint, allied, and coalitionzones identified through a METT-T analysis.This will enable the force artillery commanderto focus long-range radars on MEF high payofftargets.

l Position the TPC for optimum counterfiresupport functions and communication with theforce artillery’s FDC, FFCC, and the Marinetactical air command center (TACC) or its exten-sion agencies’ forward air controller (airborne)(FAC[A]), strike coordination and reconnais-sance (SCAR) or tactical air coordinator(airborne) (TACC[A]).

l Coordinate target acquisition/collection man-agement requirements with the MEF G-2.

l Establish connectivity with the GCE artilleryregiments, the aviation combat element (ACE),the CSSE, and MEF FFCC to support thecounterfire fight, as required.

l Establish liaison teams with adjacent or attachedjoint, allied, and coalition artillery units.

l Plan for and coordinate logistical support for allforce artillery attached units.

Command Relationships

The command relationship between the forceartillery and the MEF is specified in the opera-tions plans. The force artillery commandernormally reports as operational control to the

MEF commander and may be designated as amajor subordinate command. The force artillerywill maintain organizational flexibility to facili-tate future operations and continue to evaluate itstask organization, providing recommendations onorganization for combat to the MEF commanderbased on the tactical situation.

Force artillery and subordinate elements canexecute any of the four standard tactical missionsthat could be assigned to any artillery unit.Assignment of tactical missions will be based onMETT-T and artillery organization for combat.

Liaison

Force artillery provides liaison to the MEF, todivision artillery forces that are part of the MEFtask organization and, when appropriate, to therear area operations group. Additional liaison maybe provided to artillery units adjacent to the MEF.Normally, liaisons will be deployed capable ofcommunicating with the force artillery withoutcommunications support from the unit to whichassigned. However, external communicationssupport may be required based on the mission.Depending on the tactical mission, operationaltempo, and personnel requirements, the force artil-lery may task its organic battalions to provide all,or any part of, their battalion liaison teams toexecute any force artillery tasking. This taskingmay include, but is not limited to, providing aforce artillery liaison team to a reinforced joint,allied or coalition unit. The MEF force artilleryliaison activities ensure the following:

l Mutual cooperation and understanding betweencommanders and staffs of different headquarters.

l Coordination on tactical matters to achievemutual purpose, support, and action.

l Coordinate and/or monitor execution of forceartillery missions.

l Monitor current status of force artillery units.l Assist in the coordination of the counterfire

efforts of the MEF.


The MEF force artillery liaison team provides—

l Personnel to the MEF commander to augmentFFCC, future plans, and future operations.

l Liaison to G-sections, as required.l Guidance to the MEF commander/FFCC on capa-

bilities and limitations of force artillery.

Force Artillery Intelligence Section

The intelligence section of the force artillery willplay an important role in fusing the targeting dataproduced by the TPC with the intelligence infor-mation/reports generated by MEF intelligenceassets. The primary tool for processing intelli-gence data is the intelligence analysis system,under the supervision of the MEF G-2.

The force artillery intelligence section willcoordinate closely with the MEF G-2 to ensurethe best possible exchange of intelligence andtargeting information. This includes coordinatingwith the CBR officer and the TPC to plan andcontrol the best use of organic and attached radarassets. Target information gathered from the TPCis provided to the SCAR to update the MEF intel-ligence picture. The force artillery intelligencesection may provide personnel as required to theMEF liaison team to facilitate information flow.

Target Acquisition

The force artillery has organic AN/TPQ-46Aradars and may have attached artillery target acqui-sition systems (AN/TPQ-46A or United StatesArmy AN/TPQ-37). Force artillery will positionits organic/attached weapons-locating radars andartillery observation teams to best support thetarget acquisition requirements of the MEF.Depending on the situation, the CBR officer andall TPC assets will either be located with the MEFforce artillery liaison team at the MEF or at the

force artillery COC. Force artillery will coordinatethe employment of all radars in the MEF zone toinclude the establishment of radar zones andqueuing schedules . Once coordinat ion iscompleted, the force artillery CBR officer willpublish the MEF radar employment plan.

Counterfire

MEF counterfire functions are controlled andcoordinated in the MEF FFCC. Primarily artil-lery , a i r , and EW uni ts , supported by anintegrated intelligence system, conduct thecounterfire fight. The preferred method forcounterfire is a proactive approach involvingsound IPB and a thorough collection plan tolocate threat fire support assets prior to firing.Reactive counterfire emphasizes speed during theinitial engagement through the employment ofdedicated sensor-to-shooter channels and pre-authorized engagement criteria. Full integrationof the FDC, the TPC, and the intelligencesections within the intelligence operations center(IOC) is crucial to the timely planning and execu-tion of the counterfire mission. The initialengagement is intended to suppress the hostilefire support system long enough for a moredecisive engagement to be developed andexecuted. A counterfire liaison officer may beestablished within the MEF FFCC to coordinatethe engagement of counterfire targets.

Threat fire support assets located by force artil-lery will be reported to the SCAR. Targets thatmeet the criteria for immediate attack as setforth in the reactive attack guidance matrix willbe engaged by force artillery, passed to theGCE to attack, passed through the quick firechannel to the ACE TACC or to the MEF FFCCfor disposition. See MCWP 3-16.

Force artillery will establish a liaison elementwithin the MEF FFCC to facilitate informationflow. That liaison element may include personnel

7-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

designated to facilitate counterfire functions.Dedicated communications links (quick-firechannels) between the force artillery FDC and theFFCC current fires and the TACC are essential.

Force artillery may provide a liaison to the MAW tofacilitate the employment of the quick-fire channel.It may also receive a liaison team from the TACC.The purpose of these liaison exchanges is to facili-tate fire support coordination.

The counterfire execution plan will be developed/validated daily. It consists of a counterfire analy-sis which defines/describes the counterfire threatin the MEF AO; a counterfire collection plan(description of sensors which cover the expectedcounterfire target locations); and the counterfirematrix. In general, one of the following counter-fire scenarios will occur:

l If a counterfire target is located by divisionassets and is within their zone, it is the divi-sion’s responsibility and they attack it. The divi-sion can request reinforcing fires, if required orappropriate.

l If a counterfire target is located by force artillerytarget acquisition assets and is located within adivision zone, that target is passed to the divisionfor engagement.

l If either division or force artillery assets locatecounterfire targets in an adjacent ground forcezone, they are passed to that ground force FSCCthrough the MEF FFCC.

l If a division asset in the MEF zone locates acounterfire target, either the ACE or the forceartillery passes that target to the FFCC for attack.

l If force artillery assets in the MEF zone locate acounterfire target and they are capable of engag-ing it, the force artillery liaison will coordinate theattack with the MEF FFCC. If the force artillery isnot capable of engaging the target, it may bepassed to the ACE, via the quick-fire channel.

Meteorological Support

All met operations for force artillery will beconducted in accordance with MCWP 3-16.5,Field Artillery Meteorology. In addition tonormal duties of providing met support to organicand attached units of force artillery, the forceartillery met section will be responsible forintegrating or coordinating met support opera-tions with the GCE artillery met sections.

Survey Support

Survey operations for the force artillery are thesame as discussed in MCWP 3-16.7. The forceartillery survey section will be responsible forproviding survey support to all organic andattached units of the force artillery. The forceartillery survey officer may be assigned responsi-bility for survey control with in the MEF AORand will integrate/coordinate survey support withGCE artillery survey operations.

Communications

Force artillery responsibilities encompass theentire MEF’s battlespace. Distances involved inthis area are well beyond those contemplated fordivision artillery. The force artillery commanderwill be required to communicate with hisorganic or assigned battalions, liaison sections,and supported GCE units. This may involve theuse of nonstandard equipment such as personalcomputer-based software and Secret InternetProtocol Router Network. The MEF is responsi-ble for providing communications assets toaugment force artillery organic assets to accom-plish this task.


Logistics

Force artillery is the largest artillery regiment inthe Marine Corps and usually the largest artilleryregiment in the MEF force list. Logistics forforce artillery may differ from that required by atraditional artillery regiment in two ways:

l First, force artillery may be required to support afront of two or more divisions. Consequently,the distances traveled to effect resupply of forceartillery units could be significantly greater thanthose of their division counterparts.

l Secondly, force artillery is a wartime addition tothe MEF. The habitual relationships that existbetween combat and CSS units in the MEF donot exist for the force artillery. Planners need tocarefully consider logistics requirements usingMETT-T. For example, force artillery may haveattached assets that use different ammunition(United States Army MLRS) or require differenttypes of support equipment not owned by theMEF. This support must enable force artillery tooperate in a self-sustaining, self-contained fash-ion to avoid placing an additional logistical bur-den on the MEF it supports.

CHAPTER 8ARTILLERY COMMUNICATIONS

General

Reliable communication is a basic requirementfor the maximum employment of artillery.FMFM 6-18.1, Tactics, Techniques, and Proce-dures for the Marine Corps Fire Support System,outlines procedures for configuring nets for datatransmission with automated systems.

Forms of Communications

The two original forms of communication—writ-ten and voice—have been augmented by auto-m a t e d s y s t e m s w i t h a t h i r d f o r m o fcommunication—data. Data communicationsincrease the speed of communicating on the bat-tlefield, transmitting large amounts of informa-tion while reducing signature and enhancingsurvivability. Data communications require priorintegration to succeed in information processingand dissemination.

Means of Communications

There are three primary means of communica-tions: radio, wire, and messenger. Whenever pos-sible, units should plan to use all means ofcommunication to provide redundancy. Properplanning and unit SOPs should provide guidanceon when to employ primary, secondary, and ter-tiary means of communication; i.e., if primary isdata communications over a radio net, will a sep-arate voice net be employed until data communi-cation is established or under what contingencieswill voice be or not be used?

Radio

Single channel radio is the primary method of com-munications in artillery operations. Normally, it isused between observers and artillery units. Singlechannel communications can be secured and used fortransmitting voice and data communications.

Radio nets must be specified as voice or data. Anet cannot sustain both forms of communication.However, procedures should exist for data nets touse voice transmissions when establishing or re-establishing communications. Data radio nets havea lesser range capability than voice nets. Properlymaintained and configured equipment and direc-tional antennae help minimize this limitation.

Figures 8-1 through 8-4 (pages 8-6 through 8-9)show fire support radio nets and net control,guard, and monitor responsibilities. Figures 8-5and 8-6 (page 8-10) show communication con-nectivity for regiments and DS battalions.

Wire

Wire is most often used to connect cells within aCOC and connect multiple automated terminalswithin a cell. Where the tactical situation per-mits, wire provides a redundancy for some radionets. Often, an FSC may want a direct wire linkthat does not pass through a switchboard (hotline)to the supporting artillery FDC or the TPC. Wirecommunications can be secured and used for bothvoice and data communications.

Messenger

The use of messengers must be planned. They pro-vide a secure, reliable means of communications.If time permits, they may be the most effectivemeans for sending fire support plans and overlays.

8-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Communications System Planning

Artillery nets are established to conduct fire mis-sion processing and fire support coordination asefficiently as possible with the least amount ofassets. Radio communications allow artillery netsto be monitored at appropriate levels to ensureeffective, timely, and accurate fire support. Con-siderations for planning include assets available,number of nets required, number of stations pernet, digital systems, and information flow. Whenthe communications system incorporates digitalcommunications, the planner must ensure equip-ment compatibility at the various levels; e.g.,between FOs, FDCs, TPCs. Subscribers mustconfigure their devices with the correct parame-ters as well as ensure messages/transmissions areaddressed to all appropriate elements. Anotherconsideration is the security of nets.

Security

Force protection entails communications security.Communications that can be intercepted are alucrative source of intelligence to the threat. How-ever, speed and accuracy of communications arealso critical to friendly operations, particularly inartillery operations. There may be situations whenthese requirements conflict; i.e., sufficient encryp-tion devices to cover all nets coupled with arequirement for rapid communications. In theseinstances, security takes precedence on nets wheretargeting and fire planning information is passed,since the threat may intercept these communica-tions and take appropriate counteraction. On theother hand, speed and accuracy take precedence onnets where immediate requests for fire are passed.Even if these communications are intercepted,there is seldom time for the threat to warn the per-sonnel or units affected.

Communication Nets

Radio circuits employed by artillery units arediscussed in the following paragraphs. The netcomposition depicted in this chapter is a common

composition. The influx of automated systemsrequires consideration as to the nets that will bedigital or voice without increasing asset require-ments. Because of threat electronic countermeasurecapabilities, communications equipment failures orlack of radios or personnel, it will not always bepossible for COCs/FDCs to monitor the circuitsshown in figure 8-1, on page 8-6. The S-3 shouldcoordinate with the S-6 for establishing net structureand net priorities. Then, when some circuits are lostor become inoperable, the most important nets willbe retained and communications will be restored inthe order of the established priority.

Artillery Regiment Communication Nets

Division Command Net

This HF net provides a means for the divisioncommander to command and coordinate adminis-trative and logistical activities of subordinateunits. Artillery stations include the following:

l Artillery regiment.l Artillery battalion with a GS or GS-R tactical

mission.l O/O artillery battalion with alternate regiment

CP mission.

Division Tactical Net

This VHF net provides a means for the divisioncommander to C2 major combat units. Examplesinclude changes to tactical mission assignmentsand displacement reports. It may also be used asan alternate to the division command net. Artil-lery stations are the same as above for the divi-sion command net.

Division Artillery Air Spot Net

This VHF net provides a means for aircrews toadjust artillery fire. When the net is in use, theartillery LNO monitors for targets in his unit’szone just as he does with COF nets. The FO mayuse this net to coordinate with the aircrew for


attack of targets in his company’s zone. Artillerystations include the following:

l Artillery regiment, net control. For specificmissions, control may be passed to the FDCconducting the mission (battalion or battery).

l Artillery battalion, as required.l Firing battery, as required.

Division Fire Support Coordination Net 1

This VHF net provides a means for the divisionFSC to coordinate voice fire support. Artillerystations include the following:

l Artillery regiment.l Artillery battalion with a GS or GS-R tactical

mission.l O/O artillery battalion with alternate regiment

CP mission.

Division Fire Support Coordination Net 2

This VHF net provides a means for the divisionFSC to coordinate digital fire support. Artillerystations are the same as those for net 1.

Division Communication Coordination Net

This VHF net provides a means for the G-6 tocoordinate, install, and restore communicationcircuits with subordinate units. Artillery stationsare the same as those for net 1.

Division Intelligence Net

This VHF net provides a means for the rapid col-lection and dissemination of intelligence informa-tion. Artillery stations are the same as those fornet 1.

Artillery Regiment Command Net

This HF net provides a means for the artilleryregiment commander to command and coordi-nate administrative and logistical activities of

subordinate units. It may be used as an alternatefor fire direction and tactical orders. The divisionFSCC may monitor, as required, principally as analternate net for communicating with the artilleryregiment should other nets become inoperative.Artillery stations include the following:

l Artillery regiment, net control.l Artillery battalions.l Attached units.

Artillery Regiment Tactical Net

This VHF net provides a means for the artilleryregiment commander to C2 subordinate units.Examples of types of traffic include changes intactical mission assignments and reports of dis-placements. It may also be used as an alternatefire direction and FSC net. Artillery stations arethe same as those for the command net.

Artillery Regiment Fire Direction Net

This VHF net provides a means for the artilleryregiment to exercise tactical fire direction; i.e.,transmitting orders, fire missions, fire plans, tac-tical information, and met data to battalions. Reg-iment fire direction is also the net used to collect,exchange, and pass combat and target informa-tion. This net may be voice or digital. It may beused by subordinate units to request R fires. Theartillery officer at the division FSCC may moni-tor to keep abreast of artillery fire planning and topass FSC traffic if no other net is available. Artil-lery stations include the following:

l Artillery regiment, net control.l TPC via relay through the regiment FDC.l Artillery battalions.l O/O artillery battalion with alternate regiment

COC mission.

Artillery Regiment Survey/Met Net

This VHF net provides a means to provide surveyinformation from survey teams and a means to

8-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

exchange met information and ballistic met infor-mation between artillery units. Artillery stationsinclude the following:l Artillery regiment, net control.l TPC via relay through the regiment FDC.l Artillery battalions.

Artillery Regiment Radar Telling Net

This VHF net provides a means for the exchange ofradar intelligence information and requests for sur-veillance of threat counterfire weapons. It may alsobe used for registration and adjustment of artilleryfire. Artillery stations include the followingl Artillery regiment, net control.l TPC via relay through the regiment FDC.l Artillery battalions, as required.l Artillery batteries, as required.

Artillery Regiment Communication Coordination Net

This VHF net provides a means for the S-6 tocoordinate, install, and restore communicationcircuits with subordinate units. Artillery stationsinclude the following:l Artillery regiment, net control.l Artillery battalions with DS tactical missions.

Artillery Battalion Communication Nets

Artillery Battalion Command Net

This VHF net provides a means for the artillery bat-talion commander to C2 subordinate units. It is prin-cipally used for administrative, logistic, and tacticaltraffic not related to fire direction. The supportedregiment FSCC may monitor, as required, princi-pally as an alternate net for communicating with theDS battalion should other nets become inoperative.Artillery stations include the following:l Artillery battalion, net control.l Firing batteries of the artillery battalion.l Artillery battalions with an R mission.

Artillery Battalion Fire Direction Net

This VHF net may be voice or digital. When oper-ating voice, this net provides a means for the artil-lery battalion to exercise tactical fire direction ofsubordinate units. If tactical fire direction is decen-tralized, this net may be used by batteries torequest reinforcing fires. The artillery LNO at theregiment FSCC (battalion FSCC as required) maymonitor to keep abreast of artillery fire planningand significant artillery missions. In a digital envi-ronment, tactical fire direction is incorporated intoa COF, and battalion fire direction is used forcoordinating reinforcing fires. Artillery stationsinclude the following:l Artillery battalion, net control.l Firing batteries of the artillery battalion.l Artillery battalions with an R mission.

Artillery Conduct of Fire Net

This VHF net provides a means for observers torequest and adjust artillery fire. The artilleryLNO at battalion FSCCs monitors/receives traf-fic on the net for FSC purposes. FOs and LNOsmay use the net to exchange targets and fireplanning information. If conducting battalion-directed operations, the battalion establishes asmany as three COF nets and acts as net controlon each. The artillery battalion may identify aCOF net for each maneuver battalion to facili-tate continuity of fire support during battery dis-placements. The maneuver battalion (LNOs,FOs) remains on the assigned COF net, and theartillery battalion FDC receives all calls for fire.It then designates which firing battery will pro-vide fire support to the maneuver battalion. Thisallows the artillery battalion to quickly mass onlarger targets, as well as manage the assets ofthe battalion as a whole. If conducting autono-mous operations, each battery FDC maintains aCOF net and acts as net control (each net ismonitored by the battalion FDC when present).Autonomous operations are also conducted bybatteries attached to a BLT. When observers areemploying digital devices, one or more COF


nets must be dedicated to digital communica-tions. Artillery stations include the following:

l DS artillery battalion headquarters.l Firing battery.l Artillery LNO at battalion FSCC.l FOs.l Artillery LNO at regiment FSCC, as required.l Artillery units with an R mission.

Artillery Battery Communication Nets

Artillery Battery Command Net

This VHF net provides a means for the artillerybattery commander to command and coordinateadministrative and logistical matters. Artillerystations include the following:

l Artillery battery headquarters.l Subordinate elements, as required.l Artillery battery convoy, as required.

Artillery Conduct of Fire Net

See artillery battalion communication nets.

DS Artillery Battalion Communication Nets

Artillery battalions with a DS tactical mission arerequired to monitor various maneuver unit com-munication nets. The following designated netsmust be monitored:l Infantry regiment FSC net (VHF) (There may

be a separate digital radio net.).l Infantry regiment command net (HF).l Infantry regiment tactical net (VHF/HF).l Infantry regiment intelligence net (VHF/HF).l Infantry regiment communications coordina-

tion net (VHF/HF).

Alternate Uses of Nets

The nets described previously will normallyaccommodate the communications requirementsfor effective artillery operations. When used fortheir stated purpose, circuits do not overload andremain free for necessary communications. How-ever, should some nets become unavailablethrough heavy traffic, threat interference orequipment failure, personnel should not hesitateto use any available net to pass urgent traffic. Thenumber of nets, plus the availability of wire, pro-vides flexible options for artillery personnel toprovide continuous communications.

8-6 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

.

ARTILLERY REGIMENT NETS 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14

LEGEND:

A = As RequiredC = Net ControlM = MonitorW = When DirectedX = Guard

DIV

CMD

DIV

TAC

DIV

ARTY

SPOT

DIV

FSC1

DIV

FSC2

DIG

DIV

INTEL

REGT

CMD

REGT

TAC

REGT

FD1

DIG

REGT

FD2

VOICE

SURVEY/

MET

RADAR

TELLING

DIG

DIV

COMMCOORD

REGT

COMMCOORD

EMISSION DESIGNATORS HF VHF VHF VHF VHF VHF HF VHF VHF VHF VHF VHF VHF VHF

RESTORATION PRIORITIES 06 04 14 01 02 08 07 05 03 11 09 10 12 13

Division FSCC C C A C C C X C

Artillery Regiment FDC X X A X X X C C C C X X X C

Artillery Regiment TPC C C

Artillery Regiment Commander X A X

Artillery Battalion Commanders X

Artillery Battalion DS W X X X X W X

Artillery Battalion GS W X X X X W

Artillery Battalion GS-R/R W X X X X W X

Radar X

MDS X

MLRS (if applicable) W

Remotely Piloted Vehicle (if applicable) W

Infantry Battalion FSCC W W

Figure 8-1. Example Artillery Regiment Guard Chart.


DIRECT SUPPORT 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

LEGEND:


BN

CMD

BN

COF

A

BN

COF

B

BN

COF1

BN

COF2

REGT

FSC1

REGT

FSC2

INF

REGT

CMD

INF

REGT

TAC

RADAR

TELLING

BN

FD

1

REGT

FD1

REGT

FD2

ARTY

REGT

TAC

ARTY

REGT

CMD

DIV

ARTY

SPOT

BN

COMMCOORD

EMISSION DESIGNATORS VHF

VHF

DIG

VHF

DIG

VHF

VHF

HF

VHF

DIG

VHF

HF

VHF

DIG

VHF

VHF

DIG

VHF

VHF

HF

VHF

RESTORATION PRIORITIES 06 09 10 01 02 03 11 15 05 12 04 08 14 07 13 16 17Artillery Battalion C C C C C X X X C C X X X X W CArtillery Regiment C C C C CInfantry Regiment C C CArtillery Battalion Commander X A XArtillery Battery Commander XBattery 1 X M A X XBattery 2 X M A X XBattery 3 X M A X XBattery 4 (if applicable) X M A X XInfantry Regiment FSCC X X MFO 1 X XFO 2 X XFO 3 X XFO 4 X XFO 5 X XFO 6 X XFO 7 X XFO 8 X XFO 9 X XFO 10 (if applicable) X XFO 11 (if applicable) X XFO 12 (if applicable) X XRadar (if attached) X XMet A XSurvey XLNO Battery 1 X X X X XLNO Battery 2 X X X X XLNO Battery 3 X X X X XLNO Battery 4 (if applicable) X X X X X

Figure 8-2. Example Direct Support Artillery Battalion Guard Chart.

8-8 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

GENERAL SUPPORT 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

LEGEND:


BN

CMD

BN

FD

REGT

FD1

DIG

REGT

FD2

VOICE

RADAR

TELLING

DIG

REGT

CMD

REGT

TAC

BN

COMMCOORD


VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

RESTORATION PRIORITIES 04 02 01 07 06 05 03 08Artillery Battalion C C X X W X X CArtillery Regiment C C C C CArtillery Battalion Commander X ABattery Commanders XBattery 1 X W XBattery 2 X W XBattery 3 X W XBattery 4 (if applicable) X W XRadar W XMDS XSurvey X

Figure 8-3. Example General Support Artillery Battalion Guard Chart.


GENERAL SUPPORT-REINFORCING 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

LEGEND:


BN

CMD

BN

FD

REGT

FD1

DIG

REGT

FD2

VOICE

RADAR

TELLING

DIG

REIN

BN

FD

REGT

CMD

REGT

TAC

BN

COMMCOORD


VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

RESTORATION PRIORITIES 05 03 08 01 06 02 07 04 09Artillery Battalion C C X X W X X X CArtillery Regiment C C C C CRein Artillery Battalion X X C X XArtillery Battalion Commander X ABattery Commanders XBattery 1 X W XBattery 2 X W XBattery 3 X W XBattery 4 (if applicable) X W XRadar W XMDS XSurvey X

Figure 8-4. Example General Support-Reinforcing Artillery Battalion Guard Chart.

8-10 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Figure 8-5. Example Artillery Regiment Communication Structure.

Figure 8-6. Example Direct Support Artillery BattalionCommunications Structure.

CHAPTER 9ARTILLERY TACTICAL LOGISTICS

SECTION I. FUNDAMENTALS

Background

Artillery units must provide responsive, effective,and sustainable fires in a variety of operatingenvironments. Logistics is the lifeline that arms,fuels, supplies, and maintains the artillery enablingit to fulfill its mission. In the GCE, artillery will be ademanding consumer of resources, particularlyammunition and fuel.

Logistics Principles

Responsiveness, simplicity, flexibility, economy,attainability, sustainability, and survivability guidethe planning, organization, and conduct of logistics.A principle’s influence varies with each operation orphase of operation. The artillery commander mustensure these principles are applied to ensure theavailability of responsive, effective, and sustainableartillery support.

Artillery S-4 Duties

Commanders are responsible for their unit’s logis-tics. At the regiment and battalion levels, the S-4assists the commander in planning, supervising, andcoordinating daily logistic functions. The S-4coordinates with the S-3 to ensure support of opera-tions and exercises staff cognizance over specialstaff officers who manage specific commodityareas. In the firing batteries, the XO normallyfulfills the responsibilities similar to the S-4.

During operations, critical tasks performed by theS-4 include supervising the implementation of the

ammunition plan, maintaining the status ofammunition stocks, recording and disseminatingcritical information, coordinating transportationrequirements and availability, and supervisingmanagement maintenance resources.

Supervising the Ammunition Plan

The S-3 develops the ammunition plan, to includeallocations for specific training events and subordi-nate units, and supervises its implementation. Thisincludes remaining abreast of the assault supportrequest (ASR), road net, ammunition issuance,proposed operations, transportation availability,supply point locations, and anticipated consump-tion. The S-4 recommends to the next higherechelon (S-4 or G-4 as applicable) movement ofsupply points farther forward when timely resupplyto the unit becomes difficult.

Maintaining Ammunition

The S-4 maintains an accurate inventory of avail-able ammunition. The S-4 coordinates with the S-3to maintain the organization’s ammunition status.

Recording and Disseminating Information

The S-4 collects and disseminates pertinent logisticinformation. The information exchange shouldinvolve subordinate, higher, adjacent, and supportedunits’ S-4 and CSSE as required.

Coordinating Transportation Requirements

The S-4 should be aware of the status of trafficdata and road networks through the use of engineerreports, etc. The S-4 coordinates traffic schedules,routes, and road priorities with higher, subordinate,

9-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

adjacent, and supported units and appropriatemovement control centers. The force commander’sroad priority determines allocation of road space tosubordinate artillery units. The S-4 provides trafficdata and transportation availability to the S-3. TheS-3 can publish movement graphics that show thelocation of units during displacement or whenMSRs are congested. These graphs aid in estab-lishing priorities based on the rate of march, timelength of the column, distance to be covered, andtactical advantages expected (in cases of displace-ment). See figure 9-1.

Supervising ManagementMaintenance Resources

The S-4 assists the commander in the allocation andprioritization of maintenance within the unit.

Additionally, the S-4 coordinates the use of outsidemaintenance resources.

Concept of Support andLogistic Capabilities

Tactical logistics includes the organic unit capabili-ties and the CSS activities necessary to supportmilitary operations. It involves the coordination offunctions required to sustain and move units,personnel, equipment, and supplies.

As a part of the GCE, Marine artillery also hasorganic logistic capability. Within the MAGTF,the CSSE provides most of the non-organiclogistic support.

Figure 9-1. CSS Map Symbols.


Organic

Tactical Logistic Functions

Artillery units exercise each of the logisticfunctions (supply, maintenance, transportation,general engineering, health services, andservices) to some degree. They are also responsi-ble for command functions, such as messing.Each battalion possesses limited, organic logis-tic capabilities and is capable of independentoperations. Firing batteries normally rely ontheir parent battalions for higher-level logisticsupport when conducting battalion operations.However, firing batteries also have a limitednumber of organic mechanics, ammunitiontechnicians, and corpsmen, which may requireaugmentation of other personnel as needs arise;e.g., additional Marines and sailors of the typelisted or other types depending on METT-T.When detached from their parent battalion,batteries must rely on their organic capabilityand the support provided by the gaining unit orCSSE inherent in the MAGTF.

Messing

Ensuring adequate messing support to using units isa command responsibility. The artillery regimentand battalions have organic messing capabilities.The food services officer, under the cognizance ofthe S-4, supervises the food service’s section includ-ing the requisition, storage, and preparation ofmeals. The artillery regiment may choose to consol-idate its food service specialists with those of thebattalions to form a consolidated mess hall in garri-son and/or a consolidated field mess when the entireregiment is deployed.

External Combat ServiceSupport OrganizationsArtillery units obtain external CSS from variousMAGTF CSS organizations. The artillery S-4 mustbe familiar with each CSS organization to effectivelyuse available resources. CSS units can be perma-nently organized or task-organized. Based on theirorganizational structure, they may be single-functionor multi-function units. See MCWP 4-11, TacticalLogistics, for further details on CSS organizations.

SECTION II. PLANNING

General

Each commander from the firing battery to theregiment must know and apply logistic conceptsand principles in planning. Just as artillery planningis conducted continuously and concurrently withmaneuver planning at all levels, logistic staff offic-ers must focus on supporting a “single battle”concept. MCWP 5-1, The Marine Corps PlanningProcess, provides the sequence of planning.MCWP 4-11 contains specific planning guidance.

MAGTF Artillery Officer

At the beginning of an operations planning phase, thesenior MAGTF artillery officer estimates overallartillery requirements and determines the artillery’s

ability to provide effective, continuous support foreach proposed COA. Early, accurate identification oflogistic requirements is crucial to effective CSS. Theartillery unit prepares estimates of supportability andartillery requirements. An estimate of artilleryrequirements addresses the amount and type of artil-lery, ammunition, shipping, landing craft, aircraft,and special equipment. Special training requirementsmay also be identified. Combat planning data (MCO8010.1E, Class V[W] Planning Factors for FleetMarine Force Combat Operations), METT-Tfactors, and experience are used in estimating require-ments. Requirements submitted by artillerycommanders are consolidated and analyzed, overallrequirements are refined, and final artillery require-ments are presented to the force/MAGTFcommander. Continual modifications are made asplanning progresses.

9-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Artillery Commander and Staff

The artillery commander prepares estimates, issuesguidance, establishes priorities, and allocatesresources as required. Staff officers determinerequirements and concerns from their functionalareas. Requirements are consolidated at the seniorartillery echelon and forwarded through the chain ofcommand. At a minimum, artillery logistic plansmust address the following:

l External support requirements.l Basic load and corresponding unit load plans.l Embarkation and debarkation requirements.l The ammunition plan. l Methods of resupply.l Organization of logistic resources; e.g., trains

or MCTs.l Logistic communication links.l The casualty treatment and evacuation plan.l Anticipated problem areas.l Security for trains and rear area facilities.

METT-T

Mission

Requirements, priorities, allocations, and mobilityare affected by the mission. Certain mission typeswill increase demands for specific items. Amovement to contact may place more emphasis onpetroleum, oils, and lubricants (POL) and mobility,while a deliberate attack may increase ammunitionconsumption rates.

Enemy

An analysis of threat capabilities and compositionserves to identify logistic requirements and friendlylogistic vulnerabilities.

Terrain and Weather

Terrain (including the impact of weather) has multi-ple effects on logistics. Table 9-1 identifies selectedenvironmental impacts on CSS functions.

Troops and Support Available-Time Available

The number of firing units and personnel/equip-ment available to sustain them must be consideredin developing a logistic plan.

Rates of movement and frequency of displacementsimpact the ability to provide forward CSS. Timeta-bles must be scrutinized to ensure the logistic planprovides the necessary support.

Evaluating Logistic Data

Supply, transportation, maintenance, and healthservices affect the unit’s basic load and impactplanning data in developing estimates and thelogistics annex to the operation order. The infor-mation in the rest of this section is a guide. Itshould be tailored to fit the needs of the specifictactical situation.

By analyzing each logistic function, the artillerystaff develops its requirements and concept ofsupport to include an evaluation of logistic data thatcenters on the unit’s basic load. The basic load is theon-hand supplies required by a unit, the quantities ofsupplies that must be carried by the unit and trans-ported by the unit organic lift. Operational require-ments, cargo capacity of unit vehicles, and methodsand means of resupply affect the composition of thebasic load and logistic functions. The artillerycommander may forward a recommendationthrough appropriate command channels for consid-eration by higher headquarters for establishing thebasic load.


Table 9-1. Environmental Impacts on CSS.

EnvironmentalFactors Supply Maintenance Transportation

GeneralEngineering

HealthServices

Urbanized Terrain Land lines of communications can be impeded

Maintenance areas available

Reduces movement Existing utilities available

Existing facilities available

Existing supplies available Reduces maintenance due to fewer displacements

Increases use of MHE due to dispersion of battery positions

Requires clearance of rubble

Increases expenditure of Class V (delay, VT fuzes)

Requires fortification of positions

Arctic/Cold Weather

Land lines of communications are few and extended

Increases maintenance time

Restricts ground mobility Increases use of hardened positions

Affects personnel

Reduces ammunition- carrying capacity

Requires frequent, regular warm-up of engines, radios, and batteries

Increases transportation needs due to battlefield size

Materiels handling difficult

Increases food intake

Increases useof batteries

Maintenance areas critical and limited

Requires special cross country ability (snowplow or snowshoes)

Construction of barriers difficult in frozen ground

Sanitation difficult

Reduces effects of ammunition in snow

Requires daily tire pressure checks to prevent flat tires andflat spots

Navigation difficult Requires explosives to loosen ice and dirt

Increases effects of ammunition on ice

Requires periodic relocation of vehicles to avoid flat spots

Fuel handling dangerous

Sustainment of Class I difficult

May require use of chains for wheeled vehicles

Requires supplementary rations

Limited potable water

Requires transport of ice blocks

Prepositioning and storage of materiel is key to sustainment

Desert Extended land lines of communications

Affects equipment Wheeled vehicle movement difficult with heavy loads (Class V, howitzers)

Increases use of hardened positions

Decreases personnel tolerance to heat and disease

Increases use of Class V (smoke, suppression, countermechanized fires)

Increases PM Increased mechanized/motorized operation requires frequent displacement

Requires obstacles clearing

Evacuation difficult

Increases use of Class III (POL, tires, coolant, cleaning materials)

Increases on-site maintenance and repair to reduce evacuation

Restricts movement to mission-essential loads only

Sanitation difficult

Increases use of Class IX (electrical, accessories for coolant system, wheel and sprocket nuts, wedge bolts)

Navigation difficult

Increases water and battery requirements

Poor roads

9-6 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

The established basic load is expressed in termsof day of supply (DOS) and day of ammunition(DOA). At the unit level, these terms areexpressed in specific quantities. Unit vehicle loadplans are then built around the established basicload. Basic loads may be transported as palletizedor nonpalletized loads.

Supply

Pre-calculated blocks of supplies can be allocatedfrom several sources. War Reserve Materiel StocksField (a starter stock) includes landing force opera-

tional reserve material and prepositioned material inmaritime prepositioning ships. War ReserveMateriel Stocks Inventory Control Point (a swingstock) includes in-stores held at the Marine Corpslogistic bases and any war reserve stocks held byother Services or integrated materiel manager.Organic unit operating stocks is also a source.

These resources, as allocated by the MAGTFcommander, constitute the supplies available tooperational units. Supply is divided into 10 classes,as shown in table 9-2, for planning, management,and administrative purposes.

Table 9-1. Environmental Impacts on CSS - Continued.

EnvironmentalFactors Supply Maintenance Transportation

GeneralEngineering

HealthServices

Desert (Continued) Increase Class V consumption

Increases on-site repair to reduce evacuation

Potential for bottlenecks Evacuation difficult

Requires unit distribution Increases use of helicopter supportRestricts communication

Chemical/Nuclear Hampers resupply due to unit dispersion and avoidance of contaminated areas

Decontamination of equipment difficult

Requires vehicles to trans-port NBC/decontamination equipment

Increases use of fortifications

Hampers prevention and treatment of casualties

Restricts supply to mission-essential items for short notice displacements

Affects personnel

Increases water require-ment for decontamination

Reduces ammunition- carrying capacity

Requires protective clothing, decontamination equipment, and special munitions

Jungle Lack of all-weather roads hampers re-supply

Increases requirement for PM

Trafficability difficult Increases need to establish and harden positions

Affects personnel

Increase Class V usage (reduces munitions effects)

Maintenance difficult Increases reliance on helicopter support

Requires obstacleclearing support

Increases disease

Increase deteriorationof supplies

Requires on-site maintenance

Increases towing requirements

Evacuation difficult

Restricts loads to mission-essential items only

Serviceability of winches essential

Requires preventative medicine and sanitation

Requires frequent air resupply and increases vulnerability of positions

POL replenishment difficult


Class I

Sufficient rations per individual must be carried inthe artillery’s basic load to provide subsistencethrough a ration cycle. One ration cycle, normally24 hours, is designated as a DOS. The type ofrations depends on the tactical situation, com-mander’s guidance, and availability of messingfacilities. Table 9-3 provides planning data for trans-porting rations.

Water requirements depend on the tactical situa-tion, personnel consumption, vehicle mainte-

nance, decontamination, bath/shower/laundryavailability and frequency, and method of trans-port/resupply. Table 9-4 on page 9-8 provides datafor planning water requirements for personnel.

Class II

The basic load of Class II items depends on thetactical situation, commander’s guidance, environ-ment, and vehicle cargo space. Specific items,volume, weight, and replenishment factors arefound in current tables of authorized material.

Table 9-2. Classes of Supply.

Class Description

I Subsistence: MRE, A and B rations, and water

II Clothing, individual equipment, tentage, organizational tool sets and kits, hand tools, and administrative and housekeeping supplies and equipment

II POL: petroleum fuels, lubricants, hydraulic and insulating oils, liquid and compressed gases, bulk chemical products, coolants, de-icing and anti-freeze compounds, and preservatives

IV Construction material: installed equipment and fortification, barrier, and bridging material

V(W) Ground ammunition: munitions containing explosives; chemical, nuclear, or radiological weapons; or any item that is propelled, placed, or dropped to inflict damage

VI Personal demand items: nonmilitary sales items

VII Major end items: end products ready for intended use

VIII Medical items

IX Repair parts: all repair parts, less Class VII, required for maintenance of equipment

X Nonmilitary programs: military support programs not included in Classes I through IX; e.g., agricultural, economic development

Table 9-3. Planning Data for Rations.

Ration TypeContent

(portion/packaging)Weight (lbs)

per UnitVolume (ft3)

per Unit

MRE 12 meals/case 20.60 0.88

Ration cold weather 6 rations/case 21.30 0.90

B 3 servings/ration 3.83 0.12

T (Tray Pack) 18 meals/module:BreakfastDinner

33.0045.00

1.661.66

9-8 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Class III

Class III consists of fuels and lubricants for vehiclesand equipment. Class III items are carried in tankers,fuel pods, and mobile-loaded canned or drummedfuel containers. The S-4 must apply experience andthe nature of the operation in calculating fuel

requirements. Table 9-5 contains notional planningdata for transporting drummed or canned fuels.

Table 9-6 provides notional planning data for dailyfuel usage rates. To determine an estimate, selectthe statistical region approximating that of the areaof operations.

Table 9-4. Water Planning Data for Personnel.

Use

Gallons per individual per day

Hot ClimateTemperate

Climate Cold Climate

Drinking1 3.0 1.5 2.0

Heat Treatment 0.2 0.0 0.0

Hygiene2 1.7 1.7 1.7

Food Prep 0.0 - 4.5 00 - 4.5 0.0 - 4.5

Waste (10%) 0.8 - 1.3 0.7 - 1.1 0.7 - 1.2

Decontamination3 7.0 7.0 7.0

1. Increase to 3.5 (hot) and 3.0 (temperate) for MOPP levels 3 and 4.2. Personal hygiene (shaving, brushing teeth, washing hands, sponge bath).3. Requirements depend on frequency, intensity, and location of attacks.

Table 9-5. Transportation Planning Data for Drummed Fuel.

Size

Diesel Gasoline Kerosene

ft3 lbs ft3 lbs ft3 lbs

55-gallon drum 9.0 432 9.0 384 9.0 421

5-gallon can 0.8 46 0.8 41 0.8 45

Table 9-6. Estimates of Daily Fuel Usage Rates.

Equipment Type Alaska*Panama Canal* CONUS* Europe* Korea*

Wheeled Vehicle 7 4 8 10 5

Generators 20 20 20 12 20

MHE 10 20 20 12 20

Stationary Equipment 10 10 10 12 10

* Hours of Usage


Table 9-7 provides notional planning data forconsumption rates and capacities for various items ofequipment in the artillery inventory. Fuel requirementestimates are determined by the following formula:

For example, an organization with a truck density of20 5-ton vehicles operating in a Korean-type environ-ment would have the following fuel requirement:

Water usage rates are contained in table 9-4. Otherfigures were extracted from tables 9-6 and 9-7.

Class IV

Class IV includes materials for dunnage and prepar-ing gun positions and other battery areas. Requiredquantities depend on use and size of the positionarea. Table 9-8 provides transportation planningdata for Class IV material.

Class IV planning determines the usage requirementof sandbags and lumber. Approximately 500sandbags are required to completely harden a 5-tontruck. The number of sandbags required to prepare agun position depends on the size and degree ofposition preparation. Lumber requirements are deter-mined by converting the estimated lineal feet oflumber into board feet using the following formula:

(# of vehicles/equipment) x (daily fuel usage rate) (consumption rate) = fuel requirement

(20 vehicles) x (5 hrs/day) x (5.3 gal/hr) =530 gal/day

thickness (inches) x width (inches) xlength (inches)/12 = board feet

Table 9-7. Consumption Rates and Capacities for Vehicles/Equipment.

Vehicle/Equipment

Fuel Water*Rate

(gal/hour)Tank(gal) Type

Radiator(gal)

M923 11.5 70 Diesel 12

M998 1.7 25 Diesel 7

M936 13.0 139 Diesel 12

Mk923 MTVR Unknown 78 Diesel

Mk48 LVS Unknown 150 Diesel 27

MC4000 4.0 35 Diesel 6

3 kW GEN (MEP-16) 0.6 90 Diesel 11

M12 DECON 3.0 Gasoline 500

*Water usage rates are calculated using factors of 1.0 (hot and cold climates) and 0.5 (temper-ate climate).

Table 9-8. Class IV Transportation Planning Data.

Item NSN ft3 Weight (lbs)Bag, sand (bale)* 8105-00-285-4744 2.1 10

Barbed wire, 350 ft spool 5660-00-512-3197 1.0 28

Post, fence, metal, 2 foot 5660-00-270-1588 3.0 24

Post, fence, metal, 5 foot 5660-00-270-1587 11.0 99

Barbed wire, concertina 5660-00-921-5516 4.4 62

* 200 bags per bale.

9-10 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Class V

The ammunition plan is developed as a result ofdetermining Class V requirements. It requires closeand continuous coordination between unitcommanders and operations and logistics officers atall levels. The commander provides guidance andestablishes priorities for the ammunition plan.Operations and logistics officers work together inthe planning and execution of the ammunition plan.

Based on the commander’s guidance, operationsofficers identify the type, quantity, location/unit, andrequired time/date of ammunition resupply. Opera-tions officers must forecast required supplies toallow sufficient time for logistics officers torespond. Operations officers establish task organiza-tion in support of the logistic effort; e.g., the compo-sition of trains. Logistics officers determine how tofulfill identified requirements and arrange for theirdistribution. Specific instructions must be estab-lished (through SOP, operation order or letter ofinstruction) for requisition, procedure for issuance,and methods of distribution. Ammunition distribu-tion is normally the unit’s most cumbersome logis-tic effort. Developing an ammunition plan mustconsider consumption requirements, replenishmentrequirements, method of resupply, and ammunitionmanagement measures.

Consumption Requirements

Consumption requirements of conventional andspecial ammunition must be determined. Thecommander tailors the combat planning ratescontained in MCO 8010.1E based on his experi-ence and specific METT-T operational needs.Planning data, based on MCO 8010.1E, has beencalculated for each type of unit/weapon and isprovided in appendix E.

Basic Allowance

Basic allowance (BA) refers to the initial distribu-tion of a specified quantity of required ammunitionfor units entering combat. BA size and compositionmust meet anticipated unit combat needs untilresupply can be accomplished. Combat planningrates may be modified to meet special requirements.

Basic Load

The quantity and type of ammunition carried by theartillery units as the basic load must maximize artil-lery effectiveness and be tailored to support opera-tional requirements. To position the greatestquantity of ammunition forward, the commandermay develop a load of the types of ammunition thatwill maximize effectiveness. This may result in abasic load mostly of high usage ammunition. Theoperation or phase of operation will impactammunition usage rates.

Ammunition-carrying capacities of artillery vehiclesare shown in table 9-9 on page 9-12. The basic loadof ammunition must be identified in the unit opera-tion order. This provides data useful to the CSSEand liaison officers at the supported unit’s FSCC.The basic load is expressed as follows:

Replenishment Requirements

Ammunition supportability depends on the avail-ability of ammunition in theater, transportation, andtime. The artillery commander must anticipatereplenishment requirements. Artillery units maintainbasic loads from floating dumps or landing forcesupplies that are loaded for selective discharge.These sources sustain the artillery unit until thesupply system is functioning ashore.

Basic Load = BA + # DOA (sustaining rate)


Planning Ammunition Resupply

l Rate and quantity of consumption.l Road network and distance from battery posi-

tions to the source of supply.l Tactical situation.l Available vehicles, aircraft, personnel and mate-

rial handling equipment (MHE).l Availability of external or organic resources.

Ammunition Management Measures

Ammunition management requires careful planningand coordination by the MAGTF, artillery, infantry,and CSSE commanders and their staffs.

The tactical commander establishes a controlledsupply rate (CSR) to govern maximum consump-tion of available supplies for a specified time orsituation. Units allowed to exceed their CSRresults in cutbacks for other units unless additionalCSR is obtained from a higher command.Approval of CSR increases by a higher commandcan be waived in emergencies.

Expenditure limits placed on the type of fires orexpenditure rates used during a particular phase ofthe operation identify suitable levels and preventwaste. The following are examples of limiting

ammunition expenditures and the responsiblecommand level:

l Harassing and interdiction fires (established atMAGTF and division levels).

l Counterfires in conjunction with the establish-ment of attack guidance (established atMAGTF and division levels).

l During a particular phase of the operation(established at division and regiment levels).

l Preparation fires (established at any levelplanning preparation fires).

l In suppression missions (established at anylevel planning a suppression mission).

l Providing attack guidance to identify priorityand method of engagement by type, and prohibitattack of certain types of targets (established atall levels).

Maintaining an accurate ammunition status isimportant in planning and establishing a responsiveammunition resupply system. An artillery unit’saccurate recordkeeping identifies shortages beforethey become critical. Ammunition status reportingaids in establishing resupply priorities and forecast-ing subsequent consumption. Each echelon’sammunition recordkeeping procedures must beidentified in planning if not contained in unit SOP.

Table 9-9. Ammunition-Carrying Capacities.

Vehicle Caliber Projectiles Propellants

M813/923 Prime Mover1 155mm 48 48

M813/923 Ammunition Truck2 155mm 96 336 (GB)180 (WB)120 (RB & M119)

M105A2 Ammunition Trailer 155mm 24 112 (GB)60 (WB)40 (RB & M119)

1. Combat loaded. May be reduced by safety restrictions (net explosive weight) and vehicle load plan.2. M813/923 will be replaced by Mk923 MTVR. Mk923 has same bed dimensions.

NOTES: Based on pure loads and single-type items (e.g., GB propellant) on skid.Based on cross-country capacities. Data may be reduced by road conditions and vehicle hardening requirements.Based on high explosive projectiles.Packing dimensions for ammunition contained in appendix E.

9-12 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

The AMREP is developed as a result of recordkeep-ing and assists in the maintenance of ammunitionstatus. It should be submitted frequently enough toallow for operation and resupply decisions, and canbe used as a trigger in an automatic or push supplysystem. The AMREP normally reports ammunitionon hand, deficiencies or excesses for basic loads,and anticipated heavy expenditures.

Class VI

Unit personnel deploy with personal demanditems as prescribed by commanders at eachechelon. Replenishment of these i tems isprocured from the CSSE based on pre-establishedplanning requirements.

Class VII

Class VII’s basic load consists of a unit’s tableof equipment (T/E) items. During the develop-ment of load plans, nonessential T/E items maybe palletized.

Class VIII

Medical supplies are drawn from the CSSE.Battalion and regiment aid stations are autho-rized medical allowance list (AMAL) blocks 635(aid station equipment) and AMAL 636 (aidstation consumables).

Class IX

Depending on maintenance requirements, repairparts are demand-supported. The S-4 coordinateswith the CSSE to ensure adequate stock of artilleryrepair parts/kits for mission-essential items. Quick,on-site repairs can be accomplished through pre-expended bins; however, pre-expended bins arelimited to low-cost, high-usage items.

Class X

This class of supply does not greatly affectplanning. Class X supplies are procured from theCSSE when required.

Transportation

Embarkation, landing, and surface movementmust be planned in detail. Units load to permitunloading according to the tactical plan. Accessto supplies and equipment aboard ship must beensured. Mobile loads must allow for immediateoperations upon landing. The tremendous amountof supplies requiring transportation by artilleryunits and the number of lengthy convoys duringdisplacement create a cumbersome logistic task.Coordination of landing support, such as matting,facil i tates rapid off-loading and preventsovercrowding of the beach area. The status ofroad nets, weight limits of bridges, minefieldmarking, traffic control, and route priorities mustbe coordinated with higher headquarters andappropriate transportation control centers whenplanning transportation requirements.

Embarkation

The artillery unit embarkation officer providesembarkation requirements to the GCE as early inthe planning phase as possible. The MAGTF II/Logistics Automated Information System familyfacilitates planning and execution of embarkation.The artillery unit embarkation officer establishes thenecessary liaison; provides the GCE Marine air-ground task force (MAGTF) Deployment System II(MDSS II) embarkation data; and coordinatesstaging, material handling, shoring and dunnage,working party, and security requirements based onhigher headquarters’ guidance. See JP 3-02.2, JointDoctrine for Amphibious Embarkation.

Organization for Embarkation

Artillery units may combine for embarkation orembark as attachments (in the case of a BLT orRLT) and divide into embarkation teams for eachship. The embarkation team consists of troops,equipment, and supplies embarked on a singleship. Artillery weapons, prime movers, and theircrews embarked on the same ship for training and


maintenance while underway. The following artil-lery personnel embark with their supported units:

l Fire support coordination personnel with thesupported unit.

l Liaison personnel with their assigned units.l FO teams with their supported units.

Load Plans

Artillery build-up ashore (advance parties, batteries,and battalion command echelons) must be consid-ered. Load plans address the composition of thereconnaissance party and provide for the establish-ment of survey control, communications, selectingbattery positions, beach exits, route guides, andmarking. The team embarkation officer preparesload plans in coordination with the ship’s combatcargo officer. Ship’s loading characteristicspamphlets (SLCPs) identify detailed loading charac-teristics of assigned ships. An inspection is made ofstowage areas, holds, and decks to verify the data inthe SLCP. The ship’s CO approves the load planbefore loading starts and approves required changes.

Helicopter Movement

Helicopters provide a means of mobility for towedweapons and a means of resupply for artillery units.Their use may be l imited by availabil i ty,atmospheric conditions, and the threat. Successfulmovement of artillery by helicopter depends on theextent of coordination and reverse planning. Thesupported unit’s air officer provides technical assis-tance. In addition to the concept of operations,major considerations include the following:

l C2 and face-to-face coordination.l Organization of the unit in relation to the

mission.l Mobility of the unit once the helicopter lifts.l Reconnaissance and selection of routes, load-

ing areas, landing sites, and PAs.l Preparation of helicopter employment assault

landing tables.

l Resupply, survey, and met requirements.l Threat situation.l Use of division reconnaissance teams to deter-

mine the ground threat in the PA.

Helicopter movement of artillery units is conductedin four phases:

l The planning phase begins with the issuance of awarning order and continues through thecommencement of the movement. It encompassescoordination with supported and supporting units,reconnaissance and selection of position, fireplanning, and rehearsals if time permits.

l The loading phase consists of ground move-ment to appropriate pick-up areas; preparing thehelicopter loading area; preparing troops, equip-ment, and supplies; and loading helicopters.

l The movement phase is the actual move fromthe loading area to the landing site. It beginswith the take-off of the first helicopter andends with the arrival of the last helicopter atthe landing site.

l The occupation of position phase consists ofestablishing a helicopter landing site by anadvanced artillery party, unloading personneland equipment, and occupying the position.Appendix F contains detailed information onplanning, organizing, and executing heliborneartillery raids.

Fixed-Wing Air Transport

Artillery units can be transported by fixed-wingaircraft. Detailed and flexible plans are requireddue to the different models of available aircraft,weather, distance, staging, material handling,dunnage, and shoring requirements.

Movement by Rail

Artillery units can be moved by rail. Planningfactors that govern rail movement include thedistance to be traveled, availability of railroadfacilities, and priorities established by the tacti-cal situation.

9-14 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Motor TransportMotor transport assets provide artillery the organicability to move units to PAs, as well as a means forresupply. An artillery operation’s demand formotor transport is increased by the vast tonnage ofClass V(W) requirements, which necessitatesdetailed planning and efficient loading formaximum vehicle use.

Maintenance

To effectively plan maintenance support, the S-4must know the availability of tools, test equipment,publications, and mechanics; determine mainte-nance concept; establish MCTs; and establishrecovery and evacuation procedures.

Supply Support PlanningA review of activity usage data, experience, andanticipated requirements—based on the geographi-cal area of the operation—provides a guide forplanned maintenance requirements. Liaison with theCSSE will ensure sufficient quantities of artillery-specific items are stocked.

Maintenance Contact Team An MCT is a temporary organization of organicassets consisting of one or more mechanics/techni-cians formed to accommodate a specific task. AnMCT provides on-site maintenance or technicalassistance, and diagnostics and repair part identifi-cation. To ensure the MST arrives with the requiredcapability, the MCT informs the CSSE of parts,tools, and technicians required. The decision to useMCTs depends on the following:l Equipment size, complexity, quantity, installa-

tion, and security classification.

l Distance from the maintenance area.l Availability of qualified personnel and service-

able test equipment. l Transportation and travel time.

Recovery and Evacuation Procedures

Artillery units have limited repair capabilities.Recovery policies, maintenance repair time criteria,and an evacuation policy must be established.Maintenance repair time criteria guides decisions ofwhether to attempt on-site repair or evacuatedamaged equipment.

Collection points should be identified to speedevacuation. Collection points are designated pointson the battlefield, normally along routes of march,at which inoperable equipment can be moved forfurther evacuation/disposition. The artillery S-4coordinates collection point locations with thesupported unit’s S-4 and CSSE.

Health Services

Providing rapid treatment and evacuation of person-nel must be carefully planned. Unit medical person-nel are responsible for establishing lines ofcommunication (LOC) with the GCE’s and CSSE’smedical activities. Casualty evacuation plans mustconsider the following:

l Means of transportation.l Triage casualty evacuation priorities.l Evacuation routes.l Mass casualty handling procedures.


SECTION III. EXECUTION

Battalion Logistic Organization

The battalion’s organization for support may bedecentralized, centralized or a combination ofboth. This organization may change with thetactical situation.

Decentralized Support

Within the battalion, batteries may be required tomaintain logistic capability using their organicassets. Decentralized support affords the batterycommander maximum control and responsiveness;however, it has the following disadvantages:

l Vulnerability results from larger PAs andconvoys.

l A signature effect may be produced by vehi-cles moving to and from the battery position.

l When logistic elements are replenishing, bat-tery displacements may create difficulty inreconstituting the battery.

Centralized Support

When centralized support is established, it must notdegrade the battery’s ability to displace. Personnel,vehicles, and equipment may be centralized at thebattalion level to provide logistics to firing batter-ies. Generally, a battery contains only the essentialpersonnel, equipment, and supplies necessary tosupport operational requirements. Trains are estab-lished to provide logistic support to a firing battery.Centralization provides the battalion commanderincreased logistic flexibility.

Distribution

The artillery battalion will generally use unit andpoint distribution methods over the course of an

operation. The nature of the request, tactical situa-tion, status of transportation assets, and volume ofsupplies requested will affect the type of distributionmethod used.

Unit Distribution

The supporting unit delivers the support to thesupported unit. The supported unit is responsiblefor its internal distribution. This maintains thetactical positioning of the battery and reducestraffic flow. Vehicles stocked with POL andammunition stop at each position for resupply.The battalion or GCE S-4 must coordinate withthe battery being serviced to ensure tacticaloperations are not affected by movement to andfrom the firing position.

Point Distribution

The supported unit leaves its position to pick uprequested support from the supporting unit area orother centralized location. This can involve vehiclesleaving their tactical positions to enter an estab-lished RRP. An RRP is a pre-arranged or hastilyposition set up to support highly mobile units. AnRRP request identifies the following:

l Unit requiring support.l Class and quantity of the requirement.l Type of support required; e.g., maintenance or

engineer.l Desired date and time of resupply.l Route of march (start point and end point by

grid) and link-up point.l Coordinating instructions.

An RRP may be established to support a displacingbattery at a coordinated point along the unit’s estab-lished route of march. RRPs may be established toservice multiple batteries in succession.

9-16 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Supply Systems

The supply system provides the materiel requiredfor operating forces to function. Continuous evalua-tion of supply levels must be made to determinepossible changes. The S-4 must be aware of theunit’s basic load and anticipate the extent andfrequency of replenishment supply operations.

Changes in supply requirements are affected byprojected tactical changes, troop/equipmentdensity, consumption rates, and transportationavailability.

Logistic summary reports, prepared by the S-4,provide the means to maintain supply status.Content and frequency are established by unitSOPs. Resupply can be accomplished by using apull and push system.

Pull System

The using unit determines the need and forwardsspecific requests through logistic communicationchannels. The pull system will only provide thosesupplies ordered by the consumer and does notanticipate user needs.

Push System

The push system is an automatic resupply method.Data obtained from monitoring consumption ratesare used to anticipate unit requirements. This systempushes supplies forward without a request, reliev-ing the forward units of the logistic burden and/orpotential shortage of supply. This allows thesupporting unit to synchronize replenishmentefforts. Care must be taken to avoid burdening theuser with excess supplies.

Organization of Logistic Trains

The train concept is a means of internally task-organizing and employing organic logistic assets.Trains are the link between the batteries and the

supporting CSSE. This allows CSS to be performedas far forward as the tactical situation permits.Trains may be fully mobile or movable dependingon the situation. The desired capabilities of thetrains will dictate the size and may require consoli-dating some battery and/or battalion vehicles.

Battalion Trains

Battalion trains may be centralized into one entity orecheloned. Centralization places all the unit’s logis-tic assets under the direct control of the commanderunder the cognizance of his logistics officer. It ismost appropriate in defensive, slow-moving orstatic operations. Normally, battalion trains can beecheloned into combat trains and field trains. Seetable 9-10. This concept improves responsiveness,flexibility, and survivability against air attack.

Combat Trains

Combat trains provide critical organic logistics inforward areas. The key to combat trains is mobility.Trains are intentionally kept light so they can travelwith supported forces. Combat trains usuallyinclude rations, fuel, ammunition, and MCTs withlimited repair capability.

Field Trains

Field trains consist of the remaining organic logis-tic elements located further to the rear. Trains mayor may not be mobile-loaded. They usually includethe mess section; the supply section (-); someorganic or attached motor transport; and a battalionaid station (BAS).

Regiment Trains

Regiment trains consist of the logistic assets requiredto sustain the regiment headquarters and any organicor attached units under the direct control of theregiment. The regiment commander may choose toconsolidate battalion field trains in one location forsecurity, control, and centralization of resources.Critical logistics support to lower units should beallocated to battalion trains, but noncritical supportcan be consolidated at the regiment level.


Positioning TrainsThe battalion S-4 selects train locations for logisticoperations in coordination with the S-3. The mainconsiderations for selecting a site are responsivenessand survivability. Combat trains are often locatedwith the battalion CP. MCTs and task-organizedelements of the combat train can be dispatched toprovide support to the batteries. In general, trainsshould be located as follows:

l On defensible terrain.l In an area with enough space to permit disper-

sion.l In an area that provides concealment.l On firm ground to support heavy/continuous

vehicle traffic.l Near a suitable helicopter landing.l Close to MSRs.l In an area that allows good communication.

Conducting Train Operations

Route Selection

The battalion S-4 selects the supply route for trainoperations based on METT-T and the method ofdistribution. The route extends forward to thebatteries or positions between their currentlocation and future PAs. Coordination withadjacent combat, combat support, and CSS unitsensures movement of support assets. Alternateroutes should also be selected. The S-4 notifies theS-3 of route selection.

Site Selection

The battalion S-4 determines a suitable locationfor the RRP. The S-4 notifies the battery of thelocation and time for resupply through the use

Table 9-10. Notional Composition of Battalion Trains.

Element Capability Quantity Vehicle/Equipment

Combat Train Supply

Class I 1 M923 w/M149

Class V * 6-8 M923 w/M105

3 Mk48 w/Mk17 or Mk14

1 MC-4000

POL ** 1 M923 w/Sixcon

Maintenance *** 1 M936

Medical 1 M1035

Other ****

Field Train Supply

Class V * As required

General 1 M923

Maintenance 1 M936

Medical (BAS) Aid Station

Administrative As Required

* Ammunition section accompanies the combat train as required. Vehicles represent those provided by the firing batteries and the headquarters battery. The ammunition section’s train may operate independently from the combat train.

** Augmentation of additional tankers from regiment may be required.

*** May include MCTs or recovery equipment.

**** Engineer, landing support, NBC equipment, and personnel as required.

9-18 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

of an RRP response, which identif ies thefollowing:l Unit being supported.l Site location.l Date and time of support.l Coordinating instructions (including quantities

if different from request).

The site selected should be on or near the battery’sroute of march. The site should not block the MSR.The S-3 uses checkpoints to identify the intendedroute and coordinates with the battery. The siteshould have an identifiable entry and exit.

Repair and Replenishment Point Organization

The location of each activity must facilitatemovement of vehicles in an orderly flow. Time-consuming functions; e.g., refueling or ammuni-tion transfer, should be positioned to allow simulta-neous completion within the same RRP. Figure 9-2illustrates a typical RRP layout.

When the battery arrives at the RRP, designatedpersonnel dismount at the coordination point toassist local security. Guides direct vehicles to theirrespective stations, and forklifts move forward toassist in resupply and ammunition loading.

The senior mechanic determines the vehicles to beevacuated and if they will be retained by the train.The unit must cross-deck equipment, supplies, andpersonnel onto another vehicle or shuttle.

Security

Security threats come from the air, bypassed threatunits, infiltrators, guerrillas, indirect fire weapons,mines, and threat combat formations that havebroken through forward units.

Regardless of military occupational speciality(MOS), every Marine is an infantryman and isexpected to participate in establishing and maintain-ing security. Depending on the extent of the threat,security personnel may be provided from the battal-ion and/or the supported unit.

Reinforcement plans are established with adjacentor nearby units. Fire plans are prepared for the useof supporting arms. LPs and OPs are established forearly warning and dissemination of threat informa-tion through intelligence channels. Because oflimited personnel, potential threats must beaddressed quickly to determine strength and direc-tion of attack.

Train Security

Conducting replenishment operations under thecover of darkness, with special emphasis on lightand noise discipline and radio silence, reduces thevulnerability of trains. Tactical convoy disciplinemust be practiced at all times. Well-rehearsed,immedia te ac t ion dr i l l s for b locked andunblocked ambushes and attacks are critical.Personnel have individual weapons ready and areassigned areas of observation, including airobservation. Crew-served weapons are positionedto respond to attacks. Train personnel establishall-around security during brief halts and in the

Figure 9-2. Replenishment and RepairPoint Layout.


rear area. During extended halts, all personnelmust undertake improved security measures.

Rear Area Security

Rear area security consists of passive defensemeasures and early warning. CSS elements maybe collocated. Rear area security measuresinclude dispersion, camouflage, noise and lightdiscipline, cover and concealment, fortification,obstacles, and barriers.

Refueling Operations

A key to the refueling effort is for each unit/driverto refuel at every opportunity; e.g., during trips tothe rear area. Special attention must be given torefueling ammunition-hauling vehicles. Coordina-tion is essential to refuel these vehicles as theyroutinely move to and from the ammunition supplypoint (ASP). Fuel should be recovered fromdisabled vehicles whenever possible. Packagedgrease and lubricants are obtained through normalsupply channels and distributed as required. Gener-ally, refueling operations are carried out as follows:l Vehicles alternate to a centrally located fuel

site.l Fuel is provided by battalion, regiment, and/or

CSSE tankers.l Vehicles refuel during RRP operations.

Ammunition Operations

Ammunition resupply is one of the most vitallogistic operation for an artillery unit. A properlyfunctioning Class V(W) support system providesthe correct type and quantity of ammunition atthe proper time and place. The system is tailoredto fit the needs of the unit and incorporates thepositioning of resources, maintenance of status,and concept of support. The Class V(W) supportsystem adjusts to changes in the tactical situa-tion, fire plan, and ammunition plan. Frequent

and continuous coordination between thesupported unit and CSSE is essential.

CSSE Responsibilities

The CSSE maintains ammunition stocks at variouslocations and delivers ammunition to the supportedGCE. The artillery commander must make frequent,accurate projections of ammunition requirements tothe GCE commander to allow time for repositioningand prioritizing resupply efforts.

Ammunition operations transfer ammunition toartillery resupply vehicles to support the periodic ordaily resupply needs of units. Successful ammuni-tion operations require interface between the CSSEand the artillery unit to supervise the timing ofdeliveries and loading of vehicles with the propertype of ammunition. Artillery units should providean individual knowledgeable in ammunitionhandling; e.g., projectile/fuze combinations, tofunction as an ammunition officer when interfacingwith the CSSE. Frequent coordination between theartillery S-3 and S-4 and the ammunition officerallows for responsive resupply of ammunition in therequired quantities and types.

Ammunition Company, Supply Battalion

The ammunition company is assigned the missionof establishing ammunition dumps and operatingsupply points for Class V supply. The companyprovides detachments to DS and GS CSSEs forammunition operations.

The FSSG or detachments provide combat supplyand maintenance support for chemical weapons.The supply battalion stocks special types of ClassV items and provides detachments specialized inassisting supported units. Chemical weaponsrequire special consideration in combat opera-tions, especially with respect to safety, security,transportation, and handling. The supply battalionperforms all functions incident to the receipt,storage, issue, and fielding of chemical material.

9-20 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Ammunition Supply Point

An ASP is a supply activity established by theCSSE for receipt, storage, assembly, issue and/ordistribution; limited salvage; and surveillance ofClass V items. Supported ASPs are normallyassigned GS. A stock level is maintained at the ASPwith a specified quantity, but the level may varywith operation requirements.

Artillery Battalion Responsibilities

Ammunition Vehicle Load Plans

Vehicle load plans are developed around the basicload of ammunition, as this constitutes the greatesttransportation demand. Load plans are developedfor ease of access to supplies. The load plan facili-tates replenishment of the gun sections and resup-ply of the vehicle itself. A vehicle is designed tocarry a single type and lot of ammunition, if possi-ble. The basic load of ammunition may require unitsto carry only mission-essential equipment. Non-essential equipment can be palletized and staged forlater use. In dynamic operations, the ammunition isserviced from mobile-loaded vehicles for frequentdisplacement. In static operations, there may be arequirement to download ammunition in order tofree vehicles for replenishment.

Ammunition Train Composition

After load plans are developed, transportation assetsare designated in support of the resupply effort.Designated vehicles form an ammunition train.

Tailored Ammunition Packages

An ammunition package’s content is based onexperience, unit requirements, and flexibility. Theartillery commander uses ammunition packagestailored to enhance artillery effectiveness to thesupported unit. Tailored ammunition packagesallow for greater quantities of high usage munitionsto be carried on ammunition vehicles. Low usageammunition; e.g., FASCAM, may be carried by adesignated battery or section. This allows other

units to adjust their basic load to carry greaterquantities of high usage ammunition.

Ammunition Resupply and Delivery

A basic principle for responsive ammunitionsupport is positioning supplies as far forward aspossible to reduce turnaround time. This isachieved by establishing unit priority for deliveryand selecting the method of resupply based on thetactical situation.

Ammunition may be delivered directly to batterypositions by the regiment, battalion or CSSE.Distribution to batteries depends on the location,configuration of the position, and the ability todownload ammunition. Helicopters can alsoprovide transportation.

Exchanging loaded vehicles from the battalionammunition train with empty vehicles of a bat-tery’s ammunition section reduces handling andturnaround time for the train. Pre-configuredammunition packages and vehicle load plansfacilitate this exchange. This technique is particu-larly adaptable to high usage munitions.

Pre-positioned Ammunition Stock

Ammunition is downloaded at batteries or battalionsas a means of pre-positioning ammunition in theforward area. Based on anticipated requirements,ammunition is moved forward during lulls. Indefensive operations, stockpiles in battery areassupport periods of increased expenditure such ascounter-mechanized fires. In offensive operations, aseries of stockpiles may be established in batterypositions, as well as future positions, to supportassault expenditures. If circumstances preclude theexpenditure of pre-positioned quantities, ammuni-tion is reported as excess and then re-allocated.

Unit Ammunition Supply Points

Artillery units in forward areas may form unitASPs. The reduced turnaround time for resupplyoffsets the required download of ammunition.


Ammunition is brought in by CSSE convoys,helicopters, and/or artillery trains. Unit ASPs canfunction from loaded vehicles and/or stockpiles onthe ground. Developing a plan for loading primemovers and trailers in separate areas for simulta-neous loading can save time. To control congestion,the commander establishes unit priority for enteringthe site and using MHE.

Ammunition Management

Ammunition management is a continuous processperformed by all units during a battle. Accuraterecordkeeping is a critical part of ammunitionmanagement and must be practiced by all artil-lery units.

Weighting the Main Effort

Assigning priorities occurs by designating anelement to receive priority of fire or establishing apriority to a particular type of fire; e.g., counterfire.Identifying priorities for unit resupply that requirethe availability of sufficient supply levels and thetime and means for distribution can also be used.

Unit Interaction

Interaction between supporting and supported staffsmust be emphasized. Unit commanders providingfire support must be informed of possible plans thatrequire large quantities or special types of ammuni-tion. Supporting commanders stay abreast of possi-ble courses of action to coordinate support.

Controlling Ammunition Issue

Maximum effort must be given to issuing ammuni-tion by lot segregation. Issuance and distribution ofthe minimum lots of projectiles, propellants, andfuzes contribute to the gunnery solution andmaximize available carrying capacity. Recordingthe ammunition lot includes condition, performance,and accidents involving ammunition.

Gunnery and Weaponeering Application

Prudent fire support planning, fire planning, andfire direction contribute to sustaining operations.

Sound fire direction techniques reduce the needfor survivability moves, increase ammunitioneffectiveness, and reduce the logistical burden ofammunition resupply.

Supply Rate Evaluation

RSR and ASR evaluation is a continual process.The responsible unit forecasts expenditures so thatsufficient quantities, transportation, and time areavailable to provide the required support.

Basic Load Evaluation

The basic load and its method of transportation maychange to meet the tactical situation.

Maintaining Technically Qualified Personnel

Qualified personnel must be maintained at variouscommand levels to assist in the planning and opera-tion of Class V(W) support operations.

Supply Economy Enforcement

Restricting and controlling firing practicesconserves supplies and reduces the logistical burdenof ammunition resupply. Firing needs should bedetermined, fire plans established, and target priori-ties set to control the need for resupply.

Contingency Planning

The commander may set aside a portion of availablesupplies for emergencies or to help support theexploitation of an unexpected opportunity.

Maintenance Operations

A unit’s ability to sustain combat operations restson the ability to perform ongoing maintenance. Aneffective maintenance program must incorporateallocating of personnel and time, the availability ofrepair parts and tools, and command emphasis atall levels. Commanders ensure that equipment isproperly maintained by personnel under theircontrol. Commanders monitor maintenance

9-22 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

programs to ensure preventive maintenance (PM),which minimizes failures and ensures the smoothflow of repair parts and equipment for correctivemaintenance (CM) when failures occur.

Maintenance Support

Organizational maintenance is performed as farforward as the tactical situation allows and keepsthe equipment in the hands of the user. Thecommander establishes a maintenance program tomaximize assets. Battalion or regiment MCTs orCSSE maintenance support teams (MSTs) mayperform or assist in on-site malfunction diagnoses,adjustments, alignments, repair or replacement ofend items or major assemblies. Adequate stock ofrepair parts is required to support the maintenanceeffort. High usage parts should be held as farforward as possible.

Preventive Maintenance

The PM program includes systematic servicing andinspection, correcting failure before damage occurs,and proper equipment use. Early and thorough PMprevents minor discrepancies from becoming majorproblems requiring extensive repair.

Corrective Maintenance

When equipment becomes inoperable, it shouldbe repaired on-site at the lowest possible level.Battery-level maintenance is limited to certainorganizational maintenance services and minorrepairs. The exact responsibility for repair of anitem of equipment is largely determined by thetype of equipment.

For vehicles, the S-4 will coordinate with thebattalion motor transport officer to dispatch anMCT. Repairs will be made on-site, if possible. Ifthe repair requires intermediate level maintenance,the MCT will request a CSSE MST via the S-4 torepair the vehicle on site, if possible. If a vehiclecannot be repaired, it is evacuated and repaired atthe battalion. If evacuation is hampered by lack of

time or capability, the vehicle may be moved to amaintenance collection point along the supplyroute where it is picked up by the CSSE.

Organizational maintenance of communications-electronics equipment is performed by trainedtechnicians within the artillery unit. On-siterepair is preferred.

Engineer equipment mechanics and electrical equip-ment repairmen are provided by the regiment.Qualified maintenance personnel attached to theusing unit conduct second echelon maintenance oran MCT is dispatched from the regiment engineersection. The regiment engineer section is responsi-ble for evacuating inoperable engineer equipment.

For ordnance equipment, the individual/crew,battery armorers or artillery mechanics performweapon repair. If these individuals cannot repairthe weapon, a CSSE MST is requested for on-site weapon repair. If on-site repair is not feasi-ble, the weapon is evacuated.

Maintenance Site Selection

Maintenance site selection is governed by thefollowing fixed, physical characteristics: terrain,weather, tactical situation, unit size and mission,and the mission’s maintenance requirements.

The maintenance area must be large enough todisperse equipment and maintenance activities.

The terrain should favor defense against air orground attack; facilitate local security; hardstand for vehicles and equipment; and accessi-bility to road, water, and air routes for evacua-tion and resupply.

Access routes should avoid congested areas, beconvenient to maintenance facility users, and beaccessible to MSRs. Easy access to supported unitsand evacuation of equipment are critical elements.

The site should be positioned to allow the mainte-nance activity to effectively perform its mission. Itshould be located far enough from the supported


combat elements to allow continuity of mainte-nance operations.

An attempt should be made to locate in closeproximity to other unit logistical elements toenable common facilities and services.

Recovery and Salvage

Commanders are responsible for the recovery oftheir disabled vehicles to make repairs andprevent destruction or capture. Recoveredvehicles are inspected, repaired, and placed inoperation at the lowest level possible. If a vehiclecannot be repaired, it is reported as disabled. Thereport includes the location, number and type ofvehicles, and conditions. Battery collectedsalvage materiel is evacuated to a battalioncollection point by vehicles making supply tripsto the rear. Battalions usually operate a collec-tion point in the vicinity of their maintenancearea. Salvaged, excess, and damaged itemsevacuated to the battalion are turned in for evacu-ation to CSSE. Vehicles that cannot be repairedare removed from the traffic pattern. The locationand condition of these vehicles are reported tohigher headquarters through logistic channels.

Captured Materiel

Captured materiel is collected and evacuated underS-2 supervision. Captured materiel is alwaysreported to the next higher headquarters where itprovides a source of intelligence information.

Equipment Destruction

The decision to destroy equipment is made onlyon approval delegated by higher authority. Whenordered, destruction is accomplished quickly,efficiently, and uniformly. Plans for destructionshould be prepared in advance and incorporatedinto unit SOPs.

Cannibalization

Cannibalization is limited to the exchange ofserviceable/unserviceable parts between like

items of unserviceable equipment within thesame battery/battalion. Cannibalization isperformed only in specific conditions establishedby the MAGTF commander.

Engineer Operations

Engineer operations include preparation/harden-ing of unit positions; utility support; and NBCmaterial handling and decontamination support.Artillery units may receive support from severalsources, including the regiment engineer section,division engineers, and/or the CSSE.

Battery Position Preparation

The more preparation a position receives, thelonger the battery can remain in place; hence, itsf i re suppor t i s more e f fec t ive . Ar t i l l e rycommanders establish work priorities based on ananalysis of threat capability. Position improve-ment is continuous.

Vehicle Positions

Vehicle positions are prepared to protect essentialvehicles such as ammunition, supply, mainte-nance, communications, decontamination equip-ment, and refuelers. Positions are randomlyplaced throughout the battery area. The vehiclepit is designed with an opening on each end fordrive-in access/egress or with a rear wall havingonly one entrance. The vehicle pit is deep enoughto position the top of the vehicle at least 1 footbelow the surrounding walls. Positions can bedeep-cut or constructed with a soil parapet toreduce the pit’s depth. Camouflage netting isplaced across the position.

Weapon Emplacements

Weapon emplacements provide additional protec-tion for prolonged occupation. For towed artil-lery, the emplacement should be constructed

9-24 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

using minimum excavation and a surroundingparapet to achieve the desired level of protection.The position may require constructing a firingplatform, usually of M8A1 matting. The positionshould be as level as possible, allow for directfire capability, and permit rapid exit. Sightingrequirements (aiming circle or aiming posts, etc.)of the weapon must be considered. The use ofoverhead cover for the weapon is difficult toprovide without restricting the firing capability.Emplacement dimensions vary with the weapontype and the positioning of prime movers. Seetable 9-11.

Ammunition SheltersAmmunition shelters should be located andconstructed to protect ammunition against theweather and threat fire. They should be largeenough to hold the desired quantity of ammuni-tion close to the firing position. They can beconstructed in a weapon emplacement parapet. Ifit is necessary to construct an ammunition shelterabove ground, particularly where there is a highwater level, a log crib built up with dirt issuitable. Building defensive positions forconcealment is a command function, not a logis-tic function.

Table 9-11. Artillery Vehicle Position Dimensions.

Vehicle Type

Dimensions (ft)Equipment

Hours **

Minimum Parapet

Thickness (ft)Length Width Depth *

M198 60 60 3 1.5 8

M813/923 Truck 38 14 5 1 3

w/M105 Trailer 50 12 5 1.5 3

1¼ - ton Truck 20 13 9 0.7 2

* Total depth includes any parapet height. For deep cuts, double the depth and construction time. All depths are approximate and will need adjustment for surrounding terrain.

** Divide construction time by .85 for rocky soil, hard soil or night conditions. Use of natural terrain features will reduce construction time.

CHAPTER 10DEVELOPING THE ARTILLERY FIRE PLAN

SECTION I. ESSENTIAL FIRE SUPPORT TASKSAND

ESSENTIAL FIELD ARTILLERY TASKS RELATIONSHIP

General

The artillery fire plan is a tab to the fire supportappendix of the supported unit’s OPORD. Theartillery fire plan is the artillery commander’stactical plan for employing the fires of all avail-able supporting artillery. It is based on theguidance and instructions from the fire supportappendix of the supported unit’s OPORD,supplemented by verbal information receivedfrom the liaison personnel in the FSCC.

The artillery fire plan ensures the most efficientuse of artillery support by providing coordinatedactions to carry out the decisions of the artillerycommander in support of maneuver elements.The use of essential fire support tasks (EFSTs)ties the artillery fire plan to the maneuver plan. Itis also used as a stand-alone document for artil-lery units in R, GS-R, and GS missions. Theoperations officer of the supporting artillery unitprepares the plan. Section IV is a sample artilleryfire plan.

Essential Fire Support Tasks

The FSC uses the specified or implied tasks identi-fied during mission analysis, commander’s intent,commander’s guidance pertaining to fire support,high payoff targets, and scheme of maneuver for aspecific COA to identify specific fire supporttasks. The FSC must then assign each fire supporttask to specific supporting arms agencies. Thesetasks frame the role of supporting arms agencies in

the overall plan and serve to focus their efforts insupporting the scheme of maneuver and thesupported commander’s intent.

Tasks should describe the intended fire supporteffect by delaying, limiting, disrupting or destroy-ing a specific threat function or capability tosupport friendly maneuver.

Because timing of fires with maneuver is essen-tial, the FSC must develop and articulate timingof fires with relation to maneuver. This can beevent-driven (triggered by anticipated friendly orthreat actions) or at a particular time on a univer-sal clock (preparation fires, SEAD, etc.). Acombination of both techniques may be used.

Tasks should also be measurable so their successor failure can be assessed and reasoned decisionsmade for re-attack. To make the most efficientuse of fire support capabilities, these tasks mustcontain a sufficient level of specificity for thesupporting arms agency to clearly understand itsrole in supporting the scheme of maneuver.

See MCWP 3-16 for a detailed discussion ondevelopment of fire support tasks as they relateto artillery.

Essential Field Artillery Tasks

The f i re support tasks that the maneuvercommander identifies to be accomplished by artil-lery become essential field artillery tasks (EFATs)for the supporting artillery unit. The artillery staffplanning process enables the FSC and staff to

10-2 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

ensure that the necessary support is provided in theform of the right targets, attacked with the bestavailable munitions, at the correct time, and insynchronization with the maneuver plan. Just asfire support tasks use the task, purpose, method,effect (TPME) methodology, EFATs use TPME toensure that the EFST is accomplished in support ofthe maneuver plan. See figures 10-1 and 10-2.

The task describes the targeting objective fires mustachieve against a specific threat formation’s functionor capability. See MCWP 3-16.

The purpose must clearly tie the EFAT to the firesupport task it supports. It is a statement of thefire support task relative to maneuver.

The method is a concise statement of how theartillery task will be accomplished to includewhat must be done to complete the EFAT. Thisentails describing priorities of fire and survey;PAs and routes to them; AoFs; target numbers,priority targets & FPFs; radar zones; triggers formovement/survivability move criteria; andFSCMs. These are referred to as priorities,allocations and restrictions.

Effects describes what success will look like. Asmuch as possible, quantify the effect as a measur-able result . Describe the firing element’slocation; i.e., will the battery move after execut-ing the task?

Figure 10-1. Essential Fire Support Tasks and Essential Field Artillery Tasks Relationship.


Task Purpose Method Effects

Mass Battalion

Same as the purpose addressed with the EFST.

Batteries in place at grid _____ ready to fire not later than ____.Target number is ______.Number of rounds fired at target is ______.Trigger to fire mission is _____________________________________________.Conduct survivability move to grid ______ immediately upon completion of mission.Ensure battery has current met.Battery conducts mass pre-combat check.

Same as the effects addressed with the EFST.

Fire FASCAM

” Emplace FASCAM medium density (200 x 800).Low angle, 8 RAAMS aim points, 4 ADAM aim points; use one howitzer/aim

point technique.Ensure RAAMS complete before firing ADAM.Minefield requires 96 RAAMS (12/aim point) and 24 ADAM (6/aim point).Batteries in place at grid _____ ready to fire not later than _____.Ammo section delivers 96 RAAMS and 24 ADAM to grid _____ not later than _____.Trigger to fire FASCAM minefield is ____________________________________.Conduct survivability move to grid _____ immediately upon completion of mission.Ensure battery has current met.Battery conducts FASCAM pre-combat checks.

”

Fire SADARM

” Batteries in place at grid _____ ready to fire not later than _____.Target number is ______.Number of rounds fired at target is ______.Trigger fire mission is _______________________________________________.Conduct survivability move to grid _____ immediately upon completion of mission.Ensure battery has current met.Remind battery uses altitude correction.Battery conducts SADARM pre-combat check.

”

Fire Copper-head

” Batteries in place at grid _____ ready to fire not later than _____.Target number is ______.Number of rounds fired at target is ______.Trigger to fire mission is _____________________________________________.Conduct survivability move to grid _____ immediately upon completion of mission.Verify pulse repetition frequency code with observer.Verify Angle T; confirm observer location.Verify gun target range check observer target range.Battery conducts Copperhead pre-combat check.

”

Fire Illumination

” Batteries in place at grid _____ ready to fire not later than _____.Target number is ______.Confirm 1 gun illumination, range spread, lateral spread or range and lateral spread.Number of rounds fired at target is _____.Trigger to fire mission is _____________________________________________.Conduct survivability move to grid _____ immediately upon completion of mission.Ensure battery has current met.Confirm observer location.Ensure the correct height of burst is used.Battery conducts illumination pre-combat check.

”

Fire Smoke ” Batteries in place at grid _____ ready to fire not later than _____.Target number is ______.Length of smoke screen is ______.Attitude of smoke screen is ______.Wind direction is ______.Consult appropriate Pasquill table and compute initial volley and sustaining rounds.Compute aim points.Number of rounds fired at target is ______.Trigger to fire mission is _____________________________________________.Conduct survivability move to grid _____ immediately upon completion of mission.Ensure battery has most met.Battery conducts smoke pre-combat check.

”

Figure 10-2. Example Essential Field Artillery Tasks.

10-4 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

SECTION II. THE MARINE CORPS PLANNING PROCESS AS IT APPLIES TOTHE ARTILLERY FIRE PLAN

General

The Marine Corps Planning Process (MCPP)consists of six steps. Each depends on the inputsfrom the previous step. See figure 10-3. Poorstaff planning performed early in the process willescalate throughout the entire process and couldresult in commanders determining inaccurateCOAs. The MCPP improves staff coordinationbecause of the natural framework of the process.

Figure 10-3. Steps in the Marine CorpsPlanning Process.

Mission Analysis

The first step in the MCPP is mission analysis.This step drives the entire MCPP and allows theartillery commander to begin his commander’sbattlespace area evaluation (CBAE). Each of thesix steps in the MCPP can be best understoodfrom the perspective of inputs, process, andoutputs. Figure 10-4 depicts this perspective formission analysis. The artillery commander andhis staff begin their planning upon receipt of awarning order from higher headquarters. Included

with this warning order should be their IPB, staffestimates, and facts and assumptions. The artil-lery commander and his staff utilize this informa-tion as inputs into their planning process.

Analyze Higher Headquarter’s Order

This is higher headquarters’ warning order. Theneed for concurrent planning does not allow theartillery staff to wait for the completed maneuverorder before they begin planning. Understandingwhere the operation will occur and the type ofoperation will allow the staff to begin the MCPP.

Conduct the Initial Intelligence Preparationof the Battlespace

The cornerstone of the MCPP is the S-2’s IPB.Each staff member depends on the S-2 to providean accurate estimation of how the threat will fightbefore performing his portion of the MCPP forthe commander. The IPB process for maneuverunits is outlined in MCWP 2-12, MAGTF Intelli-gence Production and Analysis.

Determine Specified, Implied, andEssential Tasks

The concepts of specified and implied tasks arethe same as those used by the maneuverregiment staff. Examples of specified tasks are:position well-forward; move behind maneuvertask force; plan CFZ at breach site; prepositionsmoke/RAP forward. EFATs for artillery unitsare derived from the fire support tasks in themaneuver fire plan.

Review Available Assets

The artillery commander and his staff mustexamine additions to and deletions from the tacti-cal situation, current task organization, support


relationships, and status (capabilities and limita-tions) of all units. They consider the relationshipbetween specified and implied tasks and availableassets. From this they determine if they have theassets to perform all specified and implied tasks. Ifthere are shortfalls, they identify additionalresources required for the mission’s success. Thestaff must pay particular attention to deviationsfrom what the commander considers his normaltask organization. Some examples of assets thatmay be considered are: radars, observers, reinforc-ing or GSR units to be included in a fire plan.

Determine Constraints

A higher artillery commander may place someconstraints on his subordinate commanders thatrestrict their freedom of action. Constraints maytake the form of a requirement to do something;e.g., maintain at least 25 percent of ICM or nosmoke or dud-producing munitions on the eastern-

most objective. The commander and his staff mustidentify and understand these constraints, which arenormally found in the concept of operations orcoordinating instructions paragraphs from themaneuver operation plan.

Identify Critical Facts and Assumptions

Facts are statements of known data. Assumptionsare suppositions concerning the current or futuresituation that are assumed to be true in the absenceof facts. They take the place of necessary, butunavailable, facts and fill the gaps in what thecommander and staff know about a situation. Thetests of validity and necessity are a technique to use.Validity means the assumption is likely to be true.Necessity is whether or not the assumption is essen-tial for planning. If planning can continue withoutthe assumption, it is not necessary and should bediscarded. Whenever possible, assumptions arecleared with the higher headquarters to ensure

Inputs Process Outputs

Commander’s orientation Analyze higher HQ warning order Initial IPB products

CBAE Conduct the initial IPB Restated mission

Commander’s initial guidance Determine specified, implied, and essential tasks Commander’s intent

Higher headquarters warning order or OPORD

Review available assets Commander’s guidance

Restraints Determine constraints Warning order

Higher headquarters IPB Identify critical facts and assumptions Specified tasks

Staff estimates Determine initial CCIRs Implied tasks

Facts and assumptions Determine initial reconnaissance annex Essential tasks

Plan use of available time Restraints

Write the restated mission Assumptions

Conduct a mission analysis briefing Initial staff estimates

Approve the restated mission analysis briefing

Develop the initial commander’s intent

Issue commander’s guidance

Issue warning order

Review facts and assumptions

Figure 10-4. Mission Analysis.

10-6 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

consistency with higher headquarters’ plan.Assumptions are replaced with facts as soon aspossible. Assumptions should answer the followingfour questions: Is it logical? Is it realistic? Is itessential for planning to continue? Does it avoidassuming away a threat capability? To determineassumptions, planners should—l List all appropriate assumptions received from

higher headquarters.l State expected conditions over which the com-

mander has no control but which are relevantto the plan.

l List conditions that would invalidate the planor its concept of operations.

Determine Initial Commander’s Critical Information Requirements Commander’s critical information requirements(CCIRs) identify information needed by thecommander to support his CBAE and to makecritical decisions, especially to determine/validatecourses of actions. See figure 10-5.

CCIRs should be limited to 10 items or less.CCIRs are time-sensitive in that they drivedecisions at decision points (DPs). The keyquestion is, “What does the commander need toknow in a specific situation to make a particulardecis ion in a t imely manner?” The s taf f

Figure 10-5. Commander’s Critical Information Requirements.


nominates information requirements (IRs) tobecome CCIRs. CCIRs are situation-dependentand specified by the commander for each opera-tion. He must continuously review CCIRsduring the planning process and adjust them assituations change.

CCIRs usually arise from the IPB and wargaming. CCIRs are normally expressed as prior-ity intelligence requirements (PIRs)—informa-tion about the threat; essential elements offriendly information (EEFI)—information neededto protect friendly forces from the threat’s infor-mation-gathering systems; and friendly forcesinformation requirements (FFIRs)—informationabout the capabilities of his or adjacent units. Thestaff should also attempt to identify the threat’scenter of gravity. Center of gravity—it is thatcharacteristic, capability or location from whichthreat and friendly forces derive their freedom ofaction, physical strength, or the will to fight.Attacking the center of gravity is—or shouldbe—the focus of all operations.

Determine the Initial Reconnaissance Annex

Based on the initial IPB and CCIR, the staff,primarily the S-2, identifies gaps in the intelli-gence available and determines an initial recon-naissance and surveillance plan to acquireinformation, bring forward higher order survey,position observers or send out advance parties.The S-3 molds this into an initial reconnaissanceannex to launch assets as soon as possible tobegin their collection efforts. This initial recon-naissance annex should contain—

l The AO for reconniassance.l Mission Statement.l Reconnaissance objective.l Line of departure/line of contact time.l Routes to AO and passage of lines instructions.l Fire support measures.l Task organization.

l PIR and IR.l Initial named areas of interest (NAIs).l Communications and logistics support.l MEDEVAC.

Plan Use of Available Time

The artillery commander and his staff refine theirinitial plan for use of available time. Theycompare the time needed to accomplish EFATsto the maneuver time line to ensure missionaccomplishment is feasible in the allotted time.They also compare the time line to the threat timeline developed during the IPB. The commanderand his staff specify when and where they willconduct the briefings that result from theplanning process and when, where, and in whatform they will conduct rehearsals. The artillerycommander can optimize planning time bysending additional warning orders as detailedplanning develops. This permits parallel planningby subordinate units.

Write the Restated Mission

The purpose of artillery and EFATs is the founda-tion for mission statement development. Plannersshould evaluate whether or not the purpose of artil-lery and EFATs is still valid before writing arestated mission. A proper mission statementanswers the following questions—

l Who—The artillery units that will conduct theoperation.

l What—The type of operation or EFAT.l When—The time the operation will start and

end.l Where—The location of the battlespace or

area of operation the artillery must support.l Why—The purpose of the operation.

The “who,” “what,” “when,” and “where” arederived from the EFATs. The “why” is derivedfrom the purpose of the fire support task.

10-8 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Conduct a Mission Analysis Brief

The mission analysis briefing is not a unit readi-ness briefing, but staff officers must know thestatus of subordinate and supporting units and briefrelevant information as it applies to the situation.The staff should use standardized charts tomonitor/consolidate this data to give thecommander a quick snapshot of his unit. Themission analysis br ief ing is given to thecommander and his staff. This is often the onlytime the entire staff is present, and the only oppor-tunity to ensure that all staff members are startingfrom a common reference point. The briefingfocuses on relevant conclusions reached as a resultof the mission analysis. This helps the commander

and his staff develop a shared vision of the require-ments for the upcoming operation. Time permit-ting, the staff briefs the commander on its missionanalysis using the same outline discussed previ-ously. See figure 10-6 for an example missionanalysis briefing format. See figure 10-7 for amission analysis briefing checklist. The missionanalysis brief includes the following:

l Mission and commander’s intent of the head-quarters two levels up.

l Mission, commander’s intent, concept of theoperation, and deception plan/objective of theforce.

l Review of commander’s initial guidance.l Initial IPB products.

Figure 10-6. Example Mission Analysis Briefing Format.


l Specified, implied, and essential tasks.l Constraints on the operation.l Forces available.l Hazards and their risk.l Recommended initial CCIR.l Recommended time lines.l Recommended restated mission.

Develop the Initial Commander’s Intent

During mission analysis, the commander devel-ops his intent for the operation. The artillerycommander’s intent should briefly address thepurpose of fires, the desired endstate, and the

methods (essential tasks that must be accom-plished, guidance on movements and survivabil-ity, etc.) to be used to achieve the endstate. Afterreviewing the mission analysis briefing and therestated mission, he modifies his intent statementas necessary.

The commander’s intent is a clear, concise state-ment of what the unit must perform to succeedwith respect to the threat, the terrain, and to thedesired endstate. It provides the link between themission and the concept of operations by statingthe key tasks that, along with the mission, are thebasis for subordinates to exercise initiative when

S-1 S-2

rrrrrrr

Current personnel statusAnticipated personnel statusCritical shortagesPersonnel shortagesForecasted lossesForecasted issuesIssues

rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr

Prepare/refine artillery MCOOPrepare threat situational templatePrepare event template (time available?)Determine enemy order of battleManeuver forcesDevelop enemy order of battleDetermine avenues of approachDetermine weather and its effectsForecastLight data/night vision goggle windowsPrepare threat courses of actionMost likelyMost dangerousPrepare recommended CCIRsDetermine radar statusIssues

S-3

rrr

rr

rr

Division and regiment missions receivedRegiment commander’s intent receivedFire support appendix of regiment order receivedRegiment OPORD receivedField artillery organization for combatidentifiedIdentify key facts and assumptionsIdentify specified tasks:

Essential fire support tasksTasks to subordinate unitsTarget listSpecial munitions requirements?

r

rr

rr

Identify implied tasks:Ranging requirementsMovement requirementsPassage of linesLiaison requirements?Special munitions requirements?

Identify essential tasksIdentify constraints:

Position restrictionsMovement restrictionsObserved versus unobserved firesSpecial ROE requirementsAmmunition or CSR limitations

Required Controls?Prepare order preparation timeline

S-4

rrrrrr

Class I - Any specific problemsClass IIIFueler status - specific problemsClass II/IV - Specific problemsClass V - Critical shortagesClass VIII - Critical shortages

r

rrrr

Slant report:CurrentAnticipated at LDReinforcing unit

Class IX - Critical shortagesMSRsHost nation supportIssues

Figure 10-7. Mission Analysis Briefing Checklist.

10-10 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

opportunities arise or when the original conceptof operations no longer applies. Intent is normallyexpressed in four or five sentences and is manda-tory for all orders.

The mission and the commander’s intent must beunderstood two echelons down. Key tasks arethose one or two tasks the maneuver commandersays the artillery must perform or conditions thatmust be met to achieve the stated purpose of theoperation. Key tasks are not tied to a specificCOA, but identify what is fundamental to theunit’s success. The commander’s intent does notinclude the “method” by which the force willachieve the desired endstate. The method is theconcept of operations. If purpose is addressed inthe intent statement, it does not restate the ‘why”(purpose) of the mission statement.

The commander personally prepares his intentstatement and personally delivers it when possi-ble, along with the order. Commanders frombattery level up prepare an intent statement foreach OPORD. The intent statement at any levelmust support the intent of the next highercommander. For any OPORD, there is only onecommander’s intent. Annexes (including appen-dixes, tabs, and enclosures) to the OPORD donot contain an intent statement; they contain aconcept of support. For example, the FireSupport Appendix (Appendix 19) to an OPORDcontains a concept of support, but not an intentstatement. The artillery fire plan issued to anarti l lery battalion supporting a maneuverregiment contains the intent statement of theartillery battalion commander. The intent state-ment in an OPORD is after operations andbefore concept of operations.

Issue the Commander’s Guidance

The commander’s guidance is essential for timelyCOA development and analysis. By stating theplanning options he does or does not desire hisstaff to consider, the commander can save stafftime and effort by allowing them to concentrateon developing COAs that meet his intent.

Commander’s guidance may be written or oral,but must focus on the essential tasks conducive tomission accomplishement. The guidance empha-sizes in broad terms when, where, and how heintends to mass his fires to accomplish themission according to his higher headquarterscommander’s intent. It should include prioritiesfor all combat, CS, and CSSE and how they willsupport his concept. The more detailed theguidance, the more quickly his staff can completethe plan, but this increases the risk of overlookingor insufficiently examining things that mightaffect mission execution. Commander’s guidanceshould include—l Specific artillery COA to consider or not con-

sider, both friendly and threat, and the priorityfor addressing them.

l Prioritized EFATs.l CCIRs.l Risk guidance.l Mobility and countermobility guidance.l Security measures to be implemented.l The time plan.l The type of rehearsal to conduct.l Munitions mix.l Reconnaissance guidance.l Retransmission guidance and survey priorities.l Any other information the commander wants

his staff to consider.l Additional specific priorities for combat sup-

port and CSS.l The type of order to issue.

Issue a Warning Order

Immediately upon the commander providing hisguidance, his staff submits to subordinate andsupporting units a warning order that contains, asa minimum—l Restated mission.l Prioritized EFATs.l CCIRs.l Reconnaissance to be initiated by subordinate

units.l Deception guidance.

Artillery Operations __________________________________________________________________________________________ 10-11

l Specific priorities.l Guidance on rehearsals.l Commander’s intent.l Unit’s AO (a sketch, an overlay or some other

description).l Security measures.l Mobility and countermobility guidance.l Time plan.

Review Facts and Assumptions

During the rest of the MCPP, the commander andhis staff periodically review all available factsand assumptions. New facts may alter require-ments and analysis of the mission. Assumptionsmay have become facts or may have become

invalid. Whenever the facts or assumptionschange, the commander and his staff must assessthe impact of these changes on the plan and makenecessary adjustments.

Upon completion of mission analysis, the secondwarning order is issued to subordinate elementsSee figure 10-8 for the orders process duringmission analysis.

The mission analysis activities outlined aboveproduce products that are vital inputs to all subse-quent steps in the MCPP. The only requiredoutputs from mission analysis are the artillerycommander’s outputs of restated mission,commander’s intent, and commander’s guidance.

Figure 10-8. Orders Process for Mission Analysis.

10-12 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Course of Action Development

A COA is a broadly stated, potential solution toan assigned mission. It must be suitable, feasi-ble, acceptable, distinguishable (when multipleCOAs are developed) and complete. See figure10-9. The process of developing a COA isdiscussed in detail in MCWP 5-1, Marine CorpsPlanning Process.

The outputs from mission analysis (at a minimuminclude a restated mission, commander’s intent,and commander’s guidance) become the inputs forCOA development. A key tool for development ofthe artillery fire plan is the integration of EFATsand the maneuver commander’s guidance for firesupport (provided by the FSC) into the COAdevelopment. COA development, like missionanalysis, requires the interaction of the entire staff.Members bring their expertise and the informationdeveloped during mission analysis to COA devel-opment. This information, with the addition ofcommander’s intent and guidance, is the focalpoint for development of COAs.

During COA development, planners will useMETT-T, threat versus friendly capabilities, andEFATs to determine likely employment options

to support maneuver elements. Planners shouldconsider two fundamental questions—

l What do I do to support maneuver elements?l How am I going to do it?

Answering the question of “how” is the essenceof COA development. The following techniquesassist the staff in developing COAs.

Intelligence Preparation of theBattlespace

The S-3 will always start COA developmentwith analyzing the S-2’s modified combinedobstacle overlay (MCOO). This overlay will beplaced under the maneuver operations graphics.High payoff targets or critical target areas byphase based on the high-payoff target list,maneuver fire support plan, or by templating areplotted. The FDO will provide the quantities ofthe propellants available. Using the greatestpercentage of propellant/shell mix available, theS-3 will determine optimal ranges to target thatwill dictate range fans used to determine PAs.This information is also given to the FSC so themaneuver commander knows the predominantranges of his fire support assets.

Inputs Process OutputsArtillery mission analysis brief IPB Commander’s designation of COAs to be wargamed

Commander’s additional guidance Array friendly forces Wargaming guidance

Essential artillery tasks Assess relative combat power Evaluation criteria

MCOO Refined center of gravity Supporting documents for each COA

Tentative maneuver plan Develop COA Staff estimates and additional information

Threat COAs COA refinements

Threat center of gravity COA validation

Artillery center of gravity COA graphics and narrative

Initial staff estimates Prepare COA briefing

Select/modify COAs

Develop CO’s wargaming guidance

Develop CO’s evaluation guidance

Figure 10-9. Course of Action Development.


Array Friendly Forces

The intelligence officer will receive a situationtemplate (SITEMP) from the supported unit. ThisSITEMP will not address all the concerns of theartillery and must be refined to focus on firesupport issues. The S-3 will use the SITEMP todeconflict positioning of firing units and support-ing units; e.g., radar. PAs are eliminated that areon likely threat avenues of approach, objectivesor chemical strike areas. The operations officerconsiders positioning units that will cause deliv-ery problems for the threat. This may cause thethreat to execute high angle missions, whichfacilitates friendly target acquisition capabilities.

Assess Relative Combat Power

By determining strengths and weaknesses ofthreat and friendly artillery, the staff can deter-mine what assets are required to accomplishEFATs, what vulnerabilities exist, and how threatartillery can influence friendly operations. Thecommander seeks to protect his weaknesses whileexploiting the threat’s vulnerabilities.

Refine Center of Gravity Analysis

Based on EFATs, information determined in theIPB process, and staff estimates, refined centers

of gravity and critical vulnerabilities are used toformulate COAs.

Develop Initial Courses of ActionArtillery COAs should be developed for eachmaneuver COA. These artillery COAs should bebased on the EFATs derived from the EFSTs ofthe maneuver order. If a COA does not accom-plish these tasks, then the COA is not suitable forfurther consideration. Within COA development,the operations officer should also considerFSCMs, radar zones, retransmission sites or anyother measures that will influence support tomaneuver elements.

Course of Action Graphic and NarrativeFor each COA, graphics are created to portrayhow the organization will accomplish themission. This includes FSCMs, PAs, range fans,EFATs, and radar coverage. See figure 10-10.

Course of Action CriteriaBefore brief ing the COAs, the fol lowingquestions should be asked is the COA—

l Suitable?l Feasible?l Acceptable?l Distinguishable?l Complete?

Figure 10-10. Artillery Scheme of Maneuver.

10-14 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Prepare Course of Action Briefing

Once COAs are developed, they are briefed to theartillery commander to confirm that his guidancehas been met. The briefing may include—

l Updated IPB.l Possible threat COAs focusing on artillery.l Restated mission of the artillery commander.l Maneuver commander’s intent for fire support.l COA statement and graphic.l Rationale for COA.l Considerations that may affect threat COAs.l Deductions resulting from a relative combat

power analysis.l Reasons units are arrayed on the graphic.l Reason for selected control measures.l Updated facts and assumptions.

Select/Modify Courses of Action

Commander Determines Courses of Actionto be Wargamed

The commander may give further guidance onevaluation criteria that will focus the wargamingeffort and data collection efforts of the staff.COA development activities produce outputs thatdrive subsequent steps of MCPP. Requiredoutputs of COA development follow.

Courses of Action Designated by theCommander to be Wargamed

Once the staff briefs the commander on the COA,the commander will determine if they meet hisguidance and choose which ones, if any, that willbe wargamed further.

Commander’s Wargaming Guidance

The commander may decide to give furtherguidance on the direction the staff will take thewargaming. This is based upon additionalguidance received from higher or supported unitor his own judgment.

Evaluation Criteria

Before evaluating the COA, the end state must beunderstood to determine which COA bestsupports the commander’s guidance and schemeof maneuver.

Supporting Documents for EachCourse of Action

Each COA should contain graphics and overlays.

Staff Estimates and Additional Information

Special staff officers will help the primary staffby analyzing the COAs based upon their areas ofexpertise, indicating how they can best supportthe operation. Every member of the staff mustdetermine force requirements for externalsupport, risks involved, and each COA’s strengthand weakness.

Course of Action Wargaming

Wargaming is a detailed analysis of the COAsprepared by the staff. It is an attempt to visualizethe flow of a battle. The process considersfriendly dispositions, strengths, and weaknesses;threat assets and probable COAs (likely and mostdangerous); and characteristics of the AO. Itfocuses the staff’s attention on each phase of theoperation in a logical sequence. Wargaming is themost valuable step during the orders process andshould be allocated the most time. During thisperiod the commander and staff may change anexisting COA or develop a new COA after identi-fying unforeseen critical events, tasks, require-ments, or problems. While wargaming COAs —

l Remain objective.l Accurately record advantages and disadvan-

tages.l Continually assess feasibility, acceptability,

and suitability.l Avoid premature conclusions.l Avoid COA comparison.


From COA development outputs, the staff takesimportant information to begin the wargamingprocess. Information includes the COA chosen bythe commander to be war gamed, any additionalguidance the commander may have for wargaming,and estimates and requirements that the staff has tosupport the COAs. See figure 10-11. Responsibili-ties of the staff during wargaming are shown infigure 10-12 on page 10-16. The wargamingmethodology follows a 10-step process.

Step 1: Consider the Commander’s Wargaming Guidance and Evaluation Criteria

The commander will assess the time available atthe conclusion of COA development. Thedegree to which a COA achieves the EFATsallows the commander to decide which COA isoptimal based on time, space, and resourcesavailable. His evaluation criteria will addressspecific issues/questions that the commanderwants his staff to determine during the conductof the war game, however the focus will be todetermine if the EFATs can be realisticallyaccomplished by the COA. The commandershould take into account the opt ions andcapabilities of the threat commander and yet be

mindful of his own vulnerabilities when devel-oping his war gaming guidance.

Step 2: Gather the Tools

At the beginning of war gaming, the staff shouldhave the following information available:

l Approved mission statement.l Commander’s intent and planning guidance.l Maneuver commander’s intent for fires and

scheme of maneuver.l Assumptions.l Constraints and restraints, including ammun-

tion available and communication ranges.l CCIRs.l Maps covering the entire AO.l Friendly force list.l Threat order of battle.l MCOO with weather and terrain analysis and

probable PAs.l Current and projected threat situation overlays.l Current and projected friendly situation overlays.l Threat SITEMP for each COA.l Threat event template.


Commander’s designation of COAs to be wargamed

Consider commander’s guidance Wargamed COA with graphics

Wargaming guidance Gather tools List of critical events and decision points

Supporting documents for each COA List friendly forces Wargame products

Staff estimates and additional requirements List assumptions

List known critical events and decision points

Select wargame method

Select method to record and display results

Conduct wargame

Refine staff estimates and contributions

Prepare COA wargame brief

Figure 10-11. Course of Action Wargaming.

10-16 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

In addition, the staff should have the followinginformation from COA development:l Assessment of relative combat power. Specifi-

cally, the threat’s indirect fire support assetsand counterfire ability.

l COAs.l Graphics and narratives.l Decision support matrix/template.l War game rules.l Recording tools (synchronization and COA

development matrices).

Step 3: List Friendly Force List

List all friendly forces arrayed on the battlefield.

Step 4: List Assumptions

The staff reviews previous assumptions to deter-mine if they are still valid or have changed. Thestaff will have to brief the commander howthese assumptions influenced the outcome of thewar game.

Figure 10-12. Wargaming Responsibilities.


Step 5: List and Graphically Display Known Critical Events and Decision Points

From the IPB products developed during missionanalysis, a decision support template is used torelate the event template with decision points thatare significant to the artillery unit.

The event template overlays the operationsgraphics to depict time phase lines (TPLs) on thebattlefield. The operations officer will listEFATs, which may include massing missions,special munitions missions, unit movement,survey emplacement, etc. The decision supporttemplate (DST) does not dictate decisions to theoperations officer but identifies critical eventsand threat activities relative to time and locationthat may require tactical decisions.

Step 6: Select the War Game Method

The four methods used are sequence of essentialtasks, avenue in depth, belt, and box. See MCWP5-1 for a detailed discussion of each technique.

Step 7: Select Method to Recordand Display Results

One method for recording the results is thesynchronization matrix (see figure 10-13 onpage 10-18). It allows the staff to synchronizethe COA across time and space in relation to thethreat COA. An advantage of this method is thatit can be readily translated into a graphicdecision-making product. The first entry is timeor phase of the operation. The second entry isthe most likely threat action as determined bythe S-2. The third entry is the DP for thefriendly COA. The remainder of the matrix isdeveloped around selected functional areas ormajor subordinate commands.

Step 8: Wargame the Battle

Wargame each EFAT. The intelligence officerwill discuss the timing of the battle off the TPL,the operations officer addresses EFSTs, and theFDO briefs mission execution times (time offlight ([TOF], shift times, first round to last).

Wargame the fire plans to make sure they areexecutable. The S-2 describes what the threat isdoing and their rate of march. The S-3 adds the typeof target, artillery impact area (front, rear, center offormation), and the number of rounds and volleysrequired. The FDO then states whether or not unitsare laid on the target, who will fire, shift timerequired, TOF, and total time. It is critical to usehonest times based on the unit’s level of experienceand not just standard Marine Corps Combat Readi-ness Evaluation System times. Using this informa-tion and the TPL, place a decision point (star) on theoperations graphics that represents the final timethat the artillery can attain its greatest effects uponthe threat located at that point. Decision points inthe forward battle area may not be observable byorganic assets. These decision points should corre-spond to a trigger point of the supported unit who iswatching the decision point. As the S-2 identifiesthreat forces at or near decision points, the S-3/FDOis alerted and expects calls for fire for the target tiedto the decision point.

Use the DST to determine decision points forother critical events such as unit movements,special munitions missions, radar queing times,logistics operations, etc.

Step 9: Refine Staff Estimates and Contributions

Once the war game is complete and the resultsannotated, the staff refines their estimates andcontributions. Examples of contributions arelisted in figure 10-14 on page 10-19.

10-18 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Critical Event or Time

Friendly Action

Threat Reaction

Friendly Counteraction

Decision Point

Intelligence

NAI

TAI

Collect

ArtilleryOperations

Move

Priority of Fires

Priority Target

Survey

Radar

Met

Subordinate Tasks and Purpose

SupportOperations

Mobility, Countermobility,Survivability,

NBC

CSS

C2

Risk

External Coordination

Notes

Figure 10-13. Sample COA Synchronization Matrix.


Step 10: Prepare Course of ActionWar Game Brief

Upon completion of the COA wargaming, thestaff briefs the commander on the advantagesand d i s advan tages o f t he COA and anysuggested modifications.

Once wargaming is complete and the staff briefsthe commander on the results, the staff thentakes, at a minimum, the wargamed COA andgraphics, list of critical events and decisionpoints, and information on the commander’sevaluation criteria to be used in follow-on steps.

Course of Action Comparison and Decision

Once wargaming is complete, each of the wargamed COAs are compared against each other to

determine which COA will be chosen to execute.The staff will use the COA graphics, criticalevents and decision points, the commander’sevaluation criteria, and other information, such asstaff estimates, to aid them in determining thebest course of action to choose. See figure 10-15on page 10-20.

Course of Action Evaluation

During this phase, each COA is evaluated againstthe commander’s evaluation criteria. Advantagesand disadvantages are discussed and recorded.See figure 10-16 on page 10-20. This samplematrix can assist the staff in making their recom-mendations for a particular COA.

Course of Action Comparison

The staff ranks each COA with respect to advan-tages and disadvantages in addition to evaluation

Figure 10-14. Staff Contributions to Wargaming.

10-20 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

criteria such as mission accomplishment, EFATs,and battlespace functions. These ranks are totaledand compared. This comparison gives thecommander the information that he needs tomake a sound decision. However, these rankingsmay be more subjective than objective numbersindicate. The commander and staff must examinethe matrix for sensitivity. For example, onecourse of action may be determined to be the“best,” however, it may not be supportable byone of the battlespace functions (logistically,communications, etc.). The commander must takethis into account and determine if additionalsupport is required or the COA must be adjustedor thrown out. See figure 10-17.

Commander’s Decision

The staff compiles the information from thecomparison matr ices and then br iefs thecommander . Upon se lec t ing a COA, thecommander reviews the COA to determine if itmust be modified or combined with elements ofdifferent COA to mitigate disadvantages. He

reviews the mission statement and may refine hiscommander’s guidance. He then issues anyadditional guidance on priorities for CSS (partic-ularly for resources he needs to preserve hisfreedom of action and to ensure continuousservice support).

Prepare Concept of Artillery Support

The staff prepares the framework for the ordersprocess. The concept of artillery support is ageneral description of how the artillery willsupport maneuver forces and a generic organiza-tion for combat. The concept of artillery supportnormally includes graphics and a narrative.

Issue the Warning Order

Once the concept of artillery support is complete,the commander will issue a warning order toallow his subordinate commanders to performconcurrent planning.

Once a course of action is chosen and the conceptof artillery support is completed, the staff will


Wargamed COA

List of critical events and decision points

Information on commander’s evaluation criteria

COA evaluation

COA comparison

Commander’s decision

Prepare the concept of artillery support

Issue the warning order

Concept of operations

Refined commander’s intent

High pay-off target list

Specified type of rehearsal

Specified type of order

Figure 10-15. Course of Action Comparison and Decision.

COA Comparison

COA 1 COA 2 COA 3

Advantages RISK—Least risk COUNTERFIRE—Simplicity

MISSION/TASKS—Best means of accomplishing essential artillery tasks

Disadvantages FIRES—Essential artillery tasks difficult to accomplish

C2—Difficult to control due to mobile plan

RISK—accepts most risk

Figure 10-16. Advantages and Disadvantages Matrix.


turn to completing the orders process using thisconcep t o f a r t i l l e ry suppo r t , a r e f i nedcommander’s intent, high pay-off target list, andadditional information such as: updated IPB,decision support tools, updated CCIRs, staffestimates, synchronization matrix, and thewarning order. The commander will also deter-mine the type of order written and his timelinefor rehearsals.

Orders Development

Based on the commander’s decision and finalguidance , the s taf f re f ines the COA and

completes the plan and prepares to issue the artil-lery fire plan. The COA statement and graphicsbecome the basis for the concept of artillerysupport and the operations overlay. The conceptof artillery support is the commander’s clearconcise statement of where, when, and how heintends to concentrate combat power to accom-plish the EFATs from the supported units’ firesupport plan. Orders and plans must provide allnecessary information subordinates require forexecution, but without unnecessary constraintsthat would inhibit subordinate initiative. Beforeissuing the order, the commander reviews it toensure it meets his commander’s intent. Seefigure 10-18.

Criteria COA 1 COA 2 COA 3

Intelligence 3 2 1

Force protection 2 1 3

Maneuver 2 1 3

Decisive action 3 2 1

Simplicity 3 2 1

Movement—number and length 2 3 1

Mission/fires—accomplish essential field artillery tasks 3 2 1

Counterfire 1 3 2

C2—retransmission critical 2 3 1

CSS supportability 3 2 1

Other 2 1 3

TOTAL 26 22 18

Figure 10-17. Comparison Matrix.


Initial task organization

Mission statement

Commander’s intent

Concept of artillery support

Tasks

Preparation of order or plan based on:Concept of artillery supportStaff estimates and other planning documents

Orders reconciliation

Orders crosswalk

Commander approves plan

The order or plan

Synchronization matrix

Decision support tools

Updated intelligence and IPB products

Figure 10-18. Orders Development.

10-22 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

The XO coordinates the staff to assist the opera-tions officer in developing the order. The XO willdictate, from guidance of the CO, the format of theorder, set and enforce timelines, and determinewhich enclosures will be published and by whichstaff section. See figure 10-19 for an exampleformat of the artillery fire plan brief.

Preparation of the Order or Plan

Situation

Expands upon higher or supported unit OPORD/fire support appendix situation. Focus on firesupport issues and assets.

Figure 10-19. Example Format of the Artillery Fire Plan Brief.


l Threat forces: Address the number, type, andcapabilities of the threat fire support assets toinclude expected number of air sorties. Describeany ground or air threats to subordinate units.Identify the threat center of gravity or critical vul-nerabilities.

l Friendly forces: Contains the missions ofhigher artillery HQ or supported maneuverunit. Missions of adjacent and supporting arealso included. State the maneuver com-mander’s intent for fires if DS or the higherartillery commander’s intent if GS or GS/R.

l Attachments and Detachments: If any,describe when and how long this is effectiveand for whom.

l Assumptions: List any additional assumptionsnot in higher or supported orders.

Mission

The mission statement is a concise statement ofwhat the artillery is to accomplish. If there areany reinforcing units, include them in the missionstatement.

Execution

l Commander’s Intent: This is where the artil-lery commander briefly describes EFATs, whathe sees as the friendly and threat center of gra-viety, and his desired end state with respect tothe relationship among the force as a whole,the threat, and terrain.

l Concept of artillery support: This is the com-mander’s visualization of artillery support forthe operation, by phase or EFAT, to the desiredend state. It is written in sufficient detail toenable appropriate action by subordinate units inthe absence of more specific instructions. Thisparagraph should tie in the concept of fires withthe supported unit’s scheme of maneuver.

l Organization for combat: This is a clearstatement of organization for combat and tacti-cal missions assigned to subordinate units. “Onorder” and “be prepared to” missions areincluded in this paragraph.

l Tasks to subordinate units: These instruc-tions detail specific tasks assigned to batteries,including specific EFATs. Tasks should beassigned by battery, reinforcing unit or phase.

l Coordinating instructions: As the last para-graph of the “execution’ paragraph, it includesinstructions and details that pertain to two ormore subordinate elements. Some of theseinstructions may be developed into enclosuresto the artillery fire plan. This sub-paragraphmay address the following:

m Target acquisition.m Liaison requirements.m Survey.m Schedules/programs of fire.m Automated fire control.m PIR.m High-payoff target list.m Ammunition restrictions.m Attack guidance matrix.m Antifratricide measures.m NBC defense/MOPP level.m Checkpoints.m Met.m Rehearsal times.

Administration

Times, location, and format of personnel account-ability and strength reports are detailed.

Logistics

This paragraph describes how the artillery unit willlogistically support itself in the accomplishment ofthe mission. Ammunition resupply, maintenanceprocedures, location of field and combat trains,deployment of the unit’s aid station. Procedures torequest logistics support is described.

This subparagraph lists the locations of unit CPs/COCs, location of the commander, and successionof both fire direction responsibility and command.

10-24 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Signal

Includes the updated communications-electronicsoperating instruction, wire plan, special signalinstructions, retransmission locations and priority,and digital subscriber tables. This section will alsodescribe specified uses of pyrotechnics for signal-ling and the challenge and password.

Orders Reconciliation

This internal process used by the staff ensuresthat the basic order and all enclosures arecomplete and in agreement. It identifies discrep-ancies or gaps that the staff must correct. Inparticular, the staff compares the commander’sintent, mission, and CCIRs against the concept ofartillery support and supporting concepts.

Orders Crosswalk

The staff compares the order with the orders ofhigher, adjacent, and supported commanders.This helps achieve unity of effort and ensure thatthe higher commander’s intent is met.

Commander’s Approval of Order or Plan

The final action taken is the approval of the orderby the commander. The actual output of thisprocess is the operations order or plan that will beexecuted. Along with the order is all the support-ing documentation such as overlays, matrices,and enclosures.

Transition

Transition ensures the successful shift fromplanning to execution. It is meant to enhance thesituational awareness of those who will executethe order, maintains the intent of the concept ofartillery support, promotes unity of effort, andgenerates tempo. Transition is a continual processthat requires a free flow of information betweenthe commander, staff, and subordinate elementsby all means available. The basis for the transi-tion is the approved operations order or plan,along with products of continuing staff actionsuch as updated IPB or synchronization matrices.See figure 10-20.

Orders Brief

The transition begins with issuing the order(written, matrix or verbal, depending on timeavailable) to subordinate commanders.

Rehearsals

Confirmation Brief

Routinely performed by subordinate command-ers immediately after receiving any instructions,such as OPORD, fragmentary order, etc. Subordi-nate commanders brief the higher commander ontheir understanding of the commander’s intent,their specific tasks and purpose, and intra-relationship of all units in the plan.


The order or plan Orders brief Subordinate commanders:

Synchronization matrix Rehearsals • Ready to execute

Decision support tools • Prepared for future operations

Updated intelligence and IPB products

Information on future operations

Any outstanding issues

Figure 10-20. Transition.


Back Brief

The back brief is normally conducted throughoutthe planning process. This rehearsal allows thecommander to clarify his intent early in the subor-dinates’ planning process, identify problems in theconcept of artillery support, and understand howsubordinates plan on accomplishing the mission.

Combined Arms Rehearsals

This rehearsal is normally conducted by themaneuver unit’s headquarters after subordinateunits have issued their OPORDs. It ensures thatmaneuver and fire support units are synchro-nized to achieve the mission and intent of thehigher commander.

Support Rehearsals

Separate battlespace functions will conductrehearsals throughout the planning process.Examples of these rehearsals are the communica-tions or fire support rehearsal.

Battle Drill or Standing OperatingProcedure Rehearsal

A battle drill or SOP rehearsal ensures that allparticipants understand a technique or a specificset of procedures.

By issuing the order and conducting rehearsals,the commander can feel a measure of assurancethat his subordinates are ready to execute the planand are prepared for future operations.

SECTION III. ARTILLERY AND THEINTELLIGENCE PREPARATION OF

THE BATTLESPACE PROCESS

General

The artillery S-2 should receive initial IPBproducts from the supported or higher unit’s G-2/S-2. This IPB should expand and focus towardthe mobility and survivability of the artillery unit.IPB i s the process o f unders tand ing thebattlespace, the threat, and options available. Itconsists of an analysis of the terrain, weather,threat doctrine, and threat actions. The purpose isto aid in the early determination of the threat’smost probable course of action.

IPB is a systematic and continuous process ofanalyzing the threat, weather, and terrain. TheIPB process integrates threat doctrine withweather and terrain to determine how the weatherand terrain will influence the threat’s fight. TheIPB process consists of four functions:

l Define the battlespace.l Determine battlespace effects—terrain and

weather.

l Evaluate the threat—threat evaluation.l Determine threat COAs—threat integration.

The MCOO i s an i n -dep th s t udy o f t hebattlespace incorporating terrain and weather.The MCOO graphically depicts the first twocomponents of the IPB process (battlespaceevaluation, terrain and weather analysis) on oneoverlay that can be initiated prior to combat andthen refined once deployed to the AO. Beforebeginning the MCOO, the S-2 must establish thecriteria for the MCOO. The criteria on which theartillery S-2 must focus are those that affect theuse of artillery and fire support, such as—

l Site to crest.l Intervening crests.l Howitzer cant.l Range to target.l Soil composition.l Intervisibility lines.l Mobility corridors.l Avenues of approach.

10-26 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Pre-Battle Preparation

The S-2 must focus on studying the doctrine of thelikely threats his unit will face in battle, then build-ing order of battle (OOB) databases on those units.The S-2 has many resources available to build histhreat data base and obtain an understanding ofhow the threat fights. The artillery S-2’s OOBstudies must focus on threat maneuver forcedoctrine; threat artillery doctrine and capabilities;and threat air defense artillery doctrine.

Threat Maneuver Force Doctrine

l Numbers of vehicles and weapons by type(light versus heavy).

l Formations used.l Movement rates: day, night, security zone,

MBA, prebattle, battle, etc.

Threat Artillery Doctrine and Capabilities

l Weapon types.l Number of tubes per battalion.l Capabilities of each system: ammunition mix,

ranges, rates of fire.l Dispositions: deployment distances between

firing units in relation to maneuver missions ofeach echelon, location and amount of any spe-cific artillery groupings.

l Counterfire capability and response time.l EW threat to friendly counterfire radars: detec-

tion capability, jamming capability. l Types of fire by maneuver phase: What type of

indirect fires will the threat conduct duringeach maneuver phase of the battle.

Threat Air Defense Artillery Doctrine

l Numbers by echelon.l Disposition: deployment on the battlefield.l Capabilities.l Air phases of support.

These are the minimum information require-ments. The S-2 must continuously researchpotential threat forces to build, maintain, andrefine threat OOB database.

Terrain

From the artillery perspective, the S-2 identifiesseverely restricted, restricted, and unrestrictedterrain. He marks severely restricted terrain on anoverlay with crosshatch marks and restrictedterrain with single-hatch marks. Artillery unitsmust identify terrain that affects firing as well asmobility. Severely restricted terrain for artillerycauses extreme difficulty for weapon emplace-ment and firing. Restricted terrain hindersemplacement and firing to a lesser degree andprobably requires a detailed reconnaissance effortto locate suitable positions. During the ordersbrief, the S-2 addresses possible problem areas ifartillery must occupy questionable PAs. To deter-mine severe ly res t r ic ted , res t r ic ted , andunrestricted areas, the artillery S-2 analyzes thefollowing factors.

Elevations

Identify the elevations in the battlespace thatmay cause problems for firing units. The firedirection officer can assist the S-2 in determin-ing these problem areas. The S-2 must discusswith the FDO, given positioning of firing unitsin relation to terrain, what elevations will causesite-to-crest, intervening crest, and verticalinterval problems. PAs that will reduce XO’sminimum quadrant evaluation problems shouldbe identified, thus eliminating the need torecompute fire missions for high angle due tosite-to-crest problems.

Slope

Possible slopes in the battlespace that may causecant problems for firing units should be identified.


Approximately 5 degrees (90 mils) is themaximum allowable cant for all series howitzersand MLRS launchers. Terrain that causes a cant of90 mils or more is severely restricted for artillery.

The most reliable information on slope is recon-naissance; however, topographical maps are alsoimportant sources. To determine the slope of anarea from a map, divide the contour interval bythe horizontal distance between the contour linesand multiply by 100. The purpose is not for theS-2 to conduct a time-intensive map study todetermine the slope for all possible PAs; rather,the S-2 can use this analysis to identify areaswhere units may encounter cant problems. Onceidentified, these areas are classified as restricteduntil verified by actual ground reconnaissance.With this information, the S-2 can assist the S-3in directing firing batteries to conduct reconnais-sance of areas with possible cant problems.

On the “Source” compact disk is a Terrabaseprogram. This program can be used to studyterrain of an area by simply inputting a grid to apossible PA; it will allow the operator to traverse6400 mils to analyze the terrain.

Soil Composition

Identify areas of possible poor soil compositionthat may cause problems for towed howitzers.For example, very rocky, sandy or boggy areasmay cause mobility, emplacement or displace-ment problems. There is often information aboutsoils (or evidence to their characteristics) onmaps and in reports concerning climate andgeography. For instance, orchards are usuallyplanted in well-drained, sandy soils; agriculturalfields in low areas become wet and boggy duringperiods of rain.

As with slope determination, ground reconnais-sance is the best and only method to verify theactual suitability of areas to support howitzers.

However, the S-2 can assist the S-3 by identifyingareas with soil composition that may requirereconnaissance prior to occupation. Once theseareas are identified, they are classified as restricteduntil verified by actual ground reconnaissance.

Mobility Problems

Areas that will cause mobility problems for artil-lery and channelize threat movements should behighlighted. The higher maneuver headquarters’IPB product will probably already have identi-fied most of the terrain that is severely restrictedand restricted for mobility. See figure 10-21 onpage 10-28.

Intervisibility Lines

On the same overlay, areas that deny visibilitybetween opposing forces are graphically depictedby drawing intervisibility lines where the terraindictates. An intervisibility line is an area on thebattlefield beyond which opposing forces cannotobserve. Examples are ridge lines, wadi systems,fingers or forested areas. Intervisibility lines willbecome particularly important in identifying PAsthat are hidden from threat avenues of approach.Aerial and satellite imagery, if available, areuseful to the S-2 in further analyzing the terrain.See figure 10-22 on page 10-28.

Avenues of Approach

Using standard symbols graphically depicts theground and air avenues of approach on theMCOO. During construction of these avenues ofapproach, the artillery S-2 refines the higherheadquarters’ IPB products to depict regimentand battalion sized avenues of approach that canaffect artillery movement and positioning plans.

10-28 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Figure 10-21. Modified Combined Obstacle Overlay with Restrictedand Severely Restricted Terrain Marked.

Figure 10-22. Modified Combined Obstacle Overlaywith Intervisibility Lines Identified.


The S-2 begins by depicting all threat mobilitycorridors of platoon size and above that can affectthe artillery’s AO. The S-2 focuses his effortdown to threat platoon level because of thedanger a threat platoon poses to artillery units.One tank passing through or near an artillery PAcan easily destroy a firing battery. If the MCOObecomes too busy and unreadable because of toomany platoon-sized mobility corridors, then goone level higher. Lastly, the mobility corridorsare combined into their appropriate battalion andregiment avenues of approach. During thisprocess, the S-2 must depict the avenues ofapproach through the artillery’s battlespace.

During COA development, the S-3 selects possi-ble PAs away from the threat mobility corridorsand avenues of approach. If the situation dictatesthat the S-3 must position some units on thesethreat air or ground avenues of approach, then theS-2 must ensure he briefs the affected battery

commanders on the threat they may face. Thisprovides the battery commander with criticalinformation he uses during his own planning. Seefigure 10-23.

Key and Decisive Terrain

On the same MCOO overlay, key terrain ismarked with a “K” in a circle. Exactly whatconstitutes key terrain is situationally-dependent.During COA development, the S-3 will avoidpositioning batteries in these areas because this iswhere the close in fight will likely take place.

Position Areas

The S-2 evaluates the battlespace and templates allpossible battery-size PAs given the considerations

Figure 10-23. Modified Combined Obstacle Overlay Depicting Mobility Corridors, Avenues of Approach, Key Terrain, and Possible Position Areas.

10-30 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

identified in the preceding paragraphs. All PAs aretemplated for use during current and future opera-tions. The S-2 can then provide a product to the S-3that can greatly assist him in choosing appropriatebattery PAs during COA development. This workswell during operations when the staff has limitedplanning time.

This process helps to avoid the S-3 conducting hislimited terrain analysis and drawing battery “gooseeggs” on the operations overlay without referenceto the elements the S-2 considers. Without aprocess such as this, S-3s tend to choose PAsbased only on considerations of range and threatavenues of approach.

The Modified Combined Obstacle Overlay and Course of Action Development

The S-2’s MCOO allows the S-3 to quickly focuson the best terrain for battery positions. The S-2must ensure the MCOO is readily available to theS-3 so he can begin COA development throughanalyzing the MCOO.

The process of choosing battery PAs begins withthe S-3 hanging the MCOO on the operationsmap and placing the operations overlay over it.Then, based on the maneuver FSC’s guidance,the S-3 determines critical targets, by phase.Based on available ammunition, the S-3 and FDOdetermine the predominant gun-target planningrange under standard conditions. This informa-tion, passed through the FSC, also provides themaneuver commander with an accurate planningrange for his direct support artillery.

Once a correct planning range is determined, theS-3 draws a range fan starting from the criticaltarget area backwards to the proposed PAs. AllPAs on the MCOO that are inside this range fanare identified as optimal PAs for engaging thetarget area. Any PAs outside of the range fan areconsidered less than optimal. During thisprocess, the FDO refines the planning ranges forexisting conditions, in particular addressing

issues of powder temperatures, gun above orbelow target , met, and average MVVs (ifknown). See figure 10-24.

Once the S-3 identifies the optimal PAs for eachtarget area, by phase, he copies them onto theoperations overlay, and gives the MCOO back tothe S-2. If the S-3 must use some of the less-than-optimal PAs, he does so understanding theconstraints of those PAs. The FDO looks at eachPA and identifies any technical fire deliveryissues (site-to-crest, intervening crests, traverselimits, etc.) that must be resolved. When any ofthese issues are identified, the FDO shoots dryfire missions in the computer using data from thePA to determine if the concerns are valid. If theS-3 directs occupation of any of these PAs, thebattalion FDO specifically addresses theseconcerns with the battery FDO.

Situation Templating

The artillery S-2 will normally receive a SITEMPfrom the supported infantry unit. This SITEMP,however, does not address the concerns of theartillery and must be refined to focus on firesupport issues. At a minimum, the artillery S-2must develop two SITEMPs: the most probablethreat COA, and the most dangerous threat COA.

Threat Artillery

Threat artillery locations are graphically depicteddown to battery level, which will affect artillery.This is performed by analyzing the artillery rangecapabilities of the threat artillery battalions anddetermining the approximate location of eachbattalion given its doctrinal mission. Once the S-2determines the approximate location of eachbattalion, he situationally templates each batterylocation given the constraints of terrain and oppos-ing forces. Once the S-2 has templated the battal-ion locations, he then templates the artillery rangefans for each weapon system; e.g., 2S1, 2S-3, 2S5or BM21.


Threat Maneuver Forces

Formations of threat maneuver forces are graphi-cally depicted at each point where the artillerywill mass or fire special munitions missions. Thisis particularly important for the artillery staffbecause the FSC must understand the type oft a r g e t t h a t b e s t s u p p o r t s t h e m a n e u v e rcommander’s fire support guidance; e.g., group,series or linear target. The FSC must also advisethe maneuver commander on the engagementcriteria to use against each formation, disposition,and purpose (neutralization, suppression ordestruction). An accurate SITEMP assists inmaking these critical decisions.

Threat Avenues of Approach and Objectives

The threat’s avenues of approach and objectivesare graphically depicted. The S-2 predicts theavenues of approach the threat will use based oninformation from the formations he templated foreach phase of battle. Threat objectives arepredicted from the S-2’s knowledge of threat

doctrine. This is important when continuing COAdevelopment so the S-3 does not position batter-ies on avenues of approach and objectives.

Threat Chemical Strikes

The artillery NBC defense officer becomesinvolved in templating the threat’s possible persis-tent and nonpersistent strikes, and can advise onburst radius and downwind hazard effects. The S-3must avoid positioning batteries in likely chemicalstrike and downwind hazard areas.

Rear Area Threats

The rear area insertion sites that the threatairborne/air assault units may infiltrate aretemplated. If possible, NAIs are nominated onthese sites for artillery to watch. Since it may bedifficult to avoid these areas, covering them withreconnaissance and surveillance (R&S) may bethe best available option. This will impact on theexecution and support of rear area operations.

Figure 10-24. Overlay Depicting Critical Targets and Range Fans.

10-32 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Integrating the Situation Template into Course of Action Development and Wargaming

When the SITEMP is completed, the S-3 overlaysit on the operations map and deconflicts position-ing of firing units. The S-3 ensures that PAs arenot on avenues of approach, regiment objectives ortemplated chemical strikes. Because it is verydifficult to position out of range of the threat’sartillery, the S-3 considers positioning units inareas that will cause artillery delivery problems forthe threat; e.g., site-to-crest, intervening crest, andtraverse limit problems. This should force thethreat to execute high angle missions, which facili-tates friendly target acquisition capabilities or toreposition. As the staff conducts this process, PAsthat do not meet the above criteria are eliminated.With the remaining PAs, the S-3 can developvarious COAs to support the commander. The staffwargames each COA against each threat SITEMPto determine the best COA.

Event Templating

The event template graphically depicts the eventsand timing of the upcoming battle. If artilleryattempts to fight the battle without an eventtemplate it risks being forced to execute moreevents than are possible and thus may fail toaccomplish the commander’s guidance for firesupport. The infantry regiment S-2 will normallyprovide the artillery battalion with the regiment’sevent templating that focuses on the regiment/division fight. The artillery battalion S-2 mustrefine this product to focus on fire support issues.The primary concern is the difference in the timeincrements used. The regiment generally fights interms of tens of minutes and hours and thereforeuses timelines in these increments. The artillerybattalion’s fight is executed in terms of minutesand seconds and, therefore, requires a timelineexpressed accordingly.

Regiment Named Areas of Interestand Target Area of Interest

All of the infantry regiment and battalion NAIs arecopied onto the artillery battalion event template.Artillery LNOs at the infantry battalions mustensure they relay their maneuver battalion’s NAIsto the artillery S-2. The artillery battalion receivesthreat location information from maneuverelements reporting on these NAIs. The artillerybattalion can then incorporate these NAIs totrigger artillery battalion events.

The S-2 draws artillery battalion NAIs identifiedwhile developing the SITEMP. These NAIs aredeveloped to attempt to confirm or deny possiblethreat COAs and are executed as part of the artil-lery battalion’s R&S plan. An artillery battal-ion’s R&S plan consists of artillery battalionNAIs that firing units, survey teams, CSSEs, etc.,will watch during the execution of their primarymission. The focus of these NAIs is to preventthe artillery battalion from being surprised bythreat actions such as a rear area airborne inser-tion, guerilla activity or unexpected attacks alongflanks or avenues of approach.

Time Phase Lines

The S-2 develops TPLs that clearly depict thepace of the fire support battle through all phasesof the fight. The artillery’s success or failure isdetermined in terms of minutes and seconds sothe S-2 must use TPLs in these terms. Timeincrements of minutes and seconds works best;e.g., 1:10,1:20,1:30.

There are two types of TPLs: friendly offensiveoperations (blue lines) and threat offensive opera-tions (red lines). Thus, if friendly units areconducting a defense, the S-2 uses red TPLs totime the threat offense. If friendly forces plan acounterattack, the S-2 uses blue TPLs to time this.


The S-2 de te rmines the th rea t doc t r ina lmovement ra tes us ing input f rom higherheadquarter’s intelligence estimates, and from thehome station database he has built and refined.These doctrinal rates are now further refinedbased on METT-T.

For friendly defensive operations, the first TPL isdrawn at the threat’s assembly area or wherefriendly assets will first detect threat movement.Drawing TPLs throughout the AO continuesusing selected time increments. A TPL is placedat every location where the threat’s movementrate is significantly altered; e.g., entering andexiting a minefield.

For friendly offensive operations, the S-2 devel-ops TPLs for friendly attacking forces and threatcounterat tack forces in the same mannerdescribed. Friendly movement rates are obtainedfrom the OPORD, unit SOPs, and the infantrybattalion FSCs/artillery LNOs.

The artillery battalion uses these TPLs to under-stand the timing of the battle as it is occurring. Thisis particularly important when developing triggers/DPs for unit movements, releasing reconnaissanceassets, and conducting CSS operations. The TPLswill help identify lulls in the battle and times whenthe artillery battalion can plan on not needing allfiring units available. Performed correctly, it willbecome very clear when the best time is to movebatteries and/or conduct other operations.

The S-2’s can get a good basis for analysis frommaneuver rehearsals as they cover the executionof the battle by phase. The artillery S-2 shouldtalk with the maneuver S-2 and agree on the ratesof march by phase so all fire supporters arebasing triggers on the same TPLs. This requiresthe artillery battalion S-2 to attend or be repre-sented at these rehearsals.

Radar Zones

The S-2 incorporates proposed radar zones ontothe event template. The FSC and the artillery

staff will both generate proposed events andareas that require coverage by specific radarzones. Based on the capability of the attachedradar or the number of zones allocated, the artil-lery battalion staff finalizes the number, type,location, queuing assets, and/or time for allapproved radar zones.

The TPLs on the event template will assist the S-2in determining a proactive queuing schedule tocover critical events such as friendly breachingoperations or when the threat is conducting aparticular phase of its artillery fire plan. The TPLswill also assist in determining triggers to imple-ment or cancel planned radar zones.

Whether or not the artillery battalion has radarattached, radar zones should be shown on the eventtemplate. If the artillery battalion has a radarattached, the S-2 will complete a radar deploymentorder using the zones from the event template. If theartillery battalion does not have a radar attached, theS-2 will nominate the zones on his event template tothe artillery regiment for coverage.

Decision Support Template

The DST relates the details of the event templateto DPs that are of significance to artillery. It doesnot dictate decisions to the S-3, but rather identi-fies critical events and threat activities relative totime and location that may require tacticaldecisions. The DST provides a structured basis forusing experience and judgment to reduce battle-field uncertainties. The following should occur:

l Overlay the event template on the operationsgraphic to depict TPLs on the battlefield. The S-3 then lists the critical fire support tasks for thebattalion. These may be battalion mass mis-sions, special munitions missions, unit move-ments, reconnaissance, survey operations, etc.

l Wargame each critical fire support task, inorder, with the S-2 talking timing of the battlefrom his TPLs, the S-3 talking critical firesupport tasks, and the FDO talking honestmission execution times.

10-34 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

One of the best uses of the DST for artillery is toensure that the artillery can execute the infantryfire plans. To wargame the fire plans, the S-2discusses the threat’s COA and its rate of march,while the S-3 discusses the type of target, wherethe artillery is to impact (front, center, or rear offormation) and the number of rounds and volleysrequired. The FDO then states whether or not theartillery is laid on the target, who will fire themission, shift time required, time of flight, andtotal time to execute the mission. It is critical thatthese are honest times based on the unit’s currentpersonnel and equipment status, and level oftraining. With this information, the target area intime is backed off using the TPLs, and a DP(star) is placed on the operations graphic. Thisstar represents the point where artillery canachieve its greatest effects on the threat.

The DPs established by artillery in the forwardbattle area usually do not have artillery assets towatch them. These DPs should correspond to atrigger point of an infantry battalion or regimentalobserver. The S-3 uses these DPs as he tracks thebattle to help him make critical decisions. As theS-2 identifies threat forces at or near the DPs, theS-3/FDO is alerted and expects a call for fire forthe target tied to the DP. This is how the S-3 antic-

ipates the battle to ensure artillery is prepared tofire all required missions. In addition, if the artil-lery LNOs at the infantry regiments and battalionshave an understanding of the mission executiontimes the artillery battalion is capable of, and theyare coordinating their fire plans between headquar-ters, then the artillery battalion DST will merelyverify that the fire plans are executable.

Another use of the artillery DST is to determineDPs for other critical fire support events such asbattery movements, special munitions missions,radar queuing times, CSS operations, etc. In thesame manner as described above, the S-3 and thestaff wargame the battle determining where toplace DPs which will trigger critical events. Forexample, the S-3 could establish a DP to que theradar to observe a breaching operation when thelead elements of the breach force report theirlocation at a certain point.

Once completed, each DP is graphically depictedon the operations overlay. This will assist infocusing the S-3 on critical events during thebattle. Time permitting, the staff may develop anexecution matrix that addresses tasks each unitmust execute. See figure 10-25. Figure 10-26 onpage 10-36 shows fire planning using the MCPP.


H - 0:30 H Hour H + 0:30 H + 0:45 H + 1:00 H + 1:20

Threat Situation

Lead mechanized rifle battalions enter passes

Mechanized rifle battalions in column exit passes at obstacle

Mechanized rifle battalions in pre-battle formation

Lead mechanized rifle battalions in battle formation; trail mechanized rifle battalion enters passes

Lead mechanized rifle battalions in CO’s online; trail mechanized rifle battalion exits passes

Mechanized rifle battalions in engagement areas; platoons online

NAI/DP NAI/DP 1 DP 2 DP 3 NAI 3 DPs 4-5 NAI 3

Maneuver Battle position set

Reconnaissance complete; CAS on station

Tows engage Engage each viper and snake

A Btry Laid on AB0001 Firing AB0001 Shift/laid on AB0003 Firing AB0003 Laid on AB0004 or AB0005

Shift to AB0003 preparation to march order

B Btry Laid on AB0001 Firing AB0001 Shift/laid on AB0003 Firing AB0003 Laid on AB0004 or AB0005


C Btry Laid on AB00012 guns Copperhead AB0006

Firing AB0001,2 guns Copperhead/verify priority of fires

Shift/laid on AB0003 Firing AB0003 Laid on AB0004 or AB0005


COC Retransmission operational

Jump COC moves

Trains Jump aid station forward

Combat trains move to alternate position

Figure 10-25. Decision Support Template and Execution Matrix.

10-36 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Artillery Operations___________________________________________________________________________________________ 10-37

Page number

CLASSIFICATION

SECTION IV. SAMPLE ARTILLERYFIRE PLAN

CLASSIFICATION

Copy no. _ of _copiesISSUING HEADQUARTERSPLACE OF ISSUEDate/time group

TAB B (Artillery Fire Plan) to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) to ANNEX C(Operations) to Operation Order (Number) (U)

(U) REFERENCE:

(U) TIME ZONE:

1. (U) Situation

Provide appropriate details of the general situation with a focus on artillery support.

2. (U) Mission

Example–Attack in Zone: 1/10 (DS) and 5/10 (R) provide close fires in support of the 2d Marines attack in zone not later than 100400NOV00 to destroy the threat forces in order to reestablish the FLOT along PL Blue.

Example–Movement to Contact: 1/10 (DS) and 5/10 (R) provide close fires in support of the 2d Marines movement to contact in zone not later than 100400NOV00 to destroy the 49th Tank Brigade’s stay behind forces. On order, 2d Marines will establish crossing sites for the passage of 8th Marines along PL Red.

3. (U) Execution

a. (U) Commander’s Intent (artillery battalion commander)

b. (U) Concept of Artillery Support. This is a detailed statement of the artillery commander’s vision of artillery support. It details what the artillery is going to do to support maneuver elements and meet the maneuver commander’s intent.

10-38 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

c. (U) Organization for Combat. Details the organization and tactical missions by phase (include organic and reinforcing artillery and anticipated O/O missions).

d. (U) Tasks to Subordinate Units. Include tasks by unit by phase and include EFAT tasked to specific batteries.

e. (U) Coordinating Instructions. Includes instructions and details for coordination for two or more subordinate elements. These instructions may be included as enclosures to the order. If enclosures are used, then include only those items of generic interest. The following is a list of coordinating instructions that should be addressed:

l Target acquisition.l Survey/met.l Automated fire control (AFATDS/IFSAS/ BCS).l High-payoff target list.l Attack guidance matrix.l NBC defense.l Liaison requirements.l PIRs.l Ammunition restrictions.l FSCMs.l Rehearsals.

4. (U) Administration and Logistics

Refer to Annex D (Logistics), Annex P (Combat Service Support), and/or administrative/logistic orders. Identify ammunition availability, allocations, and ammunition management measures.


Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

5. (U) Command and Signal

Identify command relationships as required, signal information, and command post information; e.g., location of artillery headquarters afloat and initial positions ashore.

a. (U) Command Relationships. As required.

b. (U) Signal

c. (U) Command Posts

ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT

/s/

ENCLOSURES:

1 Artillery Target List2 Artillery Synchronization Matrix3 Artillery Target Overlay4 Schedule of Fire5 Observation/Target Acquisition Plan6 Survey/Met Plan

10-40 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATIONE

NC

LO

SUR

E 1

(Art

iller

y T

arge

t Lis

t) to

TA

B B

(Art

iller

y Fi

re P

lan)

to A

PPE

ND

IX 1

9 (F

ire

Supp

ort)

to A

NN

EX

C

(Ope

ratio

ns) t

o O

pera

tion

Ord

er (N

umbe

r) (U

)

1st M

ar, 1

st M

AR

DIV

Tar

get

Lis

t W

ork

shee

tO

PO

RD

___

____

__

For

use

of th

is fo

rm s

ee F

M 6

-20-

40; P

ropo

nent

age

ncy

is T

RA

DO

C

0706

20Z

FE

B00

SHEE

T___

_ of

___

_

Line

No

Targ

etNo a

Desc

riptio

n

b

Loca

tion

c

Altit

ude

d

Attit

ude

e

Size

Sour

ce/

Accu

racy

h

Rem

arks

iLe

ngth f

Wid

th g

1AC

0001

120

mm

M

orta

r Plt

4993

77

2AC

0002

Rifle

Com

pany

5163

25DP

ICM

3AC

0003

Rifle

Pla

toon

5542

96

4AC

0004

O

P57

0281

VT 5

0%,

WP

50%

5AC

0005

MG

Pos

ition

5662

60

6AC

0006

Trai

l In

ters

ectio

n57

2247

CP 1

1

7AC

0007

Com

m S

ite48

9254

Radi

us40

0

8AC

0008

Road

In

ters

ectio

n49

3250

2400

400

9AC

0009

AOA

5122

45

10AC

0010

Trai

l In

ters

ectio

n52

5231

CP 2

8

DATU

M: W

GS-

84


Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

ENCLOSURE 2 (Artillery Synchronization Matrix) to TAB B (Artillery Fire Plan) to APPENDIX 19(Fire Support) to ANNEX C (Operations) to Operation Order (Number) (U)

Phase I Phase 2 Phase 3 Phase 4Phases LD to Obj Penny Obj Nickel Obj Dime Obj QuarterThreat Cntr-Btry threat-Med Cntr-Btry threat-Med Cntr-Btry threat-High

MVR

1/7 (SE) Rte April to clear Obj Sixpence

Mvmt to Contact along Rte April to PL Quiver

Atk to seize Obj Ring Defend Obj Ring

2/7 (ME) Mvmt to Contact Rte Julie to clear Obj Penny

Along Rte Julie, Atk to seize Obj Nickel

1st LAR Fwd Pass. of lines. Helo Co to SBF 1 Become Regt reserve

FSCMs CFL PL Quiver % PL Archer PL DiamondFSCL PL Ruby

Event Trigger Event Trigger Event Trigger Event Trigger

Btry 1

Move 1. PA 9 AoF 1. N/A1600 2. %2. PA 32AoF 100

2. R3P vic CP 2. EOM56 AD2003

1. PA 33 AoF 1. R3Pcomplete

EssentialTask

1. Mass Bn 1. 1/7 at(AID): PLBtry 2 - AD Orange2001

1. Fire Smoke 1. 2/7- AD 2003 clears

ObjDime

1. Mass Bn 1. En.(A3D): Btry Crosses2 - AD 2007 PL

Arrow

Btry K

Move 1. PA 10 1. N/AAoF 1600

3. PA 28 AoF 3. EOM1500 AD0014

EssentialTask

1. Mass Bn 1. 1/7 at(AID): PLBtry 3 - AD Orange2002

1. Fire CPHD 1. A/1/7AD0003,2 acquiresRds 2. 1/72. Fire Smk crosses20 min - PLAD0014 Quiver

1. Mass Bn 1. En. (A3D): Btry crosses2 - AD 2007 PL

Arrow

COC Move to PA 32 when KFIRECAP

Survey Pri: L, K Pri to A/1/7/ OP, Vic435427, K, L

Pri: K, L

Radar N/AField Trains/LOC AA Red/PA 1 Move to PA 37 when Bn

clear PL BowAmmo/POL R3): Btry 1

Class I, V, IX vic CP 56R3P: Btry KClass I, V, IX vic CP 56

BAS Colocated with FieldTrains/LOC

10-42 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

ENCLOSURE 3 (Artillery Target Overlay) to TAB B (Artillery Fire Plan) to APPENDIX 19 (FireSupport) to ANNEX C (Operations) to Operation Order (Number) (U)

(U) REFERENCE: Map

The overlay contains artillery targets, FSCMs, and unit boundaries.


Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

ENCLOSURE 4 (Schedule of Fire) to TAB B (Artillery Fire Plan) to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) toANNEX C (Operations) to Operation Order (Number) (U)

10-44 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

ENCLOSURE 5 (Observation/Target Acquisition) to TAB B (Artillery FirePlan) to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) to ANNEX C (Operations) to OperationOrder (Number) (U)

(U) REFERENCE: Map

(U) TIME ZONE:

1. (U) Situation

This paragraph should include the friendly situation, supported units, and other target acquisition assets in sector. Include specific threat and friendly assessments that form a basis for threat assessments required on the radar deployment order.

2. (U) Mission

This paragraph should be a clear, concise statement of the target acquisition mission.

3. (U) Execution

This paragraph contains the subparagraphs described below.

a. (U) Concept of Operation. This subparagraph gives the commander’s concept for target acquisition. This should include identification of designated cueing agents and general cueing guidance. This guidance may include general instructions for offensive and defensive phases of the operation. Specific cueing guidance is listed in the coordination subparagraph.

b. (U) Processing. This subparagraph is used to denote target processing flow. This targeting information flow describes the relationship between the unit that acquires the target and the headquarters controlling the radar. This subparagraph does not represent the actual communications nets used but shows the destination flow of targeting information. This subparagraph should list all field artillery target acquisition assets and headquarters controlling them. The following are examples of the types of information that may be included in the processing subparagraph—

(1) (U) AN/TPQ-46A section reports targets to the supported artillery battalion COC.

(2) (U) AN/TPQ-37 section reports targets to the division or MEF targeting cell.


Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

(3) (U) Aerial fire support observer reports targets to the controlling headquarters COC.

(4) (U) DS battalions report targeting data to the regiment COC.

(5) (U) Any violations of CFZ or CFFZs will be sent directly from the radar to the associated artillery battalion.

c. (U) Visual Observation. This subparagraph includes ground and air observation. Ground observation is covered in Enclosure 1 to the target acquisition tab, which is the consolidated visibility diagram. Air observation should include UAV assets attached or in support of the operation.

d. (U) Radar. This subparagraph deals with the missions and C2 relationships assigned to the fire finder radars. Radars may be attached to artillery battalion headquarters or higher artillery headquarters. The attached radar assumes the mission of the supported unit; e.g., DS or GS.

(1) (U) An example mission for an AN/TPQ-46A Team might be as follows:

(U) AN/TPQ-46A Team 1, HQ Btry 10th Mar; Mission: Attached to 1st Bn 10th Mar. (DS). (See radar deployment order, Exhibit 3.)

a. (U) Coordination. This subparagraph covers information that is not addressed in the unit SOP. As a minimum, it should contain the following:

(1) (U) The requirement for the supported DS battalion to report its radar locations and sectors of search to the regiment TPC.

(2) (U) Cueing guidance assigned.

(3) (U) Common sensor boundary. Fire finder radars sharing or having overlapping search sectors need to be identified. Consideration must then be given to establishing a CSB. A CSB is indicated by a series of grid coordinates to define its location.

(4) (U) Coordination for communications nets and relays, if required.

(5) (U) Additional coordination for met, survey and security, if required.

4. (U) Service Support. This paragraph lists additional service support requirements as required. It may refer to the service support annex.

10-46 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

5. (U) Command and Signal. This paragraph lists required information as necessary. It may refer to the fire support appendix.

EXHIBITS:

1. Consolidated Visibility Diagram2. Consolidated Capabilities Overlay3. Radar Deployment Order


Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

EXHIBIT 1 (Visibility Diagram) to ENCLOSURE 5 (Observation/TargetAcquisition) To Tab B (Artillery Fire Plan) to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) toANNEX C (Operations) to Operation Order (Number) (U)

Information Included: Map Radar GridSeries Primary AzCreated by Left AzUnit Right AzDTG Alt AzWeather Left Limit

Right Limit

Fire Finder Position Analysis System (FFPAS) located with the radar officer willproduce a visibility diagram and is recommended.

10-48 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

EXHIBIT 2 (Capabilities Overlay) to ENCLOSURE 5 (Observation/TargetAcquisition) To Tab B (Artillery Fire Plan) to APPENDIX 19 (FireSupport) to ANNEX C (Operations) to Operation Order (Number) (U)


Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

EXHIBIT 3 (Radar Deployment Order) to ENCLOSURE 5 (Observation/Target Acquisition) To Tab B(Artillery Fire Plan) to APPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) to ANNEX C (Operations) to Operation Order(Number) (U)

RADAR DEPLOYMENT ORDERFor use of this form, see FM 6-121. The proponent agency is TRADOC.

SECTION MISSION

MISSION PRIMARY ALTERNATE

SEARCH SECTOR

Left Edge Right Edge Min Range Max Range

Primary Azimuth Mils Mils Meters Meters

Alternate Azimuth Mils Mils Meters Meters

EW THREAT ASSESMENT

EW Threat (Yes or No) Affecting Friendly Assets (Yes or No) Type of Threat (Air or Ground)

Note: Use the Fire Finder survivability flowchart in FM 6-121 to determine emission limits.

CUEING AGENTS (CALL SIGN AND DESIGNATION) IN PRIORITY

REPORTING CHANNELS

ZONE DATA

Type and Number

Description and/or

Command Priority Grid Coordinates of Zone Corner Points

DA Form 5957-R, Sep 1990

10-50 _________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

ENCLOSURE 6 (Survey/Met Plan) to TAB B (Artillery Fire Plan) toAPPENDIX 19 (Fire Support) to ANNEX C (Operations) to Operation Order(Number) (U)

This enclosure provides information on survey and meteorology operations.Requirements and methods of dissemination are addressed. Supportrequirements to other units/agencies; e.g., radar beacon teams, are identified.

(U) REFERENCE:

(U) TIME ZONE:

1. (U) Situation. This paragraph consists of the units who will have an affect on the survey plan.

l Threat. Intelligence and information on the threat that may affect survey operations (routes, weapons, etc.)

l Friendly. The friendly (higher, lower, and adjacent units) situation as it affects survey and met operations.

l Attachments and detachments. Units who can provide support to survey operations (security, maintenance, other survey teams).

2. (U) Mission. This is a clear, concise statement of the task to be performed by the survey and met section. It should answer who, what, where, when, why.

3. (U) Execution. This paragraph consists of several subparagraphs that answer the how.

l Concept of operations. This subparagraph describes the survey and meteorological methods to be used.

l Specific instruction to each party. These subparagraphs contain specific instructions each team requires to accomplish its portion of the mission.This information includes survey control to be used by the teams, general locations (six-digit grids) for required control, frequency and location of met reports, and information that deviates from SOPs. These instruction should be in concert with the EFATs.

l Coordinating instructions. Information required by two or more parties.

Artillery Operations _________________________________________________________________________________________ 10-51

Page number

CLASSIFICATION

CLASSIFICATION

4. (U) Administration and Logistics. This paragraph contains the necessary information to ensure CSS is adequate for the mission. Information on reporting, classes of supply, handling of prisoners, and location of the aid station will be addressed.

5. (U) Command and Signal. Addresses the location of the survey officer/chief, frequencies, call signs, casualty evacuation procedures, and communications between survey/met teams.

CHAPTER 11SPECIAL OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTS

Terrain, weather, the nature of an operation or a combination can create a need for special techniques,tactics, training, and equipment. Special operational environments are cold weather, mountain, desert,jungle, riverine, river crossing, expeditionary, helicopterborne, urban, artillery raid, and fire base.

Cold WeatherORGANIZATION FOR COMBAT MOVEMENT/POSITIONING DELIVERY OF FIRE SECURITY C3

Because unit density is usually low, attachment of artillery may be required.

Movement of wheeled vehicles restricted and slow. Artillery is nearly road bound.

Chains required for prime movers. Consider using wreckers.

Heavy vehicles move with difficulty in deep snow or muskeg.

A large battlefield requires movement. Navigation is difficult.

Air movement affected by ice/ fog. Movement by helicopter makes large signature. CSS to artillery positions by helicopter may be difficult.

Positions selected for tactical utility, protection from the elements, and ease of CSS. Firing positions may be on or near roads, in farm yards, etc. Positions will often have limited space. Old positions can be used as supplementary positions or for ammunition storage.

Two methods of snow clearing positions are racetrack and driveway methods.

Positions require increased time for preparation. Dunnage may be required.

Ahkios (man-portable sleds) can move equipment and ammunition in position.

Ammunition effects are reduced by snow, increased by ice. HE/Q and ICM ineffective in deep snow. HE/Q can start avalanches. MTSQ fuzes are effective. Chemical agents are adversely affected. WP parti-cles may become buried in snow and cause hazard to friendly troops.

Cold affects weapons. Rates of fire are reduced until weapons have warmed. Ammunition preparation is slow. Range correction factor of ± 100m per 1,000m is uncommon.

Survey is difficult. Survey control points and markers become obscured. Survey parties need equipment for over-the-snow travel.

Radar operations are hampered by extreme cold.

Firing platform stability is a problem in deep snow.

Ensure positions are away from possible avalanche-prone areas.

FASCAM may settle in deep snow and reduce effectiveness.

Projectile plugs should be left in place or fuzes immediately mated with projectiles to prevent condensation, ice or snow in the fuze well.

Hardening of positions is difficult. Construction of barriers, parapets, etc., on frozen ground may require explosives.

Engineers may be attachedto artillery for snow clearing, hardening of positions, and fortifications.

Track plans must be strictly enforced to prevent compromise of position by tracks in snow.

DS and attached artillery may be located adjacent to or within perimeter of infantry.

Concentrations of shelters make unit vulnerable to attack.

Camouflage discipline must be strictly enforced.

Communications primarily by radio. Wire use restricted to existing trails and roads. Wire may be laid by air-craft. Wire must be kept in warm place until laid.

Due to decreased mobility, communications security and electronics security have added importance.

Artillery commander must ensure supported unit aware of limitations of artillery in cold.

11-2 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

MountainORGANIZATION FOR COMBAT MOVEMENT/POSITIONING DELIVERY OF FIRE SECURITY C3

Terrain often requires multiple maneuver columns; attached artillery may be required.

Movement of vehicles slow and restricted to roads and improved trails, which are usually scarce. Winding roads and steep slopes create difficulty for towed weapons.

Self-propelled artillery traction difficult when road is rocky or icy. Can be overcome by grousers (cleats) on the tracks.

Potential for bottlenecks. Artillery needs route precedence.

Helicopter movement may be restricted by altitude limitations.

Positions will usually be scarce and access limited.

Artillery must be prepared to fire from roads.

High altitude lowers load capacity of vehicles.

High angle fire often required because of masks of positions and for defilade fire.

Observed fires and frequent corrections for nonstandard conditions are required. Consider check rounds. Massed fires are less effective because of enemy dispersion. However, chokepoints and passes are ideal targets.

Counterfire is particularly effective due to high angle fire. Positions can be predicted because of few available positions.

Rocky ground enhances lethality of HE; airbursts effective on reverse slopes; ICM, smoke, and illumination fires difficult to adjust and maintain due to winds.

All-around security is critical because of terrain.

Decentralized in the attack; centralized in the defense.

Radio communications often degraded; use of radio relays required.

Antennae must be carefully sited and masked.

Wire laying restricted to roads. Cross-country wire difficult to lay and maintain.

DesertWide dispersion of forces may require attachment of artillery.

Desert battles tend to be centralized.

Wheeled vehicle movement difficult with heavy loads. Roads are normally poor.

Displacements will usually be frequent because of fluidity of battlefield. Units should carry mission-essential loads.

Movements should occur during periods of reduced visibility when possible. Day movement causes dust signature.

Helicopter operations difficult due to dust.

RSOP and survey must be continuous. Often, air reconnaissance is used.

Terrain gun positioning is widely used to take advantage of terrain.

Consider potential changes in weather when selecting positions.

Navigation difficult.

Use caution in operating in wadis, particularly if rainstorms are likely.

HE/Q and delay, ICM, and FASCAM smothered by deep sands. Airbursts, smoke, illumination, and Copperhead are very effective.

Long-range fires and obscuration and screeningfires can be expected.

Rapid changes in weather require frequent changes in corrections for nonstandard conditions.

Radars highly effective.

Most targets will be hardened.

Survey control points are few and far between. Astronomic observation and resection may be required.

Soft sand causes problems in firing of weapons.

Plan for increased consumption rate of ammunition.

Security takes on added importance.

Artillery vulnerability is increased by firing signature and openness of terrain.

Positions must be well-dispersed, hardened, and camouflaged.

Deception should be practiced, but is difficult.

Radio communications generally excellent, but vulnerable to EW and damage by sand, heat, etc.

Wire is easy to install in most areas.

For short ranges, visual and sound signals may be used.

Some areas may have dead spots.


JungleORGANIZATION FOR COMBAT MOVEMENT/POSITIONING DELIVERY OF FIRE SECURITY C3

Communications may necessitate decentralized control.

Supported units often conduct decentralized or independent operations.

Limited trafficability for wheeled and tracked vehicles on few existing roads. Loads must be kept light.

Air movement essential.

Mutually-supporting positions should be selected when possible.

Positions are usually scarce and may be inaccessible by road. Thus, air resupply will be required.

Positions may have to be cleared.

Positions are normally compact for control and security.

Positions for radars usually limited.

Air reconnaissance and aerial photographs useful.

Positions are often hampered by soft terrain. Engineer support or dunnage may be required.

Distance between march elements are reduced and other security measures intensified because of limited visibility and natural obstacles. Flank security is a continuing requirement.

Thorough RSOP essential.

Firing platforms may be required for stability in swampy areas.

6400-mil firing capability may be required.

Canopy of jungle affects ammunition effectiveness and functioning. HE delay needed to penetrate canopy.

Radars have reduced range and accuracy.

Danger close may be frequent.

High angle fires are common.

Survey control slow and must be established when feasible.

Humidity may degrade range.

Ammunition must be protected from moisture.

Unobserved or predicted fires are often used. Adjustment by sound and the use of creeping fires are common.

HE/Q can be used in low tree canopy or grassland, often producing a splintering effect.

All around security and hardened positions must be established.

Positions in thick vegetation areas increase vulnerability to ground attack.

Integrated security plans are established.

Radio communications are restricted by line of sight, dense vegetation, and adverse weather conditions. Range of radios is usually reduced by as much as 40 percent.

Antennae siting are critical. Field expedient and directional antennae are used. Antennae may have to be elevated to achieve line of sight.

Wire laying restricted to roads. Wire can be laid by helicopter.

RiverineWidely dispersed force may require attached artillery.

Quantity and caliber of artillery may be limited by lack of positions and water transport assets.

Movement primarily by landing craft and helicopter.

Artillery may have to be positioned in hostile area before attack begins.

Tidal conditions and water level may affect movement.

Buoy markers should be placed on howitzers and prime movers to help recovery in event of sinking.

Naval radar aboard escort watercraft can be used for position location.

Batteries must be prepared for direct fire for self-defense.

Fires without observation may be inaccurate because of lack of survey control and valid met data.

If afloat, FDCs are generally semi-permanent on separate landing craft.

Fires can be delivered from the LCM-8 or barges while anchored to the bank.

Additional forces for the security of prepositioned artillery.

Position areas may be small and in insecure areas. Cover and concealment may be limited.

Naval element gunboats and assault support patrol boats provide boat security.

CAS, close-in fire support, and supporting artillery are requested for route security as required.

11-4 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Riverine (Continued)ORGANIZATION FOR COMBAT MOVEMENT/POSITIONING DELIVERY OF FIRE SECURITY C3

Position locations for barge- and boat-mounted artillery should have—

l Steep banks below surface.

l Wide streams to front and rear to reduce danger from ground attack.

l Limited avenues of approach over land.

l Areas that minimize anchorage problems.

River CrossingArtillery is organized for combat consistent with type of crossing to be conducted (hasty or deliberate) and intended mission after crossing. When practical, centralized control is desired.

In the defense, artillery may be attached to security forces deployed across river.

Most artillery will cross the river when continuous fire support can be delivered from the far bank.

DS artillery displaces when first phase objectives are seized and positions are available for artillery.

Some artillery may be airlifted to reduce congestion at the crossing site.

In the assault, final positions are moved into at the last possible moment under cover of darkness. Positions should be well forward and in depth to range beyond the bridgehead line. Positioning should facilitate rapid crossing. RSOP is accomplished by map. There is little flexibility in selecting initial positions.

GS and GS-R units may provide close supporting fires as DS and reinforcing move.

Before, during, and after crossing, artillery may deliver illumination, smoke, and deception fires. Fires can be used to screen noise of crossing.

In the defense, fires may be planned on probable crossing sites, fires to canalize the enemy and stall his attack astride the river, and to support a counterattack. Fires are delivered in depth.

When supporting force crosses river, local security becomes critical.

May be complicated when elements are on both sides of the river.

Expeditionary OperationsBecause artilleryis dispersed among available naval shipping, decentralization is required. As artillery lands, centralization is re-established as dictated by the situation.

Artillery should land and begin operations as soon as conditions permit. Artillery RSOP parties are usually brought ashore in the early stages of the landing, with artillery units landed as on-call serials.

Initial position areas are planned from map reconnaissance, and if possible by air. RSOP parties will be larger in the initial phase of the operation than in other operations.

Survey control must be established ashore.

Tactical and technical fire direction must be decentralized initially to allow for flexibility.

Be prepared for inter-service call for fire.

Artillery may be positioned on offshore islands to support assault.

Survey should be pushed ashore early.

Artillery vulnerable while on the beach. Units must move across the beach as rapidly as possible.

Senior artillery commander is usually an embarkation unit commander.

Communications while afloat and during ship-to-shore depend on ship communications plans. Radio is usually the primary means. Most artillery traffic will be on LF/artillery command/FD and artillery command nets.


Expeditionary Operations (Continued)ORGANIZATION FOR COMBAT MOVEMENT/POSITIONING DELIVERY OF FIRE SECURITY C3

Beach trafficability may be a problem. Matting and partially deflated tires may be used. Vehicles must be prepared for fording.

Artillery may be landed by landing craft or helicopter.

Landing plan must permit artillery to land in formation with adequate personnel/equipment to support the fire support plan and scheme of maneuver.

HelicopterborneDecentralized operations may be required to support small task forces.

Mutual support between artillery units is desirable.

6400-mil firing capability.

Reconnaissance may be limited to air, with the battery commanders conducting reconnaissance during the assault with elements of the supported force.

Battery formations often dictated by the terrain of the LZ. Ammunition should be placed close to howitzers on occupation.

Positions should have area for LZ.

Reconnaissance and HST teams may be available for terminal guidance of aircraft.

Position loads to reduce fly over of battery consistent with wind direction.

Individual piece corrections may be required.

All-around security required.

Make use of defilade and natural obstacles.

Close liaison between artillery and helicopter units required.

Primary means of communications is radio.

Wire restricted to installations within LZ and rear areas.

UrbanCentralized control during initial phases; decentralized control during later phases to support semi-independent action of small units.

Movement during night or periods of reduced visibility when possible.

Few displacements, often by platoon or section.

Select positions that minimize masking, provide several routes of escape, and afford as much cover and conceal-ment as possible. Use of existing structures (garages, office buildings, highway overpasses) is recommended.

RSOP parties should be well armed, as they may have to clear areas to be occupied. Extensive route reconnaissance is required.

Both direct and indirect fires are delivered for supported units.

Destruction of fortifications may require assault fire techniques.

High angle fire may be required.

Need for accurate met and survey increases, as most targets are point targets.

Lasers and precision guided munitions permit destruction of targets with minimum rubble of adjacent buildings. But tall buildings may hamper laser use.

Batteries must be prepared for hasty survey techniques.

Fortification of position. Radio communications impaired by buildings.

Wire can usually be run overhead.

Make use of civilian communications.

More use of messengers and prearranged audio and visual signals.

11-6 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Urban (Continued)ORGANIZATION FOR COMBAT MOVEMENT/POSITIONING DELIVERY OF FIRE SECURITY C3

Special techniques for emplacing howitzers, such as spades against a curb when the ground is not suitable for emplacement, may be required. Explosives may be required to soften emplacement of howitzers.

Target acquisition devices somewhat degraded. Emplace radars to cover likely areas of enemy indirect fire weapon employment. Avoid placing radars in the midst of an urban area because of masking.

ICM and VT effects reduced by structures, although they are effective against personnel on rooftops and top floors. HE/CP used for penetration effects. Illumination, chemical incendiary ammunition, and smoke are effective.

Ammunition expenditures will be heavy.

Magnetic instruments are impaired.

Artillery RaidExtremely decentralized.

Battery moves rapidly into position by air or ground means. The position may be across the FEBA.

Only bare necessities are taken.

The number of howitzers taken forward depends on the target analysis, effects required, and aircraft availability (if airlifted).

Raid is extremely short; used to deliver fire on a HVT.

A mixture of HE, WP, and ICM provides excellent effects for a raid. FASCAM and DPICM are also useful.

Firing data can be precomputed.

Fire the highest charge possible to increase standoff range.

Security elements accompany raid. Attack helicopters may provide cover.

Detailed planning, surprise, and speed are key factors in execution.

Effective SOP is essential.

Fire BaseGenerally centralized.

Positions should be in an open field, possibly on a hilltop, so unit can clear kill zones, have interlocking fields of fire, and maximize grazing fire.

Howitzers should be no more than 50m apart and preferably in star formationfor 6400-mil capability and defense of position.

The firing position should allow for a pickup and/or LZ.

High angle fires may be required.

Indirect fire data should be determined to cover dead space and avenues of approach to the fire base and to target likely enemy mortar positions and/or assembly areas around the fire base.

XO's minimum quadrant elevation should be determined for eight sectors of fire.

Units may have to provide their own perimeter illumination. If using a star formation, the center howitzer can perform this mission while other howitzers are engaging in direct fire.

Infantry support may be available for defense of the fire base.

Patrols should extend to the range of enemy mortars.

Cover is a primary concern.

A strong defensive perimeter is essential.

A small-arms cache should be placed in the center of the battery in case the position is overrun.

Engineer support should be obtained to harden individual howitzer firing positions. As a minimum, each position should have—

l Covered ammunition racks.

l A personnel bunker.l Direct fire sector with

a fighting trench.l Two covered ready racks.

Fire bases should be mutually supporting.

If possible, firing batteries should target dead space around positions with "killer junior." This is in addition to grenade launcher/ automatic grenade launcher based indirect fire that can be delivered by cannon and noncannon batteries.

Use wire extensively; bury at least 12 inches.

APPENDIX A. ADVANCED FIELD ARTILLERY TACTICAL DATA SYSTEM

Development

AFATDS allows the MCFSS stations to transitionto a single software system that will eventuallyreplace existing systems.

AFATDS is one of five systems that compose theArmy Tactical Command and Control System(ATCCS). AFATDS, the only jointly developedsystem, provides fire support planning and execu-tion software.

With further software development, currentlyfielded devices will be compatible with AFATDSvia variable message format protocol. WhenAFATDS fielding is complete, all IFSAS and tacti-cal fire devices will be replaced. All artillerytechnical fire direction for cannon and rocketsystems will be computed by AFATDS.

AFATDS software is developed as a fire supporttool. The computer is provided with detailedguidance derived from the staff planning processand the D3A targeting methodology. Thisguidance provides AFATDS with “rules” to useduring processing of fire support missions.

Through this process, the commander and staffdetermine the appropriate responses during theperiod of staff planning. These decisions areexecuted rapidly by AFATDS during intense activ-ity that characterizes modern maneuver warfight-ing. Failure to provide adequate preplannedguidance will prevent the system from executingaccording to commander’s intent.

Guidance Management

Incoming fire missions and fire plan targets arevalidated by guidance entered at each fire supportand fire direction echelon. For rapid and efficientattack of targets and fire plan scheduling, thisguidance data must be managed.

The following guidance windows must bemaintained to manage the fire support system: l Target selection standards.l HVT list.l Target management matrix.l Mission prioritization.l System tasks.l Fire support attack parameters.l Munitions restrictions.

The responsibility for creating and disseminatingguidance is an intrinsic element of command andthus resides with the force commander.

Before establishing the landing force ashore, theMAGTF FFC receives guidance from the amphib-ious force commander. This guidance is trans-mitted to the supporting arms coordination center,subordinate FSCCs, and fire support assetscontrolled by the MAGTF FFCC.

After establishing the landing force ashore, theGCE FSCC modifies guidance in accordance withthe commander , landing force and GCEcommander’s intent, orders, and verbal direction.This guidance is transmitted to the SACC (afloat)and subordinate FSCCs, FDCs, and fire supportassets. Changes to guidance should not be dissemi-nated between echelons as each echelon optimizes

A-2 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

its guidance based on its mission and role.AFATDS performs functions based on its estab-lished echelon (regiment or battalion) and role(FSCC, FDC or other).

Fire Mission Processing

Fire mission processing is a key function of the firesupport system. AFATDS uses commander’sguidance, task organization, and received missioninformation to select the appropriate fire supportasset, and to route the fire mission to the appropri-ate operational facility (OPFAC). Processingthrough multiple OPFACs is usually required tomove the mission from the requester to the shooter.Processing and route may be transparent to some ofthe OPFACs depending on intervention criteria.

Intervention Criteria

AFATDS can use database information toautomatically process, coordinate, and possiblydeny fire missions without operator intervention.Intervention points allow operators to stopautomatic processing under given conditions toreview and alter. Intervention criteria arecomprised of a set of rules that govern the inter-ruption of the automatic fire mission process. Anunlimited number of intervention rules can beestablished, however, development and use ofintervention points can significantly decreaseresponsiveness. Each rule is built around thefollowing categories of mission information:

l Battle area.l Attack option.l Mission precedence.l Target type.l Filters.l Analysis result.

These six criteria may be set in any combina-tion to create a single rule. Multiple rules maybe constructed.

Default Setup

When the database is initially constructed, a singledefault rule is incorporated that causes all firemissions to be subject to intervention. Deletingthis rule causes all fire missions to processautomatically. Missions assigned for attack byArmy Tactical Missile Systems are automaticallydisplayed for operator intervention without regardto operator-established intervention criteria.

Tracking Fire Missions

When a fire mission is processed without anyintervention, each OPFAC can maintain situationalawareness of active missions as described below.

Active fire missions can be displayed on an overlay,causing any received fire mission— regardless ofintervention criteria—to appear on the screen as abold target symbol. The operator can ascertaininformation about the target by clicking the symbolthat appears.

All fire missions received are placed in the activetarget list until the missions end by receipt of amission-fired report. The operator can displaymission information at any time for any target.

Each method allows the operator to display thetarget status window that shows all fire missionmessages received or transmitted for the mission inquestion. The status of the mission can also berequested or traced to obtain the status of themission at every station involved.

Fire requests and fire orders may be printedwhen they are received and/or transmitted. Thisis accomplished by making entries in the config-ure printing setup. This function is accessed by

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ A-3

selecting alerts and messages, messages, andconfigure printing setup.

Operational Facility Intervention

The following centers are recommended for employ-ment of intervention criteria.

Battalion Fire Support Coordination Center

l Denied missions.l Air and NSFS missions if these assets are avail-

able to the battalion FSCC.

Regiment Fire Support Coordination Center

l Denied missions.l Any other rules dictated by the FSC.l Air and naval surface fire support (NSFS) mis-

sions if these assets are available to the regi-ment FSCC.

Division Fire Support Coordination Center

l Denied missions.l All fire missions in the rear operations area.l All fire missions in the deep operations area.l All air missions.


All fire missions.

Regiment Fire Direction Center

All fire missions.

Attack Analysis

During attack analysis, AFATDS considersvarious parameters of a given fire mission; e.g.,

mission type, observer request or target location;the guidance that is in effect; the allocated attackunits available; FSCMs; and attack option rankingcriteria to develop attack options to achieve defeatcriteria of the target. The three levels of attackanalysis in AFATDS are fire support system, unit,and detailed.

Fire Support System

System attack analysis allows an FSCC to performattack analysis only to the level of detail needed toselect a fire support system and transmit themission to the appropriate agency for furtherprocessing. When performing fire support systemattack analysis, no detailed information (locationsof firing units, munitions status, etc.) is required.To use fire support system attack analysiscorrectly, the fire support attack parameterswindow must be filled out. Generally, this level ofattack analysis will be used only at the higher levelFSCCs, such as the FFCC.

Unit

Unit attack analysis allows an OPFAC to conductmore detailed attack analysis using “rollup” unitinformation. This level of attack analysis wouldnormally be used in higher level artillery FDCs/field artillery CPs. Fire units directly supportingor commanded by the OPFAC performing theanalysis are analyzed using unit data (location,munitions capabilities, operational status, etc.) todetermine if they can attack the target. Firingunits with an intermediate FDC between themand the OPFAC are not analyzed in detail. Theyare analyzed using the “rollup” data contained inthe unit subordinate information window. Forunit attack analysis to be used correctly, thestatus for subordinate units must have been trans-mitted to the OPFAC.

A-4 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Detailed

Detailed attack analysis allows an OPFAC todetermine and evaluate all individual fire units(as well as collective groupings of fire units formassing) against a given target. It uses all unitdata (munitions, operational status, location, etc.)to determine a solution for the target. Thismethod is available for all OPFACs, but is gener-ally used at the lower echelon; e.g., regiment andbelow, FDCs, and FSCCs.

Fire Mission Routing

Fire missions are routed through OPFACs toselect the optimum fire support asset, provide aconduit for coordination, and increase situationalawareness. Routing of the mission depends on thesource; however, the central hub of fire support isthe FSCC.

Options

AFATDS classifies a selected fire support asset asa capable engagement option into four categories:

l Green—the asset is a capable option and nocoordination is required.

l Yellow—the asset is a capable option but coor-dination is required.

l Red—attack options exist but there are restric-tions that prevent that asset from being capableof firing the mission.

l Black—no attack options exist for that FS sys-tem; i.e., the unit does not have any firing unitsin support.

By opening the attack options window from themenu bar of the mission window, the restrictionsof a red option are shown. A series of icons

(ammunition, range, achievable effects, etc.) willshow if each passed or failed.

Battalion Fire Support Coordination Center

Fire missions requested by an artillery or mortarobserver are transmitted to the battalion FSCC.The observer unit information must indicate to thebattalion FSCC that the observer reports to thecommand and supported unit (command unitidentification [ID] and supported unit ID in thegeneral unit information window for the observer).The battalion FSCC normally possesses onlyorganic mortars to engage the target. Regardless,the battalion FSCC computer will consider onlythose fire support assets that are commanded by orsupport the battalion FSCC. If the mission isrecommended for denial or processing to an air orNSFS asset, the mission appears in the interven-tion window and remains there until the operatortakes action. If the battalion’s organic mortarscannot adequately service the target, then artillery,air, and NSFS may be selected. (Selection occurswhen air and NSFS are held at a higher FSCC.)These missions are transmitted to the regimentFSCC because the battalion FSCC has entered theregiment FSCC name in the fields of the systemattack parameters window as the agency to routemissions. The mission may be resolved in manyways as described in the following paragraphs.

Coordination Requests

Coordination requests are transmitted to theagencies responsible for violated boundaries orFSCMs. The transmitting computer will waituntil the mission is approved to transmit the firerequest to the regiment FSCC.

Mission Denied

The mission may be denied either by failures ofguidance or denial from an agency from which

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ A-5

coordination was requested. The operator at thebattalion FSCC may reprocess the mission.

Missions Not Requiring Coordination

Missions are transmitted to the regiment FSCC.

Missions Requiring Coordinationwith Electronic Warfare Assets

Missions requiring coordination with EW assets(as indicated by guidance) will transmit a requestfor coordination to the intelligence and EWagency listed in the mission routing info window.Denial or approval will process the mission as ifcoordination from another FSCC was required.

No Solution

If AFATDS is unable to determine a solution, itrecommends “Denied, no capable option.” Theoperator can select “unsupportable” causing themission to be transmitted to the regiment FSCC(the battalion’s support unit ID) for reevaluationof fire support engagement.

Override

The operator can override AFATDS’ solution andtransmit any solution to any station. Overridingand transmitting a red option does not allow theautomatic routing of FO commands.

Regiment Fire Support Coordination Center

The regiment FSCC processes the mission andintervenes only on denied missions. The missionmay not be assigned to the same asset aspredicted by the battalion FSCC if the guidanceat the regiment differs from those at the battal-ion. The mission may be—l Transmitted to any fire support asset that

the regiment FSCC commands. If additionalcoordination is required, requests are routedbefore transmitting the mission to the fire sup-port asset.

l Determined unsupportable. The operator canthen transmit the mission—due to supportedunit ID—to the division FSCC.

l Overridden. The operator can override thecomputer solution and transmit any solution toany station.


The battalion FDC processes the mission to subor-dinate battery FDCs. The battalion FDC willperform detailed attack analysis due to softwaredefault. Fire missions will never be denied at thebattalion FDC. Though several options may beavailable, the battalion FDC will select one of thefollowing solutions:l The fire mission can be passed to the firing

units selected by AFATDS.l The fire mission can be transmitted to any sub-

ordinate or reinforcing unit regardless of theoption AFATDS selected.

l The mission can be returned to the regimentFSCC as “unsupportable.” This option should notbe required if the regiment FSCC is in detailedattack analysis. However, if “unsupportable” isselected, the mission is returned to the regimentFSCC, reprocessed, and most likely transmitted tothe division FSCC as “unsupportable.” This isAFTADS’ method of “request for reinforcingfires.” Since the fire mission may be receivedagain by the battalion FDC as part of a massedfire mission solution from the regiment FDC, anymission returned to the regiment FDC as “unsup-portable” is immediately manually deleted fromthe active fire target list by the battalion FDC.

Division Fire Support Coordination Center

The division FSCC processes fire missionsreceived but seldom intervenes. NSFS missionsare printed and handed off to the representative ofthis asset (unless automated communications areavailable to these units). Artillery missions are

A-6 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

passed to the regiment FDC for processing. Airmissions are transmitted to the DASC.

Regiment Fire Direction CenterThe regiment FDC processes received firemissions using detailed attack analysis. Fire ordersare passed to subordinate battalion FDCs. If themission is unsupportable, it is returned as an“unsupportable” mission to the division FSCC.The regiment FDC does not deny the mission.

Radar Fire Mission and theTarget Processing Center

Radars held in GS are controlled by the TPC. TheTPC will process all fire missions to the regiment

FDC by clicking “unsupportable.” Since the TPCis commanded by the regiment FDC, missions areautomatically passed there.

All radar fire missions require coordination sincethey will plot in the zone of a maneuver unit. Coordi-nation is normally effected by coordination requestsautomatically generated at the regiment FDC, not atthe TPC. “Unsupportable” missions do not requirecoordination until an attack option is determined.

Radars in DS of a battalion are directly linkedto that FDC. Command and support relation-ships of these radars are changed to reflect this,and the fire missions transmitted are processedby the battalion FDC in the same fashion asfire missions received by an FO.

APPENDIX BARTILLERY WEAPONS AND MUNITIONS

Separate-Loading Ammunition

Separate-loading ammunition is issued as fourseparate components: primer, propellant, projec-tile, and fuze. Components are unpacked, preparedfor firing, and loaded into the weapon in threeportions: the projectile with fuze, the propellant,and the primer.

155 Millimeter Shell-Fuze Combinations

High Explosive Shell (M107), Point Detonating Fuze (M557 and M739)

This bursting-type projectile is filled with trinitro-toluene (TNT) or composition B. It producesfragmentation and blast over a wide area onimpact. Optimum effectiveness is gained by usingthe lowest charge without causing excessivedispersion. M557 fuzes are subject to prematuredetonation by heavy rain or hail. This combinationis used against standing personnel, unarmoredvehicles, and light material. It is particularly effec-tive in high angle fire. Effectiveness is reduced ondug-in personnel, on uneven ground, and againstbuildings or earthworks.

High Explosive Shell, Delay Fuze

This function is obtained by rotating a set screw onthe point detonating (PD) fuze to cause a .05 seconddelay in detonation after impact. This shell-fuzecombination penetrates overhead cover or obtainsairburst by ricochet. The highest practical charge isused for ricochet effect. High explosive (HE) delayis effective against unarmored vehicles, earth and

log fortifications, some masonry and concretetargets, personnel in light frame structures, lightlycovered emplacements, and dense woods. It is noteffective against heavy masonry or concrete.

High Explosive Shell, Proximity Fuze(M728 and M732)

The variable time (VT) fuze has a nonadjustable,radio-activated HOB of 7 meters above the target.The fuze functions when it receives the reflectionof a self-transmitted radio signal. A wet or marshytarget area causes a greater reflection and increasesthe HOB. The increased angle of fall results in thefuze functioning closer to the ground. When thetarget is close to friendly troops, the lowest practi-cal charge for a large angle of fall is used. Thisshell-fuze combination is useful where an airburstis desired without the need to adjust the HOB. It isparticularly useful when engaging targets at long-range, at night, and for high angle fire. Lightfoliage has little effect on the VT fuze, but heavyfoliage will cause it to function early.

High Explosive Shell, Mechanical Time Super Quick Fuze (M564, M577, and M582)

This fuze contains a graduated time mechanismset before firing to activate at a predeterminedtime interval. The HOB is normally set to activate20 meters above the target or on impact. However,the HOB will usually require adjustment. It isunreliable in high angle fire because of a largeprobable error (PE) in HOB. The highest practicalcharge is used to minimize the HOB error. M564fuzes are subject to premature detonation by heavyrain or hail. This shell-fuze combination is effec-tive against exposed personnel or personnel inuncovered trenches or fighting positions.

B-2 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

High Explosive Shell, Delay (Concrete Piercing) Fuze (MK399 Mod 1 Series)

This fuze can be set for PD or delay. In PD mode,the fuze functions as a standard supercargo fuze. Inthe delay mode, it penetrates for 4 to 9 millisecondsbefore functioning. This combination is usedagainst urban targets to reduce rubble.

White Phosphorus Shell (M110 Series)

This burster-type projectile is filled with whitephosphorus (WP). On detonation, WP is expelledover a limited area. It is usually fuzed with PDfuzes M557 or M739. However, it can be fuzedwith mechanical time (MT) fuzes M564 or M582to produce an airburst. WP is used for marking,screening, obscuring, and incendiary effects. It iseffective against vehicles, POL storage areas, etc.

Smoke Shells (M116 Series and M825)

Smoke shells are an expelling charge type projec-tile that contain canisters filled with a pyrotech-nic smoke mixture. When an MT fuze (M564 orM577) activates, these canisters expel from therear of the projectile, producing smoke for 60 to90 seconds. The projectile usually requiresadjustment. The smoke has a greater screeningeffect than WP, but requires more time to buildup. The hexachloroethane (artillery smoke) (HC)smoke projectile is being replaced with the M825improved smoke round. The M825 uses feltwedges impregnated with WP for rapid dissemi-nation and provides 5 to 10 minutes of smoke. AnMT fuze activates a charge causing base ejectionand ignition of the WP felt wedges in a largearea. As unburned WP can cause a hazard tofriendly forces, caution must be exercised whenoperating in these areas.

Illuminating Shell (M485)

Illumination is an expelling charge-type projectilethat contains an illuminant canister and parachuteassembly. When the MT fuze functions (M564 orM577), the canister/parachute assembly expels

from the base of the projectile, and the illuminantsuspends from the parachute providing 1,000,000candle power of battlefield illumination.

Improved Conventional Munitions(M449 and M483A1)

This expelling charge-type projectile containssubmunitions (grenades). When an MT fuze (M564or M577) or an electronic time fuze (M762)functions, the grenades eject over the target area.The two types of ICM are antipersonnel improvedconventional munition (APICM) and dual purposeimproved conventional munition (DPICM).

APICM contains 60 grenades. When the grenadestrikes the target, it hurls a ball-like grenade 5 to6 feet into the air, where it detonates and scattersover the target area. APICM has maximum effec-tiveness against troops in the open. Some effectcan be gained on troops in fighting positions.

DPICM contains 88 dual-purpose armor defeat-ing and antipersonnel grenades. When the projec-tile detonates, an HE shaped-charge grenadesuspended from a ribbon streamer expels. Onimpact, a shaped-charge jet expels downwardthrough the body of the grenade, while the rest ofthe grenade bursts outward producing fragmenta-tion. The jet penetrates approximately 2.75 inchesof homogenous armor plate. DPICMs are effec-tive against vehicles such as armored personnelcarriers and trucks. Minimal effects are producedagainst hard materiel targets.

The effects pattern of ICM is generally uniformand circular. Pattern size varies with the caliber,characteristics of the target area, and the HOB.Six 155-millimeter howitzers can deliver aneffects pattern of 150 meters in radius. TheHOB may require adjustment. Deep snow (over6 inches) can reduce the effects by more than50 percent. All ICM grenades are subject toduds. At the optimum HOB, the dud rate isnormally less than 2 percent; on some types ofterrain, it may be as high as 15 percent. ICMare more effective than HE on area personnel

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ B-3

targets because a greater area is uniformlycovered with a greater density of fragmentation.Caution should be exercised when f i r ingDPICMs in trees because the ribbon streamershang in the trees, creating obstacles to friendlytroops moving in the area.

High Explosive, Rocket-AssistedProjectile (M549 Series)

Rocket-assisted projectiles (RAPs) have highfragmentation steel cases filled with composi-tion B or TNT. An integral rocket motor ispositioned on the rear that functions along thetrajectory, increasing the range of the projectile.RAP accuracy is reduced at longer ranges due tothe uneven burn of the rocket motor. However,the RAP will produce more fragmentation overa larger area than the standard HE projectile.The RAP can be fuzed with PD fuze (M557 orM739), MT fuze (M582 series), VT (M732A2)or electronic time fuze (M767). This combina-tion is used on targets similar to those for theHE shell M107.

Cannon-Launched Guided Projectile(or Copperhead)

The cannon-launched guided projectile (CLGP)(or Copperhead) is an antitank round that canhome in on its target after being fired. It isemployed in indirect fire to destroy or neutralizemoving and stationary hard point targets such asarmor, mechanized vehicles or field fortifica-tions. Targets must be designated during thelatter phase of the terminal portion of the trajec-tory for at least 13 seconds by a ground orairborne laser that provides reflective laserenergy for terminal homing.

Family of Scatterable Mines (M731 [S],M692 [L]), M741 [S], and M718 [L])

FASCAM refers to expelling charge projectilesused to deliver antitank or antipersonnel mines.FASCAM includes area denial artillery munitions

(ADAM) and remote antiarmor mine system(RAAMS). These projectiles are fuzed with amechanical time super quick fuze (M577) or anelectronic fuze (M762).

ADAM projectiles are antipersonnel projectilesthat contain submunitions to deny the threat useof certain areas for a short period. Upon fuzefunction, the ADAM ejects 36 submunitions perprojectile over the target area. After each submu-nition comes to rest on the ground, seven sensortrip lines will deploy up to 20 feet from eachmine. Disturbing the trip line activates the killmechanism and projects upward. At approxi-mately 2 to 8 feet above the ground, the killmechanism detonates, projecting approximately600 steel fragments in all directions. If the minehas not detonated or functioned within the factoryset time—48 hours (long) or 4 hours (short)—itwill automatically self-destruct and clear the area.

RAAMS projectiles are antitank projectiles thatcontain submunitions to deny or delay access to aparticular area for a specific period. Each projectilecontains nine mines that expel into the target area.Mines scatter over an area and become armedwithin seconds after landing. Metallic objects,such as tanks, self-propelled vehicles or other typeunits, passing over the mines will activate themand damage or destroy equipment. These minesalso have self-destruct mechanisms. Mines thathave an antidisturbance firing mechanism arerandomly scattered through the group to reducetampering. When firing a shell-mix of ADAMS andRAAMS, the RAAMS is fired first to prevent thepremature detonation of ADAMS.

Propellants

M3 Series Propelling Charge (Green Bag)

Green bag propellant is used to fire charges 1through 5. The M3 series contains M3 andM3A1 propellants.

B-4 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

M4 Series Propelling Charge (White Bag)White bag propellant is used to fire charges 3through 7. The M4 series contains M4A1 andM4A2 propellants.

M119 Series Propelling ChargeM119A1 is a propelling charge designated as charge8 and extends the range of the 155-millimeter howit-zers using the M795 HE projectile. The propellingcharge is a single-increment white bag charge.M119A1 has a donut-shaped flash reducer at theforward end that precludes non-ignition of the rocketmotor of the RAP.

M119A2 is a charge 7 red bag propellant. Thepropelling charge is a single increment redbag charge.

M203 Series Propelling ChargeThe M203 and M203A1 are the super charge 8 thatsupplement the standard M3, M4, and M119 seriescharges and provide extended range. The M203 is asingle increment red bag charge. The M203A1 is asingle increment stick propellant charge in acardboard sleeve. Both charges are used inter-changeably to fire RAP, M795, M864 base-burndual purpose improved conventional munition(BBDPICM) or M825A1.

Ammunition Field Storage

The four greatest hazards to ammunition in thebattery area are weather, threat fire, improperhandling, and careless smokers. Regardless of howammunition is stored, these hazards must beconsidered. See MCWP 3-16.3.

Procedures for Burning Powder

l Select a burning site at least 200 meters fromgrass, loose debris, personnel, and equipment.

l Arrange a row of increments in a single layernot more than 12 inches wide oriented in thedirection of the wind.

l Lay a train of combustible material about15 feet long, perpendicular to and at thedownwind end of the row of charge incre-ments. Light this train at the end farthestfrom the increments.

l When burning powder in a tactical environ-ment, ensure the burning does not compromisethe camouflage and concealment effort.

Ammunition Under Development

Several munitions are under development for artil-lery weapons systems. This following infromationfocuses on those relevant to the 155-millimetertowed howitzer systems (XM777 and M198).

M795, High Explosive Projectile

The M795 is a 155-millimeter HE projectile. Itwill be employed against the same target arrayas the M107 HE projectile and achieve a rangeof 22.5 kilometers. It will be used to determineregistration corrections for expeditious compu-tation of range, deflection, and fuze settingcorrections for other members of the M483family of projectiles.

Extended Range M795

The extended range M795 possesses similar ballis-tic characteristics as the M864 BBDPICM projec-tile and will have a greater lethality at extendedranges than the M549 HE rocket assisted projec-tile. When fired with zone 5, modular artillerycharge system (MACS), it will achieve a range of37 kilometers (threshold) to 40 kilometers (objec-tive). This projectile will determine registrationcorrections for expeditious computation of range,deflection, and fuze setting corrections for usewith the M864 BBDPICM projectile.


XM982 Extended Range Munitions

The XM982 extended range projectile willreplace the M864 BBDPICM projectile and willprovide 155-millimeter howitzers with anextended range, fratricide reducing, accuracy-enhancing capability to the FMF. The XM982concept combines drag reduction from the M864BBDPICM projectile and glide technology fromthe M712 Copperhead projectile. The threevariants of the XM982 are the DPICM, sense anddestroy armor munition (SADARM), and UnitaryWarhead. Each has a GPS/inertial navigationsystem self-location system, is compatible withthe multioption fuze for artillery, and will beinductively set via the portable inductive artilleryfuze setter (PIAFS).

Sense and Destroy Armor Munition

The SADARM is a base-ejecting projectile thatcarries two submunitions. When ejected, thesesubmunitions detect armored vehicles or equip-ment and detonate an explosively formed penetra-tor to penetrate the top of the target. SADARM isballistically similar to the M483A1 and will deter-mine registration corrections for expeditiouscomputation of range, deflection, and fuze settingcorrections for use with the M483A1. SADARMwill be capable of a 28 to 37 kilometer range froma 39 caliber cannon and maintain an effectivenessequal to or greater than that of the M864BBDPICM projectile.

M782 Multioption Fuze for Artillery

The MOFA fuze is compatible with all 155-milli-meter HE family projectiles. It may function as aproximity, time, PD or delay fuze. It consists of an

electronic countermeasure hardened design andwill be set inductively via the PIAFS.

Portable Inductive Artillery Fuze Setter

PIAFS will initially be a battery-powered, handheld device capable of electronically setting theM762, M767, and MOFA fuzes. This willincrease accuracy and rates of fire, reduce humanerrors, and shorten artillery response time.Ultimately the PIAFS is envisioned to becomeincorporated into the pre-planned programimprovement (P3I) system of the XM777 howit-zer by transferring fuze information directly fromthe technical solution derived by the P3I missionmanager to the fuze.

Modular Artillery Charge System

MACS consists of two solid propellant charges(M231 and M232) that will be compatible with all155-millimeter artillery systems. The M232 isdesigned solely for the United States Army’sCrusader Self-Propelled howitzer. Charge errorswill be reduced due to each charge being identi-cal; i.e., rather than verifying the correct number ofincrements and the correct charges, only thecorrect number of increments has to be verified.MACS will also reduce logistical requirementsbecause of its reduced volume and weightcompared to the M3A1 green bag and M4A2white bag series of propellants.

Miscellaneous

Tables B-1 through B-4 are not prescriptive; theyare planning examples.

B-6 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Table B-1. Fuzes.

Table B-2. Characteristics of Selected Artillery Weapons.

Type Current DODIC Replacement DODIC FutureConcrete Piercing DelayConcrete Piercing Nondelay

M78A1M78A1

N330N331

NoneNone

NANA

Mk 300 Mod 1DODIC 659

Point Detonating Super Quick or DelaySuper Quick or Delay

M557M572

N335N331

M739M739

N340N340

Multioption Fuze for Artillery” ” ” ”

Mechanical Time M565 N248 M577* N285 M762

Mechanical Time Super Quick M564 N278 M582* N286 M767, Multioption Fuze for Artillery

Variable Time M728 N463 M732 N464 Multioption Fuze for Artillery

NOTE: Fuze DODAC = 1390 plus DODIC number as shown above.*M577 and M582 can be set for mechanical time or super quick action. There is not a point detonating backup on these fuzes.

Weapon XM777 M198 M109A3/A41 M109A5/A61

Weight (pounds) 9,000 16,000 53,940 64,000

Time to Emplace (minutes) 3 or less 4 0.5 0

Transport Capability

GroundMTVR, 5-ton 5-ton Self-propelled Self-propelled

HelicopterV-22, CH-53E,

CH-53D CH-53E No

Fixed-Wing Transport All All C-5A

Maximum Rate of FirePer Tube (rounds per minute) 5-8 4 4

Sustained Rate of FirePer Tube (rounds per minute) 22 22 1 4

High Explosive

Effective Casualty Radius (1 round) 50m 50m 50m 50m

Weight of Projectile (fuzed) (pounds) 954 954 954 954

Traverse (mils) 64003 64003 6400 6400

Maximum Speed (miles per hour)

Towing - Cross Country 24 kph 5 NA NA

Towing - Secondary Roads 56 kph 25-30 NA NA

Towing - Improved Roads 88 kph 45 NA NA

Self-Propelled Speed NA NA 35 38

Cruising Range (miles) NA NA 220 185

1 US Army units with these systems may be attached or placed under operational control to Marine units.2Two rounds per minute or as determined by thermal warning device.36400 mils traverse using speed shift; 400 mils left/right without speed shift.495 pounds for M107 Family; 103.5 pounds for M483 Family; 137.6 pounds for Copperhead.


Table B-3. Projectiles and Propelling Charges (M198/M109A5/A6).

Propelling Charges

PROJECTILES DODACM3

SERIESM4

SERIESM119

SERIES M203

MAXIMUMRANGE

(METERS)FUZE

ACTIONS

M107 HE 1320-D544 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2

Yes Yes No 18,100 Concrete piercing, point detonating, mechanical time super quick, variable time, electronic time

M549A1 RAP 1320-D579 No Yes, but zone 7 only

Yes, but not M119

Yes 30,000 Point detonating, electronic time

M449A1 ICM 1320-D562 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2

Yes Yes No 18,100 Mechanical time, electronic time, mechanical time super quick

M485 Illum 1320-D505 Yes, but not zone 1

Yes Yes, but degraded reliability

No 18,100 Mechanical time, electronic time, mechanical time super quick

M483A1 DPICM 1320-D563 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2

Yes Yes No 17,740 Mechanical time, electronic time, mechanical time super quick

M864 BB DPICM 1320-D864 No Yes Yes Yes 28,180 (M198)27,740

(M109A5/A6)

Mechanical time super quick, M577, electronic time

M692 ADAM-L 1320-D501 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2

Yes Yes No 17,740 Mechanical time, electronic time

M731 ADAM-S 1320-D502 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2


M116A1 HC 1320-D506 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2


M110A1 WP 1320-D550 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2

Yes Yes No 18,100 Point detonating, mechanical time super quick


Yes Yes Yes 22,500 Point detonating, mechanical time super quick (M732 variable time only)

M825 Smoke 1320-D528 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2


M718 RAAMS-L 1320-D503 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2


M741 RAAMS-S 1320-D509 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2


M804 Practice 1320-D513 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2

Yes Yes No 18,100 Point detonating, mechanical time super quick, (variable time M732 only), electronic time

B-8 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Table B-4. Projectiles and Propelling Charges (M109A2/A3/A4).

Propelling Charges

PROJECTILES DODACM3

SERIESM4

SERIESM119

SERIES M203

MAXIMUMRANGE

(METERS)FUZE

ACTIONS

M107 HE 1320-D544 Yes, but not zone 1

Yes Yes No 18,100 Concrete piercing, point detonating, mechanical time super quick, variable time

M549A1 RAP 1320-D579 No Yes, but zone 7 only

Yes, but not M119

Yes 23,500 Point detonating

M449A1 ICM 1320-D562 Yes, but not zone 1

Yes Yes No 18,100 Mechanical time

M485 Illum 1320-D505 Yes, but not zone 1

Yes Yes, but degraded reliability

No 17,500 Mechanical time

M483A1 DPICM 1320-D563 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2


M864 BB DPICM 1320-D864 No Yes Yes Yes 22,000 Mechanical time super quick M577

M692 ADAM-L 1320-D501 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2


M731 ADAM-S 1320-D502 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2


M116A1 HC 1320-D506 Yes, but not zone 1


M110A1 WP 1320-D550 Yes, but not zone 1

Yes Yes No 18,100 Point detonating, mechanical time super quick


Yes Yes Yes 22,500 Point detonating, mechanical time super quick (M732 variable time only)

M825 Smoke 1320-D528 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2


M718 RAAMS-L 1320-D503 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2


M741 RAAMS-S 1320-D509 Yes, but not zone 1 or 2


M804 Practice 1320-D513 Yes, but not zone 1

Yes Yes No 18,100 Point detonating, mechanical time super quick (variable time M732 only)

APPENDIX CPASSAGE OF COMMAND AND CONTROL

WATCH OFFICER’S CHECKLIST

PASSAGE OF COMMAND AND CONTROL WATCH OFFICER’S CHECKLIST

Commander’s Intent ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Organization for Combat

UNIT TACTICAL MISSION

Recent Significant Events ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Scheme of Maneuver ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Frag Order In Effect ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

C-2 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Active Fire Missions

TARGET # OBSERVER FIRE ORDER STATUS

Observer Locations

OBS LOCATION OBS LOCATION OBS LOCATION

Unit Locations

UNIT LOCATION

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ C-3

H-Hour _________________________________________________ L-Hour ____________________________________________________

MOPP Level: 0 1 2 3 4

Fire Caps

UNIT LOCATION AOLWEAPON

STRENGTH DTG (ESTABLISHED)/OPORD

Scheduled Fires

TYPE UNIT DTG

GROUP

SERIES

PLANS

C-4 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Fire Support Coordinating Measures

TYPE IN EFFECT AND DESCRIPTION

FSCL

CFL

RFA(s)

NFA(s)

RFL(s)

FEBA

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ C-5

Changes to Attack Guidance ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Future Plans

Movements ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Frag/Warning Orders ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Other ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Employment of CBR, Met, and Survey

CBR ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Met ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Survey ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Last Target Number _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Anticipated Changes (Commander’s Intent) ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

APPENDIX DREPORTS

Title: Fire Capabilities (FIRECAP) ReportPurpose: To report artillery battery in position and ready to fire or to report a change in the number of weapons available.Occasion: When the battery is ready to fire or when a change occurs in the number of weapons functioning.ELEMENT INFORMATIONType of Report FIRECAPLine A Unit (call sign)Line B Grid (encoded)Line C Azimuth of fire (in mils and encoded)Line D Number of weapons (encoded)NOTE: Use only applicable lines.

Figure D-1. Fire Capabilities Report (FIRECAP).

Title: Displacement Report (DISREP)Purpose: To report displacement of artillery battery.Occasion: When unit displaces; i.e., can no longer fire.ELEMENT INFORMATIONType of Report DISREPLine A UnitLine B TimeLine C DestinationLine D Number of weaponsNOTE: Use only applicable lines.

Figure D-2. Displacement Report (DISREP).

Title: Command Post Report (CPREP)Purpose: To report the time of opening and closing of the CP and the location of the new CP.Occasion: When a CP is opened and closed.ELEMENT INFORMATIONType of Report CPREPLine A Unit (call sign)Line B Location (encoded)Line C Date-time group CP establishedNOTE: Use only applicable lines.

Figure D-3. Command Post Report (CPREP).

D-2 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Title: Movement Order ReportPurpose: To report route and location information.Occasion: When a unit moves.ELEMENT INFORMATIONType of Report Movement Order

Line A Grid to occupy*Line B Azimuth of fire*Line C Displace NET NLTLine D Occupy NET NLT

Line E Route of march*Line F Method of march Line G Remarks*Encrypt if transmitted in the clear.

Figure D-4. Movement Order Report.

Title: Situation ReportPurpose: To provide information to other units.Occasion: As the tactical situation requires.ELEMENT INFORMATIONType of Report SITREPLine A Unit (call sign)Line B DTG

Line C Location*Line D Number of weaponsLine E Number of weapons upLine F Number of rounds fired since last SITREP.Line G Significant eventsLine H ProblemsLine I Remarks*Encrypt if transmitted in the clear.

Figure D-5. Situation Report (SITREP).

Title: Rapid RequestPurpose: To provide units with a means to submit a rapid request.Occasion: When a unit has a rapid request.ELEMENT INFORMATIONType of Report Rapid RequestLine A From (call sign)Line B To (call sign)Line C DTG

Line D Grid location*Line E Priority (urgent, priority, routine)Line F Support required and remarksLine G Point of contact*Encrypt if transmitted in the clear.

Figure D-6. Rapid Request.

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ D-3

(1) SECTION: (2) LOCATION:

(3) SEARCH ZONES LEFT RIGHT MIN MAX

(a) PRIMARY (1) (2) (3) (4)

(b) ALTERNATE (1) (2) (3) (4)

(4) EMISSION LIMITS (a) TIME (b) TGTS

(5) CUEING AGENCY (a) (b) (c)

(By call sign, in order of priority) (d) (e) (f)

(6) REPORTING CHANNELS (a) (b)

(7) STATUS (a) UP: (b) DOWN: (c) MOVING:

(8) ZONES/GRID POINTS

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

(a)

(b)

Figure D-7. Radar Report.

Title: FLASHREP/SPOTREP/TAREP and Follow-Up ReportsPurpose: Target reports (TAREPs) are used to pass target data.Occasion. When potential target is discovered or after attack of significant target or target on target list.ELEMENT INFORMATIONType of Report SPOTREPLine A Precedence: Flash/Immediate/Priority/RoutineLine B Reporting Unit

Time: DTG of ReportDTG of Incident

Line C Reference: Original SPOTREP DTG or Target NumberLine D

Line E

Location: EnemyFriendly

Line F

Incident Description:Target DescriptionVulnerabilityAccuracy of Location (In Meters)Size, Shape, and Orientation (In Meters and Mils)Associated/Equipment or Units

Line G Action Taken:

Line H

Friendly Casualties:KIAWIAMIA

Line I

Enemy Casualties:KIAEPW

Line J Enemy Weapons/Equipment/Documents Captured

Line KFriendly Weapons/Equipment Damaged/Destroyed Lost

Line L RemarksNOTE: Use only applicable lines.The group of digits must always be preceded by the block of two capitals designating the 100km square; e.g., LB6448. When reporting attack or target or result of attack, include lines C2 (DTG of incident) and E1 (location of enemy). Intelligence agencies need this information.

Figure D-8. SPOTREP.

D-4 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Title: Shelling Report (SHELLREP)Purpose:To report bombing, shelling or mortaring by the enemy.Occasion: Submitted as soon as possible after incident.ELEMENT INFORMATIONLine A Unit of originLine B Position of observerLine C Direction in milsLine D Time fromLine E Time toLine F Area bombed, shelled or mortaredLine G Number and nature of guns; i.e., mortars, rocketsLine H Nature of fireLine I Number, type, and caliber of weaponsLine J Time of flash to bangLine K DamageNOTE: Use only applicable lines.

Figure D-9. Shelling Report (SHELLREP).

Title: Size, Activity, Location, Unit, Time and Equipment (SALUTE) Report.Purpose: To provide combat reporting.Occasion: As required.ELEMENT INFORMATIONLine A SizeLine B ActivitiesLine C LocationLine D UnitLine E TimeLine F EquipmentLine G Remarks, source, evaluation, etc.Line H ATGNOTE: Use only applicable lines.

Figure D-10. Size, Activity, Location, Unit, Time, and Equipment (SALUTE) Report.

Title: Medical Evacuation (MEDEVAC)Purpose: To request medical evacuation.Occasion: As required.ELEMENT INFORMATION

Line A Emergency, priority, routine*Line B Requesting unit (call sign)Line C Pick up coordinate

Line D Number requesting MEDEVAC**Line E Airborne medical assistance requiredLine F LZ secure/not secureLine G Best approach directionsLine H LZ markingsLine I LZ frequency and call sign* Emergency—life or death threatening. Priority—serious injury, life not immediately threatened.Routine—minor injuries or dead.

**Include number of WIA, KIA, and sick.

Figure D-11. Medical Evacuation (MEDEVAC) Report.

APPENDIX ELOGISTICS PLANNING DATA

Table E-1. Headquarters Battery, Artillery Regiment, Personnel.

E1-E5 E6-E9 W1-W4 O1-O3 O4-O6 Totals

USMC 284 51 9 12 9 365

USN 5 2 0 0 3 10

Totals 289 53 9 12 12 375

Table E-2. Headquarters Battery, Artillery Regiment, Selected Major Equipment.

ItemAuthorizedQuantities

Embarkation DataCargo Capacity for

Authorized Quantity

Ft2 Lbs Ft3* Gals Lbs

Mk48 Truck, Logistics Vehicle System 5 12,920 2,065,000 125,000

Mk48 Truck, LVS Wrecker 1 2,584 53,700

M923 Truck, Cargo, 5-ton 57 11,856 1,304,046 26,904 570,000

M936, Truck, Wrecker, 5-ton 2 470 76,932

M105A1 Trailer, 1½-ton 25 2,400 66,750 3,555** 75,000

M149 Trailer, Water 2 202 5,060 800

M998 Truck, Utility 45 4,770 227,700 3,983 112,500

AN/MRC 145 Radio Set 9 954 46,800

AN/MRC 142 Radio Set 4 424 20,800

AN/MRC 138 Radio Set 9 954 46,800

JOM-1 Steam Cleaner 2 70 2,200

M101A1 Trailer 15 1,140 20,250 2,595 22,500

M1305 Truck, Ambulance 1 106 5,361

AN/TPQ-36 Firefinder Radar 5 795 28,125

* Cargo capacity under bows.

**Cargo capacity to top of side racks.

E-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Table E-3. Headquarters Battery, Artillery Regiment, Class V Small Arms Combat Planning Rates.

DODIC/Description Basic Allowance

Armor Heavy Infantry Heavy Composite

Assault Sustained Assault Sustained Assault Sustained

A059/5.56mm Ball 99,050 3,771 1,119 1,734 1,084 2,796 1,100

A061/5.56mm Tracer 2,830 1,843 311 467 257 1,184 281

A064/5.56mm 4&1 Linked 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

A131/7.62mm 4&1 Linked 10,400 440 74 911 119 673 100

A363/9mm 2,700 91 71 78 73 85 72

A518/.50 Cal SLAP 4&1 Linked 2,000 154 85 34 57 94 69

A576/.50 Cal 4&1 Linked 4,000 1,765 974 386 647 1,080 787

B504/40mm Green Star Parachute 8 11 1 11 1 11 1

B505/40mm Red Star Parachute 8 11 1 11 1 11 1

B506/40mm Red Smoke 7 6 1 6 1 6 1

B508/40mm Green Smoke 13 6 1 6 1 6 1

B509/40mm Yellow Smoke 7 6 1 6 1 6 1

B535/40mm White Star Parachute 52 13 1 13 1 13 1

B542/40mm LKD 2,880 353 177 196 165 275 170

B546/40mm HEDP 468 29 30 25 31 27 30

G881/Gren Fragmentation 75 20 14 19 17 19 16

G900/Gren Incendiary 4 1 1 1 1 1 1

G940/Gren Green Smoke 12 1 1 1 1 1 1

G945/Gren Yellow Smoke 12 1 1 1 1 1 1

G950/Gren Red Smoke 12 1 1 1 1 1 1

G930/Gren HC Smoke 12 1 1 1 1 1 1

G960/Gren Violet Smoke 12 1 1 1 1 1 1

L603/Sig Red Star Cluster 9 1 1 1 1 1 1

L307/Sig White Star Cluster 9 1 1 1 1 1 1

L311/Sig Red Star Parachute 9 1 1 1 1 1 1

L312/Sig White Star Parachute 9 1 1 1 1 1 1

L314/Sig Green Star Cluster 9 1 1 1 1 1 1

L323/Sig Smk Ground RP 9 1 1 1 1 1 1

L324/Sig Smk Ground GP 9 1 1 1 1 1 1

L495/Flare Trip 8 2 1 1 2 1 2

NOTE: Rounds have been rounded up to the nearest whole figure. Ammunition figures based on the following numbers of weapons per battery: M-16 283, M9 90, M-240G 13, M-2 10, Mk-19 10, and M203 26.

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ E-3

Table E-4. Headquarters Battery, Artillery Battalion, Personnel.


USMC 137 30 5 12 6 190

USN 3 1 0 5 0 9

Totals 140 31 5 17 6 199

Table E-5. Headquarters Battery, Artillery Battalion, Selected Major Equipment.

ItemsAuthorizedQuantities


Authorized Quantity


Mk48 Truck, Logistics Vehicle System 2 3,834 50,600

Mk14 Trailer 6 4,002 96,000 150,000

M923 Truck, Cargo, 5-ton 10 2,080 228,780 4,550 100,000


M105A1 Trailer, 1½-ton 4 384 10,680 1,112 12,000

M101A3, Trailer 12 912 16,200 2,076 18,000

M149 Trailer, Water 2 202 5,060 800

M998 Truck, Utility 18 1,908 91,080 1,422** 45,000

AN/MRC 145 Radio Set 6 636 31,200

AN/MRC 138 Radio Set 5 530 26,750



MC 4000 Forklift 2 227 16,000



E-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Table E-6. Headquarters Battery, Artillery Battalion, Class V Small ArmsCombat Planning Rates Composite Threat.




A059/5.56mm Ball 45,850 1,745 518 803 502 1,294 509

A061/5.56mm Tracer 1,310 853 144 217 119 548 131

A064/5.56mm 4&1 Linked 6,400 1,942 441 214 371 1,105 402

A131/7.62mm 4&1 Linked 3,200 136 23 281 37 207 31

A363/9mm 1,800 61 48 53 49 57 48

A518/.50 Cal SLAP 4&1 Linked 800 62 34 14 23 38 28

A576/.50 Cal 4&1 Linked 1,600 706 390 155 259 432 315



B506/40mm Red Smoke 3 2 1 2 1 2 1

B508/40mm Green Smoke 5 2 1 2 1 2 1

B509/40mm Yellow Smoke 3 2 1 2 1 2 1


B542/40mm Linked 1,152 142 71 79 66 110 68

B546/40mm HEDP 180 11 12 10 12 11 12





G950/Gren Red Smoke 12 1 1 1 1 1 1

G930/Gren HC Smoke 12 1 1 1 1 1 1









L495/Flare Trip 8 2 1 1 2 1 2

NOTE: Rounds have been rounded up to the nearest whole figure.Ammunition figures based on the following numbers of weapons per battery: M-16 131, M9 60, M-240G 4, M-2 4, Mk-19 4, SAW 8, and M203 10.


Table E-7. M-198 Battery (6-Gun), Personnel.

E1-E5 E6-E9 O1-O3 Totals

USMC 123 13 8 144

USN 3 0 0 3

Totals 126 13 8 147

Table E-8. M-198 Battery (6-Gun), Selected Major Equipment.


Embarkation Data Cargo Capacity for Authorized Quantity


M923 Truck, Cargo, 5-ton 16 3,328 366,048 7,280 160,000

M101A3, Trailer 5 380 67,500 865 7,500

M105A1 Trailer, 1½-ton 8 768 21,360 2,224 24,000

M149 Trailer, Water 1 101 2,530 400

M998 HMMWV 5 528 25,300 395** 25,000

M1043 HMMWV (Armored) 3 318 17,931 14,500

AN/MRC 145 Radio Set 4 424 20,800

MC 4000 Forklift 1 114 8,000

M198 Medium Towed Howitzer 6 1,197 93,600



E-6 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Table E-9. M-198 Battery (6-Gun), Class V Small Arms Combat Planning Rates.

DODIC/DescriptionBasic

Allowance



A059/5.56mm Ball 40,950 1,559 463 717 448 1,156 455

A061/5.56mm Tracer 1,170 762 129 193 106 490 117

A064/5.56mm 4&1 Linked 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

A131/7.62mm 4&1 Linked 3,200 136 23 281 37 207 31

A363/9mm 900 31 24 27 25 29 24

A518/.50 Cal SLAP 4&1 Linked 800 62 34 14 23 38 28

A576/.50 Cal 4&1 Linked 1,600 706 390 155 259 432 315



B506/40mm Red Smoke 3 2 1 2 1 2 1

B508/40mm Green Smoke 5 2 1 2 1 2 1

B509/40mm Yellow Smoke 3 2 1 2 1 2 1


B542/40mm HEDP LKD 1,152 142 71 79 66 110 68

B546/40mm HEDP 180 11 12 10 12 11 12





G950/Gren Red Smoke 12 1 1 1 1 1 1

G930/Gren HC Smoke 12 1 1 1 1 1 1









L495/Flare Trip 8 2 1 1 2 1 2

NOTE: Rounds have been rounded up to the nearest whole figure.Ammunition figures based on the following numbers of weapons per battery: M-16 117, M9 30, M-240G 4, M-2 4, Mk-19 4, SAW 6, and M203 10.


Table E-10. M-198 Battery (6-Gun), Class V Artillery Ammunition Combat Planning Rates.




D501/Proj ADAM-L 5 2 1 3 2 3 1

D502/Proj ADAM-S 9 11 2 6 3 8 2

D505/Proj ILLUM M485A2 5 3 1 2 1 3 1

D510/Proj COPPERHEAD 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

D514/Proj RAAMS-S 4 6 3 7 2 6 2

D515/Proj RAAMS-L 2 1 2 1 3 1 3

D528/Proj SMOKE M825 36 4 2 4 2 4 2

D544/Proj HE 198 78 20 44 15 60 17

D550/Proj WP 12 10 3 9 2 9 2

D563/Proj DPICM 190 19 4 37 3 29 4

D579/Proj HE RAP 78 78 20 44 15 60 17

D864/Proj DPICM BB 137 19 4 37 3 29 4

Projectile Subtotals 677 233 63 195 52 213 56

D532/Prop M203 RB 243 107 26 89 20 98 22

D533/Prop M119A1/A2 122 35 10 30 8 32 9

D540/Prop M3A1 GB 64 19 5 16 5 18 5

D541/Prop M4A2 WB 313 89 24 75 20 82 21

Propellant Subtotals 742 250 65 210 53 230 57

N289/Fz ET M762* 404 65 18 99 16 83 17

N290/Fz ET M767** 35 27 7 17 5 22 6

N291/Fz VT M732A2*** 50 20 5 11 4 15 5

N340/Fz PD M739**** 218 127 32 72 24 99 27

N569/Fz CP Mk 399-1 4 2 1 1 1 2 1

Fuze Subtotals 711 241 63 200 50 221 56

N523/Primer M82 740 249 63 208 50 228 56

NOTE: Rounds and weights have been rounded up to the nearest whole figure.*N285/Fz MTSQ M577 may be substituted.

**N286/Fz MTSQ M582 or N278/Fz MTSQ M564 may be substituted.

***N264/Fz VT M732 may be substituted in deep-well projectiles.

****N335/Fz PD M557 or N311/Fz PD M572 may be substituted.

E-8 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Table E-11. Artillery Battalion, Personnel.

USMC


507 69 5 36 6 623

USN 12 1 0 5 0 18

Totals 519 70 5 41 6 641

Table E-12. Artillery Battalion, Selected Major Equipment.



Authorized Quantity


M923 Truck, Cargo, 5-ton 58 12,064 1,326,924 26,390 580,000


M105A1 Trailer, 1½-ton 28 2,688 74,760 7,784 84,000

M101A3, Trailer 27 2,052 36,450 4,671 40,500

M149 Trailer, Water 5 505 12,650 2,000

M998 Truck, Utility 33 3,485 166,980 2,607** 165,000

M1043 HMMWV (Armored) 9 954 53,793

AN/MRC 145 Radio Set 18 1,908 93,600

AN/MRC 138 Radio Set 5 530 26,750



MC 4000 Forklift 5 570 40,000

M198 Medium Towed Howitzer 18 3,591 280,800




Table E-13. Artillery Battalion, Class V Small Arms Combat Planning Rates.




A059/5.56mm Ball 168,700 6,422 1,906 2,952 1,845 4,761 1,873

A061/5.56mm Tracer 4,820 3,138 530 796 437 2,017 479

A064/5.56mm 4&1 Linked 6,400 1,942 441 214 371 1,105 402

A131/7.62mm 4&1 Linked 12,800 541 91 1,121 147 828 123

A363/9mm 4,500 151 118 120 131 141 120

A576/.50 Cal 4&1 Linked 6,400 2,823 1,558 617 1,035 1,728 1,258

A518/.50 Cal SLAP 4&1 Linked 3,200 246 136 54 90 151 110



B506/40mm Red Smoke 10 8 1 8 2 8 1

B508/40mm Green Smoke 20 8 1 8 2 8 1

B509/40mm Yellow Smoke 10 8 1 8 2 8 1


B542/40mm Linked 4,608 565 284 314 264 440 272

B546/40mm HEDP 720 44 45 39 47 42 46





G950/Gren Red Smoke 48 5 2 5 2 5 2

G930/Gren HC Smoke 48 2 1 2 1 2 1









L495/Flare Trip 128 3 9 3 8 3 8

NOTE: Rounds have been rounded up to the nearest whole figure.Ammunition figures based on the following numbers of weapons: M-16 482, M9 150, M-240G 16, M-2 16, Mk-19 16, and SAW 26.

E-10 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Table E-14. Artillery Battalion, Class V Artillery Ammunition Combat Planning Rates.




D501/Proj ADAM-L 14 5 2 8 4 7 3

D502/Proj ADAM-S 27 32 4 18 8 24 6

D505/Proj ILLUM M485A2 13 8 3 5 3 7 3

D510/Proj COPPERHEAD 2 4 1 2 1 3 1

D514/Proj RAAMS-S 11 16 9 19 5 17 6

D515/Proj RAAMS-L 6 1 6 3 7 2 7

D528/Proj SMOKE M825 108 12 6 11 5 11 6

D544/Proj HE 593 232 58 131 44 180 49

D550/Proj WP 36 29 7 25 6 27 6

D563/Proj DPICM 569 57 12 111 9 85 10

D579/Proj HE RAP 234 232 58 49 131 180 49

D864/Proj DPICM BB 410 57 12 111 9 85 10

Projectile Subtotals 2,023 685 178 575 145 628 156

D532/Prop M203 RB 729 319 77 267 58 292 66

D533/Prop M119A1/A2 364 105 28 88 23 96 25

D540/Prop M3A1 GB 190 57 15 48 13 53 13

D541/Prop M4A2 WB 937 267 70 223 58 244 63

Propellant Subtotals 2,220 748 190 626 152 685 167

N289/Fz ET M762* 1,211 194 53 296 47 247 50

N290/Fz ET M767** 104 80 20 51 15 65 17

N291/Fz VT M732A2*** 149 58 15 33 11 45 13

N340/Fz PD M739**** 654 379 94 216 71 295 80

N569/Fz CP Mk 399-1 12 5 2 3 1 4 1

Fuze Subtotals 2,130 716 184 599 145 656 161

N523/Primer M82 2,219 747 189 624 150 684 165

NOTE: Rounds and weights have been rounded up the nearest whole figure.*N285/Fz MTSQ M577 may be substituted.

**N286/Fz MTSQ M582 or N278/Fz MTSQ M564 may be substituted.

***N264/Fz VT M732 may be substituted in deep-well projectiles.

****N335/Fz PD M557 or N311/Fz PD M572 may be substituted.

Artillery Operations ___________________________________________________________________________________________ E-11

Table E-15. Ammunition Packing Dimensions, Artillery Ammunition.

Projectiles

DODIC Nomenclature# of

Rounds Weight (lbs) Dimensions (in) Cube (ft3)

D501 ADAM-L (M692) 8 887 39 3/8 x 14 1/2 x 29 9.7

D502 ADAM-S (M731) 8 887 39 3/8 x 14 1/2 x 29 9.7

D505 ILLUM M485A2 8 783 27 1/8 x 13 5/8 x 32 6.8

D510 COPPERHEAD (M712) 6 1,358 61 x 33 x 27 1/2 32

D514 RAAMS-S (M741) 8 882 39 3/8 x 14 5/8 x 29 1/8 9.7

D515 RAAMS-L (M718A1) 8 882 39 3/8 x 14 5/8 x 29 1/8 9.7

D528 SMOKE, WP (M825A1) 8 874 39 3/8 x 14 1/2 x 29 9.7

D544 HE (M107) 8 798 27 1/8 x 13 5/8 x 32 6.8

D550 SMOKE, WP (M110A2) 8 829 27 1/8 x 13 5/8 x 32 6.8

D563 DPICM (M483A1) 8 874 39 3/8 x 14 1/2 x 29 9.7

D579 HE, RAP (M549A1) 8 816 38 3/4 x 14 5/8 x 29 1/8 9.5

D864 DPICM, BB (M864) 8 870 39 3/8 x 14 1/2 x 29 9.7

Propellants



D532 M203 RB 1 56

D533 M119A1/A2 1 45

D540 M3A1 GB 2 29

D541 M4A2 WB 1 27

Fuzes



N289 Fz ET M762 16 47 14.62 x 13.90 x 8.56 1.0

N290 Fz ET M767 16 47 14.62 x 13.90 x 8.56 1.0

N291 Fz VT M732A2 16 47 14.62 x 13.90 x 8.56 1.0

N340 Fz PD M739 16 47 14.62 x 13.90 x 8.56 1.0

N569 Fz CP Mk 399-1 16 47 14.62 x 13.90 x 8.56 1.0

Primers



N523 Primer M82 400 34 17.38 x 11.5 x 8.12 0.9

E-12 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Table E-16. Ammunition Packing Dimensions, Small Arms.

DODIC/Description

Package Data

Rounds Ft3 Lbs

A064/5.56mm 4&1 Linked 1,600 1.2 47

A063/5.56mm Tracer 1,640 1.0 67

A071/5.56mm Ball 1,680 1.0 70

A131/7.62mm 4&1 Linked 800 .8 75

A363/9mm Ball 2,400 3.9 72

A518/.50 Cal SLAP 4&1 Linked 220 1.3 86

A576/.50 Cal 4&1 Linked 220 1.3 86

B504/40mm Green Star Parachute 44 1.0 48

B505/40mm Red Star Parachute 44 1.0 48

B506/40mm Red Smoke 44 1.0 57

B508/40mm Green Smoke 44 1.0 57

D509/40mm Yellow Smoke 44 1.0 57

B535/40mm White Star Parachute 44 1.0 57

B546/40mm HEDP 72 1.6 53

B542/40mm Linked 72 1.4 125

G881/Gren Fragmentation 30 1.4 51

G900/Gren Incendiary 16 0.8 47

G930/Gren HC Smoke 16 0.8 42

G940/Gren Green Smoke 16 0.8 34

G945/Gren Yellow Smoke 16 0.8 34

G950/Gren Red Smoke 16 0.8 42

G960/Gren Violet Smoke 16 0.8 34

L306/Sig Red Star Cluster 36 1.6 56

L307/Sig White Star Cluster 36 1.6 56

L311/Sig Red Star Parachute 36 1.4 67

L312/Sig White Star Parachute 36 1.4 67

L314/Sig Green Star Cluster 36 1.5 56

L323/Sig Smk Ground RP 36 1.5 56

L324/Sig Smk Ground GP 36 1.5 56

L495/Flare Trip 32 1.8 47

APPENDIX FHELIBORNE ARTILLERY RAIDS

General

Heliborne artillery raids require unique planningconsiderations and preparation. This appendixoutlines general tactics, techniques, and proce-dures to conduct heliborne artillery raids. Seealso FMFM 7-32, Raid Operations.

Tables F-1 through F-7 and figures F-1 throughF-6 are detailed guides for an artillery raid force.They are not prescriptive; they are planningexamples. See pages F-10 through F-20.

Characteristics

An artillery raid is the movement of an artilleryunit (or portion of that unit) to a designatedfiring position to attack an HPT with artilleryfires followed by the immediate withdrawal to asafe location.

The artillery raid is a unique operation becausethe firing position is usually beyond the beach-head or FLOT. Due to the limited protection atthese locations, speed and surprise are essential.The intent is to rapidly insert an artillery forceand swiftly deliver artillery fire on single ormultiple targets. This must be done using theminimum amount of equipment and personnel toaccomplish the mission. Planning should allowfor the force to withdraw immediately uponcompletion of the fire mission. These characteris-tics will govern the planning and executionphases of the operation.

Command and Control

The senior maneuver commander assigns an artil-lery raid to an artillery battery or battalion. Theraid force consists of five elements: command,support, assault, security, and observer. Thesenior artillery commander assigned the raidmission is the raid force commander (RFC). Themission commander is assigned from the support-ing helicopter squadron. Open and direct commu-nica t ions be tween the RFC and miss ioncommander during planning are imperative forthe raid to succeed.

Mission Profile

Commanders and staffs must understand thepurpose of the raid as soon as the mission isassigned, i.e., upon receipt of the warning order.They must also understand the risk involved andthe possible loss of key personnel and equip-ment. This understanding is extremely importantas it will guide many of the decisions duringplanning. The following six missions may beassigned to the artillery raid force:

l Destroy. To permanently render a target com-bat ineffective. This mission is best accom-plished with an FO equipped with a laser andaccurate locating device.

l Neutralize. Temporarily render threat person-nel or material operationally ineffective. Thismission is best accomplished with an FO.

F-2 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

l Suppress. Preventing threat personnel, weap-ons or equipment from engaging friendly forcesusually associated with a specified amount oftime.

l Harass. Confusing, disorganizing or degradingthreat forces.

l Deceive. Deceiving the threat as to the trueintent of friendly units.

l Interdict. Preventing the threat from using anarea, route or point.

Security Levels

Based on the threat at the firing position, one ofthe three following security levels will be used:

l Security Level I—negligible threat to friendlyforces.

l Security Level II—squad-size threat units orsmaller threatening raid site.

l Security Level III—threat units larger than asquad-size threatening raid site.

Raid Force Elements

Based on the situation, the RFC determines thefinal force composition. Composition depends onhelicopter availability and the helicopter embar-kation plan.

The CE and support elements are the advanceparty. During security level II and III operations,the security element precedes the advance partyinto the firing position.

The command element provides C2 for the raidforce and maintains communications with theMEU or ground element.

The support element provides fire direction, laysthe howitzers, lays wire (if required), and provideshelicopter transport support of howitzers.

The assault element provides gun crews, howit-zers, and ammunition.

The security element provides local security forthe raid force, including sweeping the raidposition and establishing perimeter defense.

The observer element observes fires on the targetand reports BDA to the controlling FDC. Thiselement can include FO teams, reconnaissanceteams, aircraft, etc. Not all fires are required to beobserved. The type of observer, if employed, issituationally-dependent.

Mission Planning Steps

To execute a raid successfully, planning must bedetailed. However, there will be occasions whenthe time available between the warning order andL-hour will be compressed. Planning will beconsiderably shorter. Rehearsals are vital toolswhenever METT-T permits. Many consider-ations must be addressed. These include, but arenot limited to, the following:l Target. The nature of the target will dictate the

number of weapons, amount of ammunition,type of observer, etc.

l Number of Weapons. The optimum numberof howitzers for a raid is four. This numbermay vary depending on the nature of the targetand helicopter support available.

l Ammunition. Based on the nature of thetarget, required ammunition will be determinedvia munitions effects tables or attack guidancecriteria.

l Aircraft. The M198 can be transported exter-nally by the CH-53E or Army assets. A four-gun raid requires four CH-53Es to lift the guns,ammunition, and gun crews. Ideally, there arealso two CH-46s for the advance party. Addi-tional aircraft may include attack helicopterescorts for ingress and egress protection and toassist the security element as it deploys into theLZ. A UH-1N may be necessary to serve in aC3 capacity as well.

l XM 777. The XM 777 will provide command-ers with more flexibility due to its light weightand P3I. The XM 777 will be transportable bythe CH-53E, CH-53D, and V-22.

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ F-3

Landing Zone Selection

The artillery unit recommends the LZ location,but helicopter units advise on LZ suitability.During shipboard operations, the flight deck isthe LZ. Flight deck control is provided by theship. HST training and assistance may berequested from the landing support element of theCSSE. The artillery unit provides instructions tothe transporting unit on the LZ’s location, dispo-sition of lifting equipment, and weight of theload. During small-scale operations, communica-tions and terminal guidance may be provided bythe artillery unit. LZ selection and planningfactors include LZ size, accessibility, surfaceconditions, navigational aids, suitable terrain, andthe threat.

Usually, the longest effective standoff range isdesired. This distance will depend on ammunitiontype (propelling charge or projectile). LZ sitestudies will be conducted, if time permits. It isimportant that the altitude of the target be consid-ered. (A target with a high above gun altitude willdecrease the maximum range of the weaponsystem.) At a minimum, an alternate and primaryLZ will be planned. Deception sites will beplanned to further deceive the threat of the trueintent of the mission.

The LZ should accommodate simultaneous inser-tion of all helicopters with howitzers in the wavewith the most serials.

Natural cover and concealment should be present,but not so prohibitive as to present a restrictiveXO’s minimum quadrant elevation.

A nearby area must be designated to stagehelicopters during the mission. The situation willdictate if the staging area will be airborne or in anearby LZ. The staging area should be out ofthreat reach to minimize potential threat engage-ment . The area should offer covered andconcealed air routes into and out of the LZ.

LZ soil composition should be appropriate toaccommodate firing high propellant charges.

Surface materials must be stable to prevent debrisfrom clogging engines. Loss of visibility, possiblepersonnel injury or damage to the helicopter fromflying objects must be considered, as well as traffi-cability for vehicle, troop, and logistic mobility.

Grass and vegetation from newly mowed fieldscan clog engine intakes. Loose dirt and sand candamage engines and rotor blades, cause tempo-rary loss of visibility, and is a safety hazard forthe aircrew and lifted troops.

Snow is not recommended as an LZ surfacewithout prior reconnaissance. It may restrictvisibility, the underlying surface may be unsatis-factory, snow may be too deep for landing, andsurface unevenness may be obscured by drifts.

Dry grasslands represent a fire hazard whenexposed to hot exhaust gases.

Flooded rice fields that are mire and water of greaterdepth than is anticipated hinder troop movement.

Obstacles in the LZ must be evaluated. Tall grassor brush that appears relatively smooth from theair can conceal humps, boulders or terrain faultsthat can damage or tip a landing helicopter. TheLZ should be free of debris, stumps, rocks, holes,and trenches that exceed 10 inches in height ordepth. Brush, if over 3 feet high, is usually consid-ered restrictive to landing helicopters because ofdamage to fuselage and tail rotors.

The nature of approaches to and exits from the LZmust also be evaluated. It is undesirable to estab-lish LZs in locations that require vertical ascent ordescent by the helicopters. To permit the mosteffective use of helicopters, approaches to andexits from LZs must be clear of communicationswire, trees, powerlines, and other vertical obsta-cles, particularly when conducting mass landings.Required LZ site is directly associated with theheight of obstructions surrounding the LZ andnumber of helicopters to be landed at one time.

F-4 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

To accurately assess these considerations,accurate intelligence must be available. If intelli-gence data is not available, it must be arrangedimmediately before planning can be completed.

Landing Zone Marking

How to mark personnel and equipment (howitzer/ammunition) insertion and extraction points willbe discussed with the pilots during the initialmission brief to eliminate confusion in the LZ. Ifthis does not happen, an HLZ brief can informthe pilots how the LZ is being marked.

If the LZ is not easily identifiable from the air,navigational aids should be used to vector aircraftto desired locations. Navigational aids includepanel markers, strobe lights, smoke grenades, andradios. Reconnaissance teams and HST personnel,through the use of electronic or visual means, canaid in terminal guidance and control of helicop-ters. An easily identifiable point of reference (amarking T) should be established to direct aircraftto specific points in the pick-up and/or LZ.

Daytime Operations

Smoke can draw the pilot’s eyes onto the zoneand demonstrate wind speed/direction. It can alsomark a specific point to insert and extract person-nel or equipment.

Air panels may be used to depict the AoF inaddition to a backup for smoke. Caution shouldbe exercised when emplacing air panels so theyare not disrupted from rotor wash.

Nightime Operations

Infrared/red chem lights are the most visible topilots wearing night vision goggles, and can beused in the same ways as smoke and air panels.

Infrared strobes are extremely useful for markingduring low visibility. Techniques for employingstrobes in an LZ are:l Strobe on muzzle brake.l Strobe 20 to 40 meters forward of howitzer on

deck.

Howitzers

Howitzers desire to hover, land, and take offfacing into the wind. When possible, an LZ ischosen to best accommodate the howitzers, inser-tion/extraction points, and the wind. Howitzersshould face into the wind.

Ample room should be available to the right ofthe howitzer for the personnel extraction point sopersonnel are away from the tail rotor whenembarking. If room is not available to the right ofthe howitzer, ample room should be to the rear ofthe howitzer.

The gun section should wait next to the howitzerfor the helicopter to land at the personnel extrac-tion point. This reduces unnecessary movementin the LZ and provides additional maneuveringfor the helicopter.

The LZ slope must also be considered andtempered against the wind speed and direction atthe LZ. The slope must not exceed 8 degreeswhere the helicopter is intended to land for riskof tipping or insufficient rotor clearance. Theslope must not exceed 5 degrees where the howit-zer is intended to be positioned as this preventsthe howitzer from firing.

Helicopter Support Team

HST personnel must be actively involved in theraid brief and rehearsals. Considerations for


augmentees to gun crews, security forces, etc.,must be addressed.

Firing Data

Firing data for all howitzers will be precom-puted using BUCS-R if possible. All availableinformation affecting ballistic computations willbe inputted before the raid. Data wil l becomputed from each LZ using the lowest chargeto limit any site-to-crest problems. Data will begiven to the section chiefs in advance and willbe based on a map spot grid unless surveycontrol is established.

Go/No-Go Criteria

Certain criteria must be established before themission starts and to aid in deciding if themission should continue under duress. Thesecriteria serve solely as guides with the missioncommander having final deciding authority. Usethe following techniques when determining go/no-go criteria:

l If both advance party helicopters are lost.l If the raid element loses more than 50 percent

of its howitzers/ammunition.l If the minimum number of helicopters required

to conduct the mission is unavailable.l Loss of communications with the mission com-

mander.

Duties of Key Personnel

Raid Force Commander

l Determine viability of raid.l Direct the mission planning process.l Select firing positions maintaining dispersion

between howitzers.l Ensure the advance party is in the correct LZ.

l Determine the OS and FDC and howitzer loca-tions upon arrival at the LZ.

l Ensure the LZ is secure.l Supervise the smooth operation of all aspects

of the raid.l Supervise LZ marking.l Ensure accountability upon extraction of per-

sonnel and equipment.

Executive Officer/Platoon Commander

l Inspect artillery raid personnel, equipment, andammunition.

l Ensure communications are maintained with theRFC and the helicopter mission commander.

l Set up and orient the aiming circle.l Lay the howitzers.l Assist in hasty survey, met data, and computing

data as required.

Battery Gunnery Sergeant

l Emplace the local security force.l Ensure accountability of personnel and equip-

ment.l Ensure rapid emplacement of howitzers.l Ensure preparation for rapid extraction.

Operations Chief

l Supervise FDC planning and ensure all BUCS-Rhave pre-computed data loaded.

l Set up GPS at aiming circle if survey team isunavailable.

l Collect data for technical fire direction andsupervise fire controlman computations.

l If time permits, input data in back up computersystem.

l Set up chart and check firing data.l Supervise issuing of fire commands.l Ensure all maps, records, and FDC equipment

are extracted.

F-6 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Section Chiefs

l Ensure all personnel and equipment are ready(inspect gear and personnel thoroughly beforethe raid).

l Ensure rapid offload of ammunition and gun.l Begin ammunition preparation before receiv-

ing fire commands.l Supervise the rapid emplacement, firing, and

extraction of the howitzer.l Maintain communications with the RFC.l Be prepared to assume security mission on

order.l Ensure recovery of all personnel and equip-

ment upon extraction.

Fire Controlman

l Input all preplanned data in all BUCS-R beforedeparting for the raid.

l Prepare charts and records of fire before raiddeparture.

l Prepare computer checklist and be prepared toenter data upon arrival at firing position.

l Maintain records of fire.l Send fire commands to howitzers once approved

by operations chief.l Be prepared to receive subsequent corrections.l Extract all records and equipment.

Radio Operator

l Establish preplanned communications as quicklyas possible and as close to the FDC as terrain andhelicopter routes will allow.

l Establish communications with the followingpriorities:m Observers, as required.m Helicopters.m Higher headquarters.m Simultaneous master station, as required.

l Pass all necessary information to the FDC andthe RFC.

l Maintain communications until directed.

l Recover all communications equipment andmaterial, including messages and notes, uponextraction.

Gun Guides

l Set up panel markers/chem lights as briefed tomark location for the assault element.

l Establish communications with aiming circle/FDC.

l Record initial deflection.l Act as a legman under guidance of HST leader,

as required.l Help provide local security until howitzers

arrive.l Announce initial deflection to gunner.l Assist in emplacing, firing, and march ordering

of howitzer.l Ensure all howitzer equipment is extracted.

Security Element

l Receive briefing on layout of LZ/firing positionbefore the raid.

l Upon landing, conduct sweep of area.l Establish perimeter security.l Report security status as directed to the RFC.

Corpsman

l Have medical equipment necessary for raidmission.

l Upon landing, stay with FDC.l Respond to any calls for medical attention.

Survey Personnel (If Required)

l Determine firing point location.l Establish direction.

HST Leader

l Provide all required personnel and equipmentto quickly guide helicopters onto marked how-itzer positions, and recover howitzer at the endof the mission.


l Inspect howitzers and ammunition slingsbefore departure. Report findings to the artil-lery raid commander.

l Assist gun guides in marking howitzer posi-tions.

l Assist in rapid insertion of howitzers.l Upon the order to march order, inspect howit-

zer loads and slings and assist in preparing forextraction.

l Guide helicopters in and supervise the reattach-ing of howitzers.

Execution Sequence

Insertion (Security Element/Advance Party)

The security element/advance party arrives at thefiring position, secures the site, and establishesperimeter defense. It performs the following:

l Conducts hasty survey to establish firing posi-tion location and direction, as required.

l Establishes communications with observers, theMEU or ground element, as directed.

l Positions the aiming circle and prepares thegun position for howitzers.

l Computes firing data if not previously computed.l Prepares for arrival of the assault element.

Actions in Firing Position

The observer element, if required, reports to thecontrolling FDC. The assault element arrives atthe raid site and positions and prepares ammuni-tion once it arrives at the firing position. It thenlays the howitzers; conducts and completesfiring; and prepares the howitzers for extraction.

Extraction

All elements prepare for extraction by collectingall refuse from the raid site, and prepare to retro-grade. Elements extract in the following sequence:

l Assault element.l Advance party.

l Observer element.l Security element.

All elements conduct a mission debrief.

Survey Operations

Battalion survey support may not be availableunless a PADS is used via a UH-1. If PADS isunavailable, the firing battery must use expedientmeans to determine direction, location, andheight. Direction is the most important element ofsurvey. Every available means will be used todetermine an accurate direction. An error indirection is magnified over distance; an error inlocation is constant.

Determining Direction (in Preferred Order)

The PADS contains a gyroscope that will provideazimuths to +/- 0.4 PE.

The BUCS-R hasty astro program enables thebattery to determine direction to various accura-cies depending on the type of instrument. If thefiring battery has attached a battalion surveyorwith a T-2E theodolite, the accuracy of anastronomic observation with this instrument is+/- 0.3 mils. If the firing battery is using anM2A2 aiming circle, the accuracy of an astro-nomic observation is +/- 2.0 mils. To performan astronomic observation, one of the knowncelestial bodies—the sun or one of 73 surveystars—must be visible from the OS. Inclementweather, heavy overcast conditions or smokemay negate this method.

The north-finding module is the gyroscope usedwith the modular universal laser equipment andtarget location designation handoff system. Thenorth finding module can be placed into asurvey mode that will provide an accurate direc-tion to +/- 2.0 mils.

A declinated M2A2 aiming circle could be usedas a last resort if the instrument was declinated

F-8 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

within 40 kilometers of the firing position. Adeclinated aiming circle will provide a directionto an accuracy of +/- 10.0 mils.

The declination constant of an aiming circle maybe affected by the strong magnetic field gener-ated by the helicopter’s rotors.

Determining Location

The PLGR with valid crypto variable keys loadedand verified provides a location to an accuracy of10 meters circular error probable (CEP). ThePLGR is a hand held unit but cannot provideaccurate direction.

The PADS in a UH-1 will provide location using10 minute zero-velocity updates to an accuracy of7 meters CEP between 0 to 65 degrees latitudenorth or south and 10 meters CEP between 65 to75 degrees latitude north or south. The advan-tage of the PADS is that it provides accuratedirection, location, and height. However, thePADS/UH-1 must be landed at the OS and theEOL to establish positioning and orientation.

After determining an accurate direction, a hastythree-point resection can be performed by usingthe BUCS-R, BCS or graphic resection. Theaccuracy of a three-point resection depends onthe accuracy of the location of the visible knownpoints and the angle-measuring instrument avail-able. The accuracy of a three-point resection isseldom better than 50 meter CEP.

A map spot is the least preferred method of deter-mining location. The accuracy of a map spotdepends on prominent terrain features available,map accuracy, and the proficiency of the individ-ual performing the map spot. All other means ofdetermining location will be exhausted beforeresorting to this method.

Determining Height (in Preferred Order)

The PADS will provide an accurate height to3 meters PE. The PADS is more accurate thanthe PLGR in location and height. However,

the required logistical support and the factthat it must be positioned on the OS relegatesthis system to the second preferred method.

After determining an accurate direction, a hastythree-point resection can be performed and thecoordinates used to derive a height from the map.

The map spot method is only used as a last resortafter all other means have been exhausted.

Organization for Movement

Organization of the artillery unit for movement isan integral part of planning for immediateemployment upon landing. The artillery unit maybe organized into three echelons: assault, resup-ply or follow-up, and rear.

Assault Echelon

Composition of the assault echelon varies withthe assigned mission, available aircraft, andduration of the operation. Notionally, the assaultechelon is composed of the advanced party and ahowitzer section. Generally, the assault echelonconsists of the battery elements essential to thecontrol or delivery of immediate support. Organi-zation of the advanced party depends on thebattery’s composition and the time available foroccupation. An advance party is normally led bythe battery commander and consists of enoughpersonnel to initiate observation, communica-tions, and survey. The advance party guides thebattery into position. If possible, the advanceparty should contain a forklift.

Resupply or Follow-up Echelon

The resupply or follow-up echelon consists ofcombat support personnel, supplies, and equip-ment to sustain the assault echelon until linkup orextraction. Personnel, supplies, and equipmentare transported to the assault echelon by air orsurface means.


Rear Echelon

The rear echelon includes all personnel, supplies,and equipment not included in the assault andresupply echelons. The rear echelon supports theassault and resupply echelons by providingadministrative, maintenance, and supply supportin the rear area.

Loading

Loading artillery for movement may commenceduring the planning phase and continue throughthe movement phase. Internal and external loadstransport artillery personnel, vehicles, equip-ment, and supplies. Piggyback loads permit thehowitzer and ammunition to be moved by onehelicopter. Establishing loads requires flexibilityin planning the operation, loading of supplies andequipment, and conducting the operation.

Aircraft Load Data

The proposed load must be within the allowablecargo load limit of a particular aircraft. The artil-lery unit obtains the allowable cargo lift from thehelicopter unit.

Pickup/Landing Zone Organization

The artillery unit is responsible for pickup/LZorganization. Preparing the pickup zone includesrigging loads, positioning marking devices,positioning equipment for rapid pickup, andcontrolling incoming aircraft. Initial load prepara-tion should begin at least 2 hours before the firstaircraft arrives. Artillery personnel inspect loadsfor completeness and compactness. Loose articlesshould be secured by artillery personnel; e.g.,tents within 50 to 75 meters of the landing site oralong the approach path should be lowered andsecured. The battery retains its firing capability as

long as possible. In organizing the pickup/LZ, theartillery unit will perform the following:

l Reduce air-to-ground transmissions requiredfor coordination.

l Position loads to reduce flights over the bat-tery, particularly resupply flights.

l Position loads so the aircraft can approach theLZ into the wind.

l Facilitate rapid orientation of passengers debark-ing from the aircraft by using clock directionwith reference to the helicopter’s nose.

Terminal Control

Terminal control and responsibility are estab-lished in the planning phase. Normally, the HSTprovides helicopter control. In the absence of HST,the artillery unit controls incoming aircraft in thepickup zone. The unit provides threat situation,wind direction and velocity, surface conditions,landing direction, and clearance information to theflight. Landing site azimuth, field elevation,landing information, and other information mayalso be provided, when available.

Movement

Final coordination and briefings are completedbefore lift-off of the advance party. Confirmationis made on the exact location of the LZ, radiofrequencies, call signs, flight route, order ofmarch, and number of sorties. The intervalbetween the arrival and departure of helicoptersdepends on the plan of maneuver, conditions inthe LZ, and number of helicopters the LZ willaccommodate. Ideally, the advance party shouldhave enough time on the ground to prepare thesite while the battery awaits the order to moveforward. However, in fast-moving situations, the

F-10 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

advance party may be followed by the remainderof the assault echelon by as little as 5 minutes.

Movement Control

Helicopter control is established through radiotransmissions or a color-code system. Radiocontrol is slow and requires numerous transmis-sions to complete a landing. The color-codesystem conspicuously displays a colored markeron the ground to identify the LZ. Each load isthen assigned a color that is conspicuouslydisplayed on the load. The ground guide in theLZ wears an air-ground recognition vest or usesan air-ground recognition panel the same color asthe assigned load. The pilot knows the color ofhis load before reaching the LZ. En route, thepilot notifies the terminal controller of the load’scolor and proceeds directly to the marked site orto the appropriate ground guide.

To instruct the pilot, ground guides use arm-and-hand signals and wear a colored vest duringdaylight operations; at night, ground guides usecolored lights or illuminated batons. The referencepoint used to guide helicopters is the color-coded

load or panel marker. The helicopter crew chiefcan guide the helicopter to its pickup or releasepoint. The crew chief observes the load or thepanel marker through the helicopter hook hatchand directs the pilot to the pickup or release pointvia the helicopter intercom.

Occupation of Position

During the planning phase of a battery operation,the battery commander tentatively selects thelocation of key installations, plans the organiza-tion of the prospective LZ, and coordinatesprocedures for control of aircraft during theoccupation. Immediately after the advance partyarrives in the LZ, the battery commander desig-nates battery center and positions the T-marker.Howitzers are released as near their firingpositions as possible. A guide for each howitzersection clears the immediate position area of anyloose debris and obstacles, prepares the positionto receive equipment, and displays a markingdevice of the same color as that assigned to hissection. Once the battery is on the ground,standard firing battery procedures are followed.

Table F-1. Notional Artillery Battery Lift (Advanced Party).

Unit Echelon Lift # Load Composition1

M198 Battery(6 guns)

Advanced Party 1 Personnel: Battery Commander FDC, Comm, Terminal Controllers

Advanced Party 2 Personnel: Gun Guides, SecurityEquipment: MC-4000 Forklift

Howitzer Section 3-8 Personnel: Gun SectionEquipment: M198 and Ammunition2

Resupply Echelon Remainder of battery (personnel, equipment, and supplies) may be transported by helicopter or link up by ground means.

NOTE: The assault echelon is composed of the advanced party and howitzer section.1. The actual load composition depends on the type of helicopter and lift capability.2. Quantity of ammunition varies with the net type, helicopter lift capability, and type of ammunition and packaging.

Artillery Operations ___________________________________________________________________________________________ F-11

Table F-4. Example Artillery Raid Ammunition Requirements.

The type and amount of small arms is based on the security level required. The type and amount of artillery ammunition is based on lift availability, munitions effects tables, and/or attack guidance.

Table F-2. Helicopter Life CapacityPlanning Guidance.

Helicopter Lift Capacity (lbs)*CH-53DCH-53E

13,00030,000

* Based on standard day conditions (15 degrees C, sea level, no wind or humidity) and 1 hour and 45 minutes of fuel onboard.

Table F-3. Cargo Net Capacity Planning Guidance.

NetCargo Volume

ft3 lbs

A-22 Bag 66 2,500

5,000 Net 125 5,000

10,000 Net 380 10,000

Small ArmsDODIC NOMENCLATURE ROUNDS PER WEAPON

A363 9mm ball 30A071 5.56 ball 180A131 7.62 linked ball 400A576 .50 cal ball 200B546 40mm HEDP 10G881 M67 frag grenade 2 per manG900 thermite grenade 2 per section chief

M198/LW 155 155mm AmmunitionDODIC NOMENCLATURE ROUNDS PER HOWITZER

D563 shell DPICM 16N286 M577 fuze MTSQ 16N523 M82 primer 16

D541/D533 propellant charge (GB/WB) 16

Command Element (same for all security levels)LINE # RANK BILLET MOS WEAPON NOTE

1 1stLt XO/Plt Cmdr 0802 9mm2 Sgt RTO 2531 M16A2 13 Cpl/LCpl RTO 2531 M-203 1

Support Element (same for all security levels)LINE # RANK BILLET MOS WEAPON NOTE

4 SSgt operations chief 0848 9mm5 Sgt artillery mechanic M16A26 Cpl fire controlman 0844 M16A2 17 Cpl HST 0481 M16A2 18 LCpl HST 0481 M-203 19 HM3 corpsman 8404 9mm10 Cpl/Pvt wireman 2512 M16A2 311 Sgt survey 0843 M16A2 1,312 LCpl/Pvt survey 0843 M16A2 1,3

F-12 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Table F-5. Example Artillery Raid Task Organization.

Assault Element (same for all security levels)Gun Number - One

LINE # RANK BILLET MOS WEAPON NOTE13 SSgt/Sgt Section Chief 0811 9mm14 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M-203 115 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 116 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 117 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 118 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 119 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 120 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 121 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1

Gun Number - TwoLINE # RANK BILLET MOS WEAPON NOTE

22 SSgt/Sgt Section Chief 0811 9mm23 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M-203 124 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 125 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 126 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 127 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 128 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 129 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 130 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1

Gun Number – ThreeLINE # RANK BILLET MOS WEAPON NOTE

31 SSgt/Sgt Section Chief 0811 9mm32 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M-203 1,233 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,234 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,235 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,236 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,237 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,238 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,239 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,2

Gun Number – FourLINE # RANK BILLET MOS WEAPON NOTE

40 SSgt/Sgt Section Chief 0811 9mm41 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M-203 1,242 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,243 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,244 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,245 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,246 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,247 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,248 Cpl/Pvt Gun Crewman 0811 M16A2 1,2

Security Level ILINE # RANK BILLET MOS WEAPON NOTE

49 Cpl M240G Team Leader 0811 M16A250 LCpl/Pvt M240G Gunner 0811 M240G


Table F-5. Example Artillery Raid Task Organization (Continued).

Table F- 6. Helicopter Lift Requirement Matrix.

Security Level II. In addition to line numbers 49 and 50, the following personnel will be included:LINE # RANK BILLET MOS WEAPON NOTE

51 SSgt Security Chief 0811 9mm52 Sgt Assistant Security Chief 0811 M16A253 Cpl M240G Team Leader 0811 M16A254 LCpl/Pvt M240G Gunner 0811 M240G55 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M16A256 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M16A257 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M-20358 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M16A259 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M16A260 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M-20361 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M16A262 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M16A2

Security Level III. In addition to line numbers 49 through 62, the following personnel will be included:LINE # RANK BILLET MOS WEAPON NOTE

63 1Lt/2Lt OIC Security 0802 9mm64 Sgt Assistant Security Chief 0811 M16A265 Sgt M-2 Team Leader 0811 M16A266 Cpl M-2 Gunner 0811 M-2/9mm67 Cpl/Pvt M-2 Assistant Gunner 0811 M16A268 Cpl/Pvt M-2 Ammo Man 0811 M16A269 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M16A270 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M-20371 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M16A272 Cpl/Pvt Security Man 0811 M16A2

NOTES:1. May act as part of security element.2. Will not participate in raid unless more than two howitzers are required.3. As required.

The CH-53D and V-22 may be used in place of the CH-53E when operating with the LW 155.Howitzers Security Levels CH-46E CH-53E UH-1N AH-1W V-22

1 M198 I 2 1 1 2II 3 1 1 2III 4 1 1 2

2 M198 I 2 2 1 2II 3 2 1 2III 3 2 1 2

3 M198 I 3 3 1 2II 3 3 1 2III 4 3 1 2

4 M198 I 3 4 1 2II 4 4 1 2III 4 4 1 2

NOTES: 1. CH-53D/E may be used in place of CH-46’s. 2. UH-1N and AH-1W helicopters will be used for command and control, communications retransmission, aerial observation, escort, fire support or PADS, as required.

F-14 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Table F-7. Example Helicopter Wave and Serial Assignment Table.

This table provides helicopter embarkation guidance for personnel, howitzers, and ammunition in support of helicopterborne artillery raids. It is intended as an initial planning guide with exact assignments depending on mission and threat. The wave number describes the order of arrival in zone. The helo number is the number of the helicopter the howitzer/ammunition/personnel will embark on. The remarks column describes the duty of the embarked elements. The gun crew may act as the security element to alleviate the number of personnel and air support necessary for the mission.

Two Howitzers, Security Level ILINE # ELEMENT WAVE # HELO # REMARKS

1-3 Command 1 1 Advance Party4-12 Support 1 1 Advance Party49-50 Security 1 1 Advance Party13-21 Assault 1 2 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer22-30 Assault 1 3 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer

Two Howitzers, Security Level IILINE # ELEMENT WAVE # HELO # REMARKS49-62 Security 1 1 Secures Position1-3 Command 2 2 Advance Party4-12 Support 2 2 Advance Party13-21 Assault 2 3 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer22-30 Assault 2 4 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer

Two Howitzers, Security Level IIILINE # ELEMENT WAVE # HELO # REMARKS

1-3 Command 1 1 Advance Party49-62 Security 1 1 Secures Position4-12 Support 1 2 Advance Party63-72 Security 1 3 Secures Position13-21 Assault 2 4 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer22-30 Assault 2 5 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer

Three Howitzers, Security Level ILINE # ELEMENT WAVE # HELO # REMARKS

1-3 Command 1 1 Advance Party4-12 Support 1 1 Advance Party49-50 Security 1 1 Advance Party13-21 Assault 2 2 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer22-30 Assault 2 3 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer31-39 Assault 2 4 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer

Three Howitzers, Security Level IILINE # ELEMENT WAVE # HELO # REMARKS

1-3 Command 1 1 Advance Party49-62 Security 1 1 Secures Position4-12 Support 1 2 Advance Party13-21 Assault 2 3 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer22-30 Assault 2 4 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer31-39 Assault 2 5 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer


Table F-7. Example Helicopter Wave and Serial Assignment Table (Continued).

Three Howitzers, Security Level IIILINE # ELEMENT WAVE # HELO # REMARKS49-62 Security 1 1 Secures Position1-3 Command 1 2 Advance Party4-12 Support 1 2 Advance Party63-72 Security 1 3 Secures Position13-21 Assault 2 4 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer22-30 Assault 2 5 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer31-39 Assault 2 5 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer

Four Howitzers, Security Level ILINE # ELEMENT WAVE # HELO # REMARKS

1-3 Command 1 1 Advance Party4-12 Support 1 1 Advance Party49-50 Security 1 1 Advance Party13-21 Assault 2 2 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer*22-30 Assault 2 3 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer*31-39 Assault 2 4 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer*40-48 Assault 2 5 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer*

Four Howitzers, Security Level IILINE # ELEMENT WAVE # HELO # REMARKS49-62 Security 1 1 Secures Position1-3 Command 1 2 Advance Party4-12 Support 1 2 Advance Party13-21 Assault 2 3 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer*22-30 Assault 2 4 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer*31-39 Assault 2 5 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer*40-48 Assault 2 6 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howtizer*

Four Howitzers, Security Level IIILINE# ELEMENT WAVE # HELO # REMARKS

1-3 Command 1 1 Advance Party49-62 Security 1 1 Secures Position4-12 Support 1 2 Advance Party63-72 Security 1 2 Secures Position13-21 Assault 2 3 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer*22-30 Assault 2 4 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer*31-39 Assault 2 5 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer*40-48 Assault 2 6 Gun Crew, Ammo Pallet(s), Howitzer*

* It may be necessary to divide this wave into two separate waves if the LZ does not support the simultaneous insertion of four howitzers.

F-16 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Figure F-1. Example Raid Execution Checklist.

# Event/Situation RPT NET From To CodewordPlanned

Time LinesActual

Time Lines Remarks

1 Helo’s launched

2 Advance party in LZ

3 LZ secured

4 Howitzers in LZ

5 Fire capable

6 Fire mission complete

7 Emergency extract

8 MEDEVAC

9 Force ready for extraction

10 All forces extracted

11 All forces recovered

12 Abort

13 Using alternate LZ/FP

14 Threat contact

15

16

17

18

19

20


ACCURATE TARGET LOCATIONo Sourceo Accuracyo Observer

o ACCURATE BATTERY LOCATION

o METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION

o WEAPONS AND AMMUNITION DATA

o COMPUTATIONAL PROCEDURES

o WEATHERo Astroo Illumination

TERRAINo Soilo Vegetation (firing point and target)

THREAT CAPABILITIESo Counter fireo AAAMo EWo Reaction force

TARGETo Dimensionso Compositiono Posture

INDIGENOUS POPULATIONo Proximity to firing pointo Proximity to target

IMAGERYo Photoso Tamp/Togoo Autocads

Figure F-2. Example Planning Considerations Checklist.

F-18 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Hasty Survey Kits QuantityBUCS-R with survey chip 1BUCS-R with REV 1 chip 1Map 1Pizza cutter (GTA 6-5-1) 13-point resection device 1Antistatic bag for BUCS-R 1Hasty astro preplanned data: Rough data to celestial bodies Scaled data to DAP Scaled declination constant Satellite dataXO’S handbook 1Applicable TFT 1Calculator 18-inch protractor 1Plotting scale 1Map case 1Clipboards 1Pencil/pen 2

FDC BagChart board 1Chart paper, scaled 1RDP 1Pizza cutter (GTA 6-5-1) 1Target grid 1Chart bag 1Map 1

FDC Brief CaseBrief Case 1Applicable TFT(s) 1Applicable addendum(s) 1Applicable GFT(s) 1Applicable GST(s) 1BUCS-R with REV 1 chip 1Plotting pins 1 BoxPlotting scale 18-inch protractor 16H pencil 24H pencil 22H pencil 2Blue pencil 2Antistatic bag for BUCS-R 1Map 1Clipboards 1Record of fire 1 Pad

Figure F-3. Example Raid Equipment List.


Gun Guide Kit QuantityLensatic compass 1Hammer 1Stakes and tape 1 SetPanel markers with stakes As directedChem lights As directedInfrared strobes As directedPantel stake 1Note pad 1Pencil/pen 2

Raid HST KitGrounding rod 1LZ marking light 1Gloves, leatherman workman’s 1 PairOrange vests 1Goggles 1Cone flashlight 2 Chem lights As directedInfrared strobes As directed

Raid Mechanics Tool BagTool bag 1Flat top screwdrivers 2Adjustable wrench 2Box wrenches 1 SetBrush, cleaning 1

Figure F-3. Example Raid Equipment List (Continued).

F-20 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

Figure F-6. Example Howitzer Pick-Up Point Lighting.

Line Information Remarks

1 Mission number

2Location COOR/RAD/DME)

3 Unit call sign

4 Frequency PrimaryUHF ____/FM ____SecondaryUHF ____/FM ____

5 LZ marking

6 Wind direction/velocity

7 Elevation/size

8 Obstacles

9Friendly position(direction/distance)

10Threat position(direction/distance)

11Last fire received(time/type)

12 Direction of fire/distance

13Clearance to fire(direction/distance)

14Approach/retirement (recommended)

15 Personnel/equipment

16 Other

Figure F-4. Helicopter Landing ZoneBrief.

Figure F-5. Example Artillery Raid Landing

APPENDIX GGLOSSARY

Section I. Abbreviations and Acronyms

AAA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .avenues of approachACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aviation combat elementADA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . air defense artilleryACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . administrative controlADAM . . . . . . . . . area denial artillery munitionsADAM-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . area denial artillery

munitions-long durationADAM-S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . area denial artillery

munitions-short durationAFATDS. . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Field Artillery

Tactical Data SystemAFSC . . . . . . . . assistant fire support coordinatorALOC . . . . . . . . . . . . administrative and logistics

operation centerAMAL. . . . . . . authorized medical allowance listAMREP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ammunition reportAO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .area of operationsAoF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . azimuth of fireAOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . area of responsibilityAPICM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . antipersonnel improved

conventional munitionarty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .artilleryASP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ammunition supply pointASR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . assault report requestATCCS . . . . . . . . . Army Tactical Command and

Control SystemATI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . artillery target intelligenceATIZ . . . . . . . . . .artillery target intelligence zoneAXO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . assistant executive officer

BA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . basic allowanceBAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . battalion aid stationBB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . basebleedBBDPICM . . . . . . . . . . . base-burn dual purpose

improved conventional munition

BCS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . battery computer systemBDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . battle damage assessment BLT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . battalion landing teamBMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Boevaya Mashina Pekhotabn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . battalionBOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . battery operations centerBtry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . battery

BUCS-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . backup computer system-replacement

C2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .command and controlC3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .command, control, and

communicationscpl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . corporalCAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . close air supportCBAE . . . . . . . . . . commander’s battlespace area

evaluationCBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . counterbattery radarCCIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . commander’s critical

information requirementCDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .commanderCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . command elementCEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . circular error probableCFFZ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . call for fire zoneCFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . coordinated fire lineCFZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . critical friendly zoneCG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . commanding generalCLGP . . . . . . cannon-launched guided projectileCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . corrective maintenanceCO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . commanding officerCOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . course of actionCOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . combat operations centerCOF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . conduct of firecomm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . communicationsCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . command postCPREP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . command post reportCSB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . common sensor boundaryCSMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . close station march orderCSR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .controlled supply rateCSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . combat service supportCSSD . . . . . . combat service support detachmentCSSE. . . . . . . . . .combat service support elementCZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .censor zone

D3A. . . . . . . . . decide, detect, deliver, and assessDASC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . direct air support centerdig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digitalDISREP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . displacement reportDOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . day of ammunitionDOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Department of Defense

G-2 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

DODAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . Department of Defenseactivity code

DODIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Department of Defense identification code

DOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . day of supplyDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .decision pointDPICM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .dual purpose improved

conventional munitionDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . direct supportDST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . decision support templateDTED . . . . . . . . . . . .digital terrain elevation dataDTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . date-time groupDVST . . . . . . . . . . digital voice secure telephone

EEFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . essential elements of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . friendly informationEFAT . . . . . . . . . . . . essential field artillery taskEFST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .essential fire support taskEOL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . end of orienting lineEPW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . enemy prisoner of warEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electronic warfare

FAC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . forward air controllerFAC (A) . . . . . . forward air controller (airborne)FASCAM . . . . . . . . . family of scatterable minesFAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . facsimileFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .fire directionFDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fire direction centerFDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fire direction officerFEBA . . . . . . . . . . forward edge of the batle areaFFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . force fires coordinatorFFCC. . . . . . . . . . . force fires coordination centerFFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fire for effectFFIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . friendly forces information

requirementFFPAS. . . . Fire Finder Position Analysis SystemFIRECAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .fire capability reportFIREP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . firing reportFLASHREP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . flash reportFLOT . . . . . . . . . . . . .forward line of own troopsFMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fleet Marine ForceFMFM. . . . . . . . . . . . Fleet Marine Force manualFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . forward observerFPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .final protective fireFPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fire protective lineFSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fire support coordinatorFSCC. . . . . . . . . . fire support coordination centerFSCL. . . . . . . . . . . .fire support coordination lineFSCM . . . . . . . fire support coordinating measureFSSG. . . . . . . . . . . . . force service support group

FSO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fire support officerFTSO. . . . . . . . . . . . . fire tactical systems officerFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . forward

GCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ground combat elementGDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gun display unitGPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . global positioning systemGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .general supportGS-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . general support-reinforcingGySgt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gunnery sergeant

HA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hide areaHC. . . . . . . . . hexachloroethane (artillery smoke)HE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . high explosiveHE/Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . high explosive/ fuze quickHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . high frequencyHMMWV . . . . . . . . . high-mobility multipurpose

wheeled vehicleHOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . height of bursthow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . howitzerHPT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .high-payoff targetHQ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . headquartersHST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . helicopter support teamHVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . high-value target

ICM. . . . . . . . . improved conventional munitionsID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . identificationIFSAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .initial fire support

automated systemillum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . illuminationIOC . . . . . . . . . . . . .intelligence operations centerIPB . . . . . . . . . . . . intelligence preparation of the

battlespaceIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . information requirement

KIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . killed in actionKOCOA . . . . . . . . . .key terrain; observation and

fields of fire; cover and concealment;obstacles; avenues of approach

kph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kilometers per hourLAAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . low altitude air defenseLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . local area networkLAR . . . . . . . . . . . .light armored reconnaissanceLCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lightweight computer unitLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . line of departureLNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . liaison officerLOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lines of communicationsLOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . line of sightLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . listening postLZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . landing zone

Artillery Operations ____________________________________________________________________________________________ G-3

m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . meter MACS . . . . . . . . .modular artillery charge systemMAGTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marine air-ground

task forceMAP . . . . . . . . . . .mission, ammunition, positionMAPS . . . . . . . . . . Modular Azimuth Positioning

SystemMAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marine aircraft wingMBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . main battle areaMCFSS . . . . . Marine Corps Fire Support SystemMCOO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . modified combined

obstacle overlayMCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maintenance contact teamMCDP . . . . . . Marine Corps doctrinal publicationMCPP . . . . . . . . .Marine Corps Planning ProcessMCWP . . .Marine Corps warfighting publicationMDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . meteorological data systemMDSS II . . . . . . . . . Marine air-ground task force

(MAGTF) Deployment System II

MEB . . . . . . . . . . .Marine Expeditionary BrigadeMEF . . . . . . . . . . . . Marine Expeditionary Forcemet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . meteorologyMETT-T . . .mission, enemy, terrain and weather,

troops and support available-time available

MEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marine Expeditionary UnitMHE . . . . . . . . . . . . material handling equipmentMOFA. . . . . . . . . . . multioption fuze for artilleryMLRS . . . . . . . . . . multiple launch rocket systemmm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .millimeterMMS . . . . . . . . metereological measuring systemMOPP . . . . . . . . . . . . mission-oriented protective

postureMORTREP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mortar reportMOS . . . . . . . . . . military occupational specialtyMPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mean point of impactMRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .meals ready to eatMRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple rocket launcherMSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .main supply routeMST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maintenance support teamMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mechanical timeMTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . message to observerMV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . muzzle velocityMVV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . muzzle velocity variance

NAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . named area of interestNBC . . . . . . . . .nuclear, biological, and chemicalNCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .noncommissioned officerNGF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . naval gunfire

NGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . national geodetic surveyNIMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .National Imagery and

Mapping AgencyNSFS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .naval surface fire support

OL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . orienting lineO/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on-orderOOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .order of battleOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . observation postOPFAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . operational facilityOPORD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . operation orderOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . orienting station

P3I. . . . . . . . . pre-planned program improvementPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . position areaPADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . position and azimuth

determining systemPCFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .priority in calls for firePD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . point detonatingPDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . principal direction of firesPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .probable errorPeD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . probable error in deflectionPeR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .probable error in rangePIAFS . . . . portable inductive artillery fuze setterPIBAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pilot balloonPIR . . . . . . . . . . priority intelligence requirementPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . patrol leaderPLGR . . . . . . . . . . . .precision lightweight global

positioning system receiverPLRS. . . . . . . . position location reporting systemPM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . preventive maintenancePOL. . . . . . . . . . . . petroleum, oils, and lubricantspos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .positionpvt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . private

QE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quadrant elevation

R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reinforcingRAAMS . . . . . . . .remote antiarmor mine systemRAAMS-L . . . . . . . . . . . . remote antiarmor mine

system-long durationRAAMS-S. . . . . . . . . . . . . remote antiarmor mine

system-short durationRAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rocket assisted projectileregt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . regimentrein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reinforcedRFC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . raid force commanderRLT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .regimental landing teamROE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rules of engagementRRP. . . . . . . . . . . .repair and replenishment point

G-4 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

R&S . . . . . . . . . reconnaissance and surveillanceRSOP . . . . . . . . . . reconnaissance, selection, and

occupation of positionRSTA . . . . . . . reconnaissance, surveillance, and

target acquisition

SADARM . . . . sense and destroy armor munitionSALUTE . . . . . . . . . . size, activity, location, unit,

time, and equipmentSCAR . . . strike coordination and reconnaissanceSCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . survey control pointSCR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . single-channel radioSEAD . . . . . . .suppression of enemy air defensessec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . secondSHELREP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shelling reportSIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . survey information centerSITEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . situation templateSITMAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . situation mapSLCP. . . . .ships loading characteristics pamphletSMK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . smokeSOC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . special operations capableSOP . . . . . . . . . . . . .standing operating procedureSPEARR . . . . . . . . . . security, position, establish

communications, azimuth of fire,record, reconnaissance

SPOTREP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . spot report

TACC . . . . . .Marine tactical air command centerTACC(A) . . . . tactical air coordinator (airborne)TAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . target area of interestTAREP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . target reportTBMCS. . . . . . . . . . . . theater battle management

core system

TCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tactical combat operationsT/E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table of equipmenttgt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . targetTIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . target intelligence officerTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . target location errorTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . technical manualTNT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .trinitrotolueneT/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table of organizationTOF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . time of flightTOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . time on targetTPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . target processing centerTPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . timed phase lineTPME . . . . . . . . . . . task, purpose, method, effectTVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . target value analysis

UAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .unmanned aerial vehicleUHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ultrahigh frequencyUSMC . . . . . . . . . . . . United States Marine Corps USMCR . . . . . . . . . . United States Marine Corps

ReserveUSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United States NavyUTM . . . . . . . . . . . .universal transverse mercator

VA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vertical angleVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . velocity errorVHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . very high frequencyVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .variable time

WIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...wounded in actionWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . white phosphorus

XO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .executive officer


Section II. Definitions

acquire—1. When applied to acquisition radars,the process of detecting the presence and locationof a target in sufficient detail to permit identifica-tion. 2. When applied to tracking radars, the proc-cess of positioning a radar beam so that a target isin that beam to permit the effective employment ofweapons. See also target acquisition.

adjust fire—In artillery and naval gunfire sup-port: 1. An order or request to initiate an adjust-ment of fire. 2. A method of control transmitted inthe call for fire by the observer or spotter to indi-cate that he will control the adjustment. (JP 1-02)

adjustment of fire—Process used in artillery andnaval gunfire to obtain correct bearing, range, andheight of burst (if time fuzes are used) when engag-ing a target by observed fire See also spot. (JP 1-02)

administrative control—Direction or exercise ofauthority over subordinate or other organizationsin respect to administration and support, includ-ing organization of Service forces, control ofresources and equipment, personnel manage-ment, unit logistics, individual and unit training,readiness, mobilization, demobilization, disci-pline, and other matters not included in the opera-tional missions of the subordinate or otherorganizations Also called ADCON. (JP 1-02)

advance party—A group of unit representativesdispatched to a planned new position in advanceof the main body to prepare the position for thearrival of the unit and its equipment.

aiming circle—An optical instrument used toorient the tube of an indirect fire weapon in adesired direction. This instrument can measureboth the horizontal and vertical angles.

aiming post—A striped rod used in pairs as aclose-in aiming point.

air defense—All defensive measures designed todestroy attacking enemy aircraft or missiles in theEarth’s envelope of atmosphere, or to nullify orreduce the effectiveness of such attack. (JP 1-02)

alternate position—The position given to aweapon, unit, or individual to be occupied whenthe primary position becomes untenable or unsuit-able for carrying out the mission. The alternateposition is located so that the unit can continue themission it had when in its primary position.

ammunition—See munition.

ammunition report—A report used to maintainan accurate ammunition status of firing units.

angle T—In artillery and naval gunfire support,the angle formed by the intersection of the gun-target line and the observer-target line. (JP 1-02)

area fire—A volume of fire delivered in a pre-scribed area, generally for neutralization effects.

area of operations—An operational area definedby the joint force commander for land and navalforces. Areas of operation do not typically encom-pass the entire operational area of the joint forcecommander, but should be large enough for com-ponent commanders to accomplish their missionsand protect their forces. Also called AO. (JP 1-02)

area of responsibility—1. The geographical areaassociated with a combatant command withinwhich a combatant commander has authority toplan and conduct operations. 2. In naval usage, apredefined area of enemy terrain for which sup-porting ships are responsible for covering by fireon known targets or targets of opportunity and byobservation. Also called AOR. (JP 1-02)

area target—A target consisting of an arearather than a single point. (JP 1-02)

artillery fire plan—A part of the operation planof the supported unit or force which contains thenecessary information and instructions pertain-ing to the employment of artillery. The fire planconsists of three parts: the basic document, thetarget list, and schedules of fires.

artillery groupment—Temporary formationsused when one unit must exercise greater control

G-6 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

over another unit and is inherent in a reinforcingmission. When a suitable artillery headquarters isunavailable, an artillery battalion or battery maybe attached to another of like size to form anartillery groupment.

artillery preparation—Artillery fire deliveredbefore an attack to destroy, neutralize, or sup-press the enemy’s defense and to disrupt commu-nications and disorganize the enemy’s defense.The preparation is planned by a direct supportfield artillery battalion or higher echelon in coor-dination with the ground commander. It is anintense volume of fire delivered in accordancewith a time schedule. The fires normally com-mence prior to H-hour and may extend beyond it.They may start at a prescribed time or be held oncall. The duration of the preparation is influ-enced by factors such as the fire support needs ofthe entire force, number of targets and firingassets, and available ammunition. (FM 101-5-1/MCRP 5-12A)

artillery target intelligence zone—An area inenemy territory that the maneuver commanderwants to monitor closely. Weapon locations inthis zone will be reported immediately. Their pri-ority is exceeded only by targets in a criticalfriendly zone or a call-for-fire zone.

assault fire—1. That fire delivered by attackingtroops as they close with the enemy. 2. In artil-lery, extremely accurate, short-range destructionfire at point targets. (JP 1-02)

assign—1. To place units or personnel in anorganization where such placement is relativelypermanent, and/or where such organization con-trols and administers the units or personnel forthe primary function, or greater portion of thefunctions, of the unit or personnel. 2. To detailindividuals to specific duties or functions wheresuch duties or functions are primary and/or rela-tively permanent See also attach. (JP 1-02)

attach—1. The placement of units or personnelin an organization where such placement is rela-tively temporary. 2. The detailing of individualsto specific functions where such functions aresecondary or relatively temporary, e.g., attachedfor quarters and rations; attached for flying dutySee also assign. (JP 1-02)

at my command—In artillery and naval gunfiresupport, the command used when it is desired tocontrol the exact time of delivery of fire. (JP 1-02)

aviation combat element—The core element ofa Marine air ground-task force (MAGTF) that istask-organized to conduct aviation operations.The aviation combat element (ACE) provides allor a portion of the six functions of Marine avia-tion necessary to accomplish the MAGTF’s mis-sion. These functions are antiair warfare,offensive air support, assault support, electronicwarfare, air reconnaissance, and control of air-craft and missiles. The ACE is usually composedof an aviation unit headquarters and various otheraviation units or their detachments. It can vary insize from a small aviation detachment of specifi-cally required aircraft to one or more Marine air-craft wings. The ACE itself is not a formalcommand. Also called ACE. (JP 1-02)

azimuth of fire—The direction, expressed inmils, that a battery is laid (oriented) on when itoccupies a position.

backup computer system—A hand-held com-puter used as the primary backup to the batterycomputer system.

barrage fire—Fire which is designed to fill avolume of space or area rather than aimed specif-ically at a given target. See also fire. (JP 1-02)

base-ejection shell—A type of projectile thatejects its payload from the base, such as theimproved conventional munition projectile.


basic load—The quantity of supplies required tobe on hand within, and which can be moved by, aunit or formation. It is expressed according to thewartime organization of the unit or formation andmaintained at the prescribed levels. (JP 1-02)

basic load of ammunition—The amount ofammunition a unit is authorized to maintain toinitiate combat and sustain itself until resupplied.

battery center—A point on the ground, the coor-dinates of which are used as a reference indicat-ing the location of the battery in the production offiring data. Also called chart location of the bat-tery. (JP 1-02)

battery computer system—An automated dataprocessing system located in the firing battery.Consists of three major components: lightweightcomputer unit, power distribution unit, and 1 to 12gun display units. Used to compute accurate firingdata and as a digital communications interface.

battery operations center—A facility estab-lished to serve as an alternate fire direction cen-ter and as the battery command post.

blood agent—A chemical compound, includingthe cyanide group, that affects bodily functionsby preventing the normal utilization of oxygen bybody tissues. (JP 1-02)

boresighting—The process by which the opticalaxes of the weapon sights are aligned parallel tothe axis of the cannon tube. The primary meth-ods of boresighting are the distant aiming point,the testing target, or standard angle. Boresight isverified with the M140/M139 alignment device.

caliber—1. The diameter of the bore of aweapon; obtained in rifled weapons by measuringbetween opposite lands. 2. Diameter of a projec-tile. 3. Unit of measure used to express the lengthof the bore of a weapon. The number of calibersis determined by dividing the length of the boreof the weapon (from breech face of the tube tothe muzzle) by the diameter of its bore.

call for fire—A request for fire containing datanecessary for obtaining the required fire on a tar-get. (JP 1-02)

call-for-fire zone—An area in enemy territorythat the maneuver commander considersextremely important to neutralize fires from byimmediate counterfire. (FM 6-121)

cancel—In artillery and naval gunfire support,the term, “cancel,” when coupled with a previousorder, other than an order for a quantity or type ofammunition, rescinds that order. (JP 1-02)

cancel check firing—The order to rescind checkfiring. (JP 1-02)

cannot observe—A type of fire control whichindicates that the observer or spotter will beunable to adjust fire, but believes a target exists atthe given location and is of sufficient importanceto justify firing upon it without adjustment orobservation. (JP 1-02)

cease fire—A command given to air defenseartillery units to refrain from firing on, but tocontinue to track, an airborne object Missilesalready in flight will be permitted to continue tointercept. (JP 1-02)

cease loading—In artillery and naval gunfiresupport, the command used during firing of twoor more rounds to indicate the suspension ofinserting rounds into the weapon. (JP 1-02)

centers of gravity—Those characteristics, capa-bilities, or localities from which a military forcederives its freedom of action, physical strength,or will to fight. (JP 1-02)

centigray—A unit of absorbed dose of radiation(one centigray equals one rad). The term centi-gray (1/100 of a gray) (one gray equals 100 rads)has replaced the term rad and is the equivalent ofone rad. Also called a cGy.

G-8 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

charge—1. The amount of propellant requiredfor a fixed, semi-fixed, or separate loading pro-jectile, round or shell It may also refer to thequantity of explosive filling contained in a bomb,mine or the like. 2. In combat engineering, aquantity of explosive, prepared for demolitionpurposes. (JP 1-02)

check firing—In artillery and naval gunfire sup-port, a command to cause a temporary halt in fir-ing. (JP 1-02)

checkpoint—1. A predetermined point on thesurface of the Earth used as a means of control-ling movement, a registration target for fireadjustment, or reference for location. 2. Center ofimpact; a burst center. 3. Geographical locationon land or water above which the position of anaircraft in flight may be determined by observa-tion or by electrical means. 4. A place where mil-itary police check vehicular or pedestrian trafficin order to enforce circulation control measuresand other laws, orders, and regulations. (JP 1-02)

chemical agent—A chemical substance which isintended for use in military operations to kill,seriously injure, or incapacitate personnelthrough its physiological effects. The termexcludes riot control agents, herbicides, smoke,and flame.

chemical defense—The methods, plans and pro-cedures involved in establishing and executingdefensive measures against attack utilizing chem-ical agents. See also NBC defense. (JP 1-02)

chemical dose—The amount of chemical agent,expressed in milligrams, that is taken or absorbedby the body. (JP 1-02)

circular error probable—An indicator of thedelivery accuracy of a weapon system, used as afactor in determining probable damage to a tar-get It is the radius of a circle within which half ofa missile’s projectiles are expected to fall. Alsocalled CEP. (JP 1-02)

close column—A convoy in which vehiclesmove at intervals of less than 100 meters.

close support—That action of the supportingforce against targets or objectives which are suf-ficiently near the supported force as to requiredetailed integration or coordination of the sup-porting action with the fire, movement, or otheractions of the supported force. See also directsupport; general support; mutual support; sup-port. (JP 1-02)

close supporting fire—Fire placed on enemytroops, weapons, or positions which, because oftheir proximity, present the most immediate andserious threat to the supported unit. See also sup-porting fire. (JP 1-02)

collective call sign—Any call sign which repre-sents two or more facilities, commands, authori-ties, or units. The collective call sign for any ofthese includes the commander thereof and allsubordinate commanders therein. See also callsign. (JP 1-02)

collocation—The physical placement of two ormore detachments, units, organizations, or facili-ties at a specifically defined location. (JP 1-02)

combat power—The total means of destructiveand/or disruptive force which a military unit/for-mation can apply against the opponent at a giventime. (JP 1-02)

combat service support—The essential capabili-ties, functions, activities, and tasks necessary tosustain all elements of operating forces in theaterat all levels of war. Within the national and the-ater logistic systems, it includes but is not lim-ited to that support rendered by service forces inensuring the aspects of supply, maintenance,transportation, health services, and other servicesrequired by aviation and ground combat troops topermit those units to accomplish their missions incombat. Combat service support encompassesthose activities at all levels of war that producesustainment to all operating forces on the battle-field. (JP 1-02) Also called CSS.

combat service support element—The core ele-ment of a Marine air-ground task force (MAGTF)that is task-organized to provide the combat service


support necessary to accomplish the MAGTF mis-sion. The combat service support element varies insize from a small detachment to one or more forceservice support groups. It provides supply, mainte-nance, transportation, general engineering, health ser-vices, and a variety of other services to the MAGTF.The combat service support element itself is not aformal command. Also called CSSE. (JP 1-02)

command—1. The authority that a commander inthe Armed Forces lawfully exercises over subordi-nates by virtue of rank or assignment. Commandincludes the authority and responsibility for effec-tively using available resources and for planningthe employment of, organizing, directing, coordi-nating, and controlling military forces for theaccomplishment of assigned missions. It alsoincludes responsibility for health, welfare, morale,and discipline of assigned personnel. 2. An ordergiven by a commander; that is, the will of the com-mander expressed for the purpose of bringingabout a particular action. 3. A unit or units, anorganization, or an area under the command of oneindividual. (JP 1-02)

command and control—The exercise of author-ity and direction by a properly designated com-mander over assigned and attached forces in theaccomplishment of the mission. Command andcontrol functions are performed through anarrangement of personnel, equipment, communi-cations, facilities, and procedures employed by acommander in planning, directing, coordinating,and controlling forces and operations in theaccomplishment of the mission. Also called C2.(JP 1-02)

command and control system—The facilities,equipment, communications, procedures, and per-sonnel essential to a commander for planning,directing, and controlling operations of assignedforces pursuant to the missions assigned. (JP 1-02)

command element—The core headquarters ele-ment of a Marine air-ground task force (MAGTF).The command element is composed of the com-mander, general or executive and special staff sec-tions, headquarters section, and requisite

communications support, intelligence, and recon-naissance forces necessary to accomplish theMAGTF mission. The command element pro-vides command and control, intelligence, and othersupport essential for effective planning and execu-tion of operations by the other elements of theMAGTF. The command element varies in size andcomposition. Also called CE. (JP 1-02)

commander’s estimate of the situation—A logi-cal process of reasoning by which a commanderconsiders all the circumstances affecting the mili-tary situation and arrives at a decision as to acourse of action to be taken to accomplish the mis-sion. A commander’s estimate which considers amilitary situation so far in the future as to requiremajor assumptions is called a commander’s long-range estimate of the situation. (JP 1-02)

command post—A unit’s or subunit’s headquar-ters where the commander and the staff performtheir activities. In combat, a unit’s or subunit’sheadquarters is often divided into echelons; theechelon in which the unit or subunit commanderis located or from which such commander oper-ates is called a command post. Also called CP.(JP 1-02)

command post report—A report used to reportthe time of opening and closing of the commandpost and the location of the new command post.

common control (artillery)—Horizontal andvertical map or chart location of points in the tar-get area and position area, tied in with the hori-zontal and vertical control in use by two or moreunits. May be established by firing, survey, orcombination of both, or by assumption. (JP 1-02)

common grid—A common grid is the sum of allcomponents of relative survey, as well as the geo-detic system, coordinate system, and the projec-tion/grid system of the operational area. Throughthese components all fire support and targetingassets are oriented the same, to prescribed accura-cies, with respect to azimuth, position, and eleva-tion. (JP 1-02)

G-10 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

common sensory boundary—A line establishedby the division artillery or field artillery brigadethat divides target acquisition areas of search intoclose and deep areas for the AN/TPQ-36 and AN/TPQ-37 respectively. This boundary is estab-lished to prevent target duplication and maxi-mize range capabilities of the radars.

complete round—A term applied to an assemblageof explosive and nonexplosive components designedto perform a specific function at the time and underthe conditions desired. Examples of complete roundsof ammunition are: a. separate loading, consisting ofa primer, propelling charge and, except for blankammunition, a projectile and a fuze; b. fixed or semi-fixed, consisting of a primer, propelling charge, car-tridge case, a projectile and, except when solidprojectiles are used, a fuze; c. bomb, consisting of allcomponent parts required to drop and function thebomb once; d. missile, consisting of a complete war-head section and a missile body with its associatedcomponents and propellants; and e. rocket, consist-ing of all components necessary to function.(JP 1-02)

concentrated fire—Fire from a number of weap-ons directed at a single point or small area InMarine artillery, the term massed fire is synony-mous with concentrated fire.

concept of operations—A verbal or graphicstatement, in broad outline, of a commander’sassumptions or intent in regard to an operation orseries of operations. The concept of operationsfrequently is embodied in campaign plans andoperation plans; in the latter case, particularlywhen the plans cover a series of connected opera-tions to be carried out simultaneously or in suc-cession. The concept is designed to give anoverall picture of the operation. It is included pri-marily for additional clarity of purpose. (JP 1-02)

contingent zone of fire—An area within which adesignated ground unit or fire support ship maybe called upon to deliver fire. See also zone offire. (JP 1-02)

continuity of operations—The degree or state ofbeing continuous in the conduct of functions,tasks, or duties necessary to accomplish a mili-tary action or mission in carrying out the nationalmilitary strategy. It includes the functions andduties of the commander, as well as the support-ing functions and duties performed by the staffand others acting under the authority and direc-tion of the commander.

continuous fire—1. Fire conducted at a normalrate without interruption for application of adjust-ment corrections or for other causes. 2. In fieldartillery and naval gunfire support, loading andfiring at a specified rate or as rapidly as possibleconsistent with accuracy within the prescribedrate of fire for the weapon. Firing will continueuntil terminated by the command “end of mis-sion” or temporarily suspended by the command“cease loading” or “check firing.” (JP 1-02)

continuous illumination fire—A type of fire inwhich illuminating projectiles are fired at speci-fied time intervals to provide uninterrupted light-ing on the target or specified area. (JP 1-02)

control—1. Authority which may be less thanfull command exercised by a commander overpart of the activities of subordinate or other orga-nizations. 2. In mapping, charting, and photo-grammetry, a collective term for a system ofmarks or objects on the Earth or on a map or aphotograph, whose positions or elevations, orboth, have been or will be determined. 3. Physi-cal or psychological pressures exerted with theintent to assure that an agent or group willrespond as directed. 4. An indicator governingthe distribution and use of documents, informa-tion, or material. Such indicators are the subjectof intelligence community agreement and arespecifically defined in appropriate regulations.See also administrative control; operational con-trol; tactical control. (JP 1-02)

Artillery Operations ___________________________________________________________________________________________ G-11

converged sheaf—The lateral distribution of fireof two or more pieces so that the planes of fireintersect at a given point. See also open sheaf;parallel sheaf; special sheaf. (JP 1-02)

convoy—1. A number of merchant ships or navalauxiliaries, or both, usually escorted by warshipsand/or aircraft, or a single merchant ship or navalauxiliary under surface escort, assembled andorganized for the purpose of passage together. 2. Agroup of vehicles organized for the purpose ofcontrol and orderly movement with or withoutescort protection. (JP 1-02)

counterbattery fire—Fire delivered for the pur-pose of destroying or neutralizing indirect fireweapon systems. (JP 1-02)

counterfire—Fire intended to destroy or neutral-ize enemy weapons (DOD only) Includes counter-battery, counterbombardment, and countermortarfire. See also fire. (JP 1-02)

counterfire reference grid—A series of 5-kilo-meter squares covering a zone of action used torapidly orient target acquisition assets and firingunits to a target area.

counterintelligence—Information gathered andactivities conducted to protect against espionage,other intelligence activities, sabotage, or assassina-tions conducted by or on behalf of foreign govern-ments or elements thereof, foreign organizations,or foreign persons, or international terrorist activi-ties. Also called CI. (JP 1-02)

countermechanized fire—Fire delivered againstactive enemy mechanized units.

countermortar fire—Fire especially directedagainst enemy mortars.

counterpreparation fire—Intensive prearrangedfire delivered when the imminence of the enemyattack is discovered. (DOD only) It is designed to:break up enemy formations; disorganize theenemy’s systems of command, communications,and observation; decrease the effectiveness of

artillery preparation; and impair the enemy’soffensive spirit. See also fire. (JP 1-02)

course of action—1. A plan that would accom-plish, or is related to, the accomplishment of a mis-sion. 2. The scheme adopted to accomplish a taskor mission. It is a product of the Joint OperationPlanning and Execution System concept develop-ment phase. The supported commander willinclude a recommended course of action in thecommander’s estimate. The recommended courseof action will include the concept of operations,evaluation of supportability estimates of support-ing organizations, and an integrated time-phaseddata base of combat, combat support, and combatservice support forces and sustainment. Refine-ment of this data base will be contingent on thetime available for course of action development.When approved, the course of action becomes thebasis for the development of an operation plan oroperation order. Also called COA. (JP 1-02)

covering fire—1. Fire used to protect troopswhen they are within range of enemy small arms.2. In amphibious usage, fire delivered prior to thelanding to cover preparatory operations such asunderwater demolition or minesweeping. See alsofire. (JP 1-02)

crater analysis—Process by which the directionto an artillery or mortar unit is determined fromanalysis of the shell crater. Additionally, shellfragments are collected to determine the type ofshell that caused the crater.

crest—A terrain feature of such altitude that itrestricts fire or observation in an area beyond,resulting in dead space, or limiting the minimumelevation, or both. (JP 1-02)

critical friendly zone—An area in which arelocated friendly units or units that the maneuvercommander designates as critical.

cueing—External actions or inputs that cause asurveillance or target acquisition device to turnon and search a suspect area.

G-12 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

damage assessment—1. The determination of theeffect of attacks on targets (DOD only) 2. A deter-mination of the effect of a compromise of classi-fied information on national security. (JP 1-02)

danger close—In artillery and naval gunfire sup-port, information in a call for fire to indicate thatfriendly forces are within 600 meters of the target.

dead space—1. An area within the maximumrange of a weapon, radar, or observer, which can-not be covered by fire or observation from a par-ticular position because of intervening obstacles,the nature of the ground, or the characteristics ofthe trajectory, or the limitations of the pointingcapabilities of the weapons. 2. An area or zonewhich is within range of a radio transmitter, butin which a signal is not received. 3. The volumeof space above and around a gun or guided mis-sile system into which it cannot fire because ofmechanical or electronic limitations. (JP 1-02)

deep supporting fire—Fire directed on objec-tives not in the immediate vicinity of our forces,for neutralizing and destroying enemy reservesand weapons, and interfering with enemy com-mand, supply, communications, and observations.See also close supporting fire; direct supportingfire; supporting fire. (JP 1-02)

deliberate occupation—The occupation of aposition by a unit that has been fully prepared foroccupation by the advance party; for example,howitzer positions have been selected and initialdeflections provided to the gun guides.

destruction—A type of adjustment for destroy-ing a given target. (JP 1-02)

destruction fire—Fire delivered for the sole pur-pose of destroying material objects. See also fire.(JP 1-02)

destruction fire mission—In artillery, fire deliv-ered for the purpose of destroying a point target.See also fire. (JP 1-02)

detachment—1. A part of a unit separated fromits main organization for duty elsewhere. 2. A

temporary military or naval unit formed fromother units or parts of units. (JP 1-02)

direct air support center—The principal aircontrol agency of the US Marine air commandand control system responsible for the directionand control of air operations directly supportingthe ground combat element It processes and coor-dinates requests for immediate air support andcoordinates air missions requiring integrationwith ground forces and other supporting arms. Itnormally collocates with the senior fire supportcoordination center within the ground combatelement and is subordinate to the tactical air com-mand center. Also called DASC. (JP 1-02)

direct fire—Gunfire delivered on a target, usingthe target itself as a point of aim for either thegun or the director. (JP 1-02)

direct support—A mission requiring a force tosupport another specific force and authorizing itto answer directly the supported force’s requestfor assistance. See also close support; generalsupport; mutual support; support. (JP 1-02)

direct support artillery—Artillery whose pri-mary task is to provide fire requested by the sup-ported unit. (JP 1-02)

direct supporting fire—Fire delivered in sup-port of part of a force, as opposed to general sup-porting fire which is delivered in support of theforce as a whole. See also close supporting fire;deep supporting fire; supporting fire. (JP 1-02)

dispersion—1. A scattered pattern of hits aroundthe mean point of impact of bombs and projectilesdropped or fired under identical conditions. 2. Inantiaircraft gunnery, the scattering of shots inrange and deflection about the mean point ofexplosion. 3. The spreading or separating oftroops, materiel, establishments, or activitieswhich are usually concentrated in limited areas toreduce vulnerability. 4. In chemical and biologicaloperations, the dissemination of agents in liquid oraerosol form. 5. In airdrop operations, the scatterof personnel and/or cargo on the drop zone. 6. Innaval control of shipping, the reberthing of a ship


in the periphery of the port area or in the vicinityof the port for its own protection in order to mini-mize the risk of damage from attack. (JP 1-02)

displacement—1. The act of leaving a positionbefore occupying another. 2. The undesiredmovement of a sight caused by traversing thetube or by the shock of firing.

displacement report—A report used to report thedisplacement of a firing battery or element. TheDISREP is submitted when the unit can no longerfire from its present position due to displacement.

distant aiming point—An aiming point at least1,500 meters from the pieces.

distributed fire—Fire so dispersed as toengage most effectively an area target. See alsofire. (JP 1-02)

distribution of fire—The pattern of bursts in thetarget area; the sheaf.

doctrine—Fundamental principles by which themilitary forces or elements thereof guide theiractions in support of national objectives. It isauthoritative but requires judgment in applica-tion. (JP 1-02)

dud—Explosive munition which has not beenarmed as intended or which has failed to explodeafter being armed. (JP 1-02)

electronic line of sight—A straight, unobstructedpath from the transmit antenna of an emitter toeither a reflecting object or a receive antenna.

emergency mission—Mission occupying a posi-tion, from the march, in response to a call for fire,without prior reconnaissance or preparation of theposition. See also hip shoot.

end of mission—In artillery and naval gunfiresupport, an order given to terminate firing on aspecific target. (JP 1-02)

end of orienting line—A point on the orientingline marked by any sharply defined permanent orsemipermanent object such as a steeple, flag-pole,or stake It should be visible during darkness.

explosive ordnance—All munitions containingexplosives, nuclear fission or fusion materials, andbiological and chemical agents. This includesbombs and warheads; guided and ballistic missiles;artillery, mortar, rocket, and small arms ammuni-tion; all mines, torpedoes, and depth charges; demo-lition charges; pyrotechnics; clusters and dispensers;cartridge and propellant actuated devices; electro-explosive devices; clandestine and improvisedexplosive devices; and all similar or related items orcomponents explosive in nature. (JP 1-02)

field storage location—A controlled, limited-access area in which a unit having custody ofnuclear weapons stores them. Its primary pur-pose is to prevent unauthorized and uncontrolledaccess to the weapons.

final protective fire—An immediately available pre-arranged barrier of fire designed to impede enemymovement across defensive lines or areas. (JP 1-02)

fire—1. The command given to discharge aweapon(s). 2. To detonate the main explosivecharge by means of a firing system. See also bar-rage fire; close supporting fire; concentrated fire;counterfire; counterpreparation fire; coveringfire; deep supporting fire; destruction fire; directfire; direct supporting fire; distributed fire; graz-ing fire; harassing fire; indirect fire; interdictionfire; neutralization fire; observed fire; radar fire;registration fire; scheduled fire; searching fire;supporting fire; suppressive fire; unobserved fire;zone fire. (JP 1-02)

fire capabilities chart—A chart, usually in theform of an overlay, showing the areas which canbe reached by the fire of the bulk of the weaponsof a unit. (JP 1-02)

G-14 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

fire capability report—A report providing thefiring status of an artillery battery or element.The report is made when a unit occupies a newfiring position and is ready to fire, or when achange occurs in the number of weapons avail-able (e.g., a gun out of action due to enemyaction or a mechanical malfunction).

fire control—The control of all operations inconnection with the application of fire on a tar-get. (JP 1-02)

fire control alignment tests—Tests performedto determine if the on-carriage fire control equip-ment, the gunner’s quadrant, and the alignmentdevice are in correct adjustment

fire control radar—Radar used to provide tar-get information inputs to a weapon fire controlsystem. (JP 1-02)

fire control system—A group of interrelated firecontrol equipment and/or instruments designed foruse with a weapon or group of weapons. (JP 1-02)

fire direction center—That element of a com-mand post, consisting of gunnery and communi-cation personnel and equipment, by means ofwhich the commander exercises fire directionand/or fire control. The fire direction centerreceives target intelligence and requests for fire,and translates them into appropriate fire direc-tion. (JP 1-02)

fire for effect—1. Fire which is delivered afterthe mean point of impact or burst is within thedesired distance of the target or adjusting/rang-ing point. 2. Term in a call for fire to indicate theadjustment/ranging is satisfactory and fire foreffect is desired. (JP 1-02)

fire mission—1. Specific assignment given to afire unit as part of a definite plan. 2. Order usedto alert the weapon/battery area and indicate thatthe message following is a call for fire. (JP 1-02)

fire planning—The planning conducted byeach supporting arm agency in response to thesupported commander’s fire support plan.

Establishing essential tasks and a scheme offires, scheduling of fires, provisions for attack-ing targets of opportunity, positioning of firingelements and observers, communications, com-bat service support, and computation of firingdata (as applicable) are some of the aspectsinvolved in fire planning.

firepower—1. The amount of fire which may bedelivered by a position, unit, or weapon system.2. Ability to deliver fire. (JP 1-02)

fire support coordination center—A singlelocation in which are centralized communica-tions facilities and personnel incident to the coor-dination of all forms of fire support. (JP 1-02)

fire support coordinator—The officer in chargeof the fire support coordination center. He is thedirect representative of the commander, landingforce for the planning and coordination of allavailable fire support.

fire support plan—The fire support plan is a tac-tical plan prepared by the FSC, containing thenecessary information for the employment of firesupport in the operation. It consists of the conceptof fires, essential fire support tasks (EFST), andthe scheme of fires.

firing chart—Map, photo map, or grid sheetshowing the relative horizontal and vertical posi-tions of batteries, base points, base point lines,check points, targets, and other details needed inpreparing firing data. (JP 1-02)

firing point—That point in the firing circuitwhere the device employed to initiate the detona-tion of the charges is located. (JP 1-02)

firing position—A specific location occupied orto be occupied by the firing battery or element.

formations—Weapons emplacement in a posi-tion area as selected by the battery commander.

forward air controller (airborne)—A specifi-cally trained and qualified aviation officer whoexercises control from the air of aircraft engaged inclose air support of ground troops. The forward air


controller (airborne) is normally an airborne exten-sion of the tactical air control party. Also calledFAC(A). (JP 1-02)

forward line of own troops—A line which indi-cates the most forward positions of friendly forcesin any kind of military operation at a specific time.The forward line of own troops normally identi-fies the forward location of covering and screen-ing forces. Also called FLOT. (JP 1-02)

forward observer—An observer operating withfront line troops and trained to adjust ground ornaval gunfire and pass back battlefield informa-tion. In the absence of a forward air controller,the observer may control close air support strikes.(JP 1-02)

general support—That support which is given tothe supported force as a whole and not to any par-ticular subdivision thereof. See also close sup-port; direct support; support. (JP 1-02)

general support artillery—Artillery which exe-cutes the fire directed by the commander of theunit to which i t organically belongs or isattached. It fires in support of the operation as awhole rather than in support of a specific subordi-nate unit. (JP 1-02)

general support-reinforcing—A tactical artil-lery mission. General support-reinforcing artil-lery has the mission of supporting the force as awhole and of providing reinforcing fires foranother artillery unit. (JP 1-02)

grazing fire—Fire approximately parallel to theground where the center of the cone of fire doesnot rise above one meter from the ground. Seealso fire. (JP 1-02)

ground combat element—The core element of aMarine air-ground task force (MAGTF) that istask-organized to conduct ground operations. It isusually constructed around an infantry organiza-tion but can vary in size from a small ground unitof any type, to one or more Marine divisions thatcan be independently maneuvered under thedirection of the MAGTF commander. The ground

combat element itself is not a formal command.Also called GCE. (JP 1-02)

gun—1. A cannon with relatively long barrel,operating with relatively low angle of fire, andhaving a high muzzle velocity. 2. A cannon withtube length 30 calibers or more. See also howit-zer. (JP 1-02)

gun carriage—A mobile or fixed support for agun It sometimes includes the elevating and tra-versing mechanisms.

gun-target line—An imaginary straight linefrom gun to target. (JP 1-02)

hang fire—A malfunction that causes an unde-sired delay in the functioning of a firing system.(JP 1-02)

harassing fire—Fire designed to disturb the restof the enemy troops, to curtail movement, and, bythreat of losses, to lower morale. See also fire.(JP 1-02)

hasty defense—A defense normally organizedwhile in contact with the enemy or when contactis imminent and time available for the organiza-tion is limited. It is characterized by improvementof the natural defensive strength of the terrain byutilization of foxholes, emplacements, and obsta-cles. (JP 1-02)

hasty occupation—The occupation of a positionthat has not been fully prepared for occupation bythe advance party.

hasty survey—Techniques used to establishrapid and sufficiently accurate direction and/orposition data through simplified procedures andwith cannon battery table of equipment andequipment.

high angle fire—Fire delivered at angles of ele-vation greater than the elevation that correspondsto the maximum range of the gun and ammuni-tion concerned; fire, the range of which decreasesas the angle of elevation is increased. (JP 1-02)

G-16 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

high-payoff target—A target whose loss to theenemy will significantly contribute to the suc-cess of the friendly course of action. High-payofftargets are those high-value targets, identifiedthrough wargaming, which must be acquired andsuccessfully attacked for the success of thefriendly commander’s mission. Also called HPT.(JP 1-02)

high-value target—A target the enemy com-mander requires for the successful completion ofthe mission. The loss of high-value targets wouldbe expected to seriously degrade important enemyfunctions throughout the friendly commander’sarea of interest. Also called HVT. (JP 1-02)

hip shoot—Occupying a position from a convoywithout prior reconnaissance and firing from thisposition in response to a call for fire.

howitzer—1. A cannon which combines certaincharacteristics of guns and mortars. The howitzerdelivers projectiles with medium velocities, eitherby low or high trajectories. 2. Normally a cannonwith a tube length of 20 to 30 calibers; however,the tube length can exceed 30 calibers and still beconsidered a howitzer when the high angle firezoning solution permits range overlap betweencharges. See also gun. (JP 1-02)

illumination fire—Fire designed to illuminate anarea. Illumination fire is used to observe enemyoperations and movements, to adjust observedfire during hours of darkness, and to provideassistance to friendly night operations.

immediate counterfire—The attack of theenemy’s indirect fire systems that are inflictingheavy damage on friendly forces.

indirect fire—Fire delivered on a target that isnot itself used as a point of aim for the weaponsor the director. (JP 1-02)

infiltration—1. The movement through or intoan area or territory occupied by either friendly orenemy troops or organizations. The movement ismade, either by small groups or by individuals, atextended or irregular intervals. When used in

connection with the enemy, it infers that contactis avoided. 2. In intelligence usage, placing anagent or other person in a target area in hostileterritory. Usually involves crossing a frontier orother guarded line. Methods of infiltration are:black (clandestine); grey (through legal crossingpoint but under false documentation); white(legal). (JP 1-02)

intelligence preparation of the battlespace—An analytical methodology employed to reduceuncertainties concerning the enemy, environment,and terrain for all types of operations. Intelli-gence preparation of the battlespace builds anextensive data base for each potential area inwhich a unit may be required to operate. The database is then analyzed in detail to determine theimpact of the enemy, environment, and terrain onoperations and presents it in graphic form. Intelli-gence preparation of the battlespace is a continu-ing process. Also called IPB. (JP 1-02)

interdiction fire—Fire placed on an area or pointto prevent the enemy from using the area orpoint. (NATO, AAP-6)

Joint Munitions Effectiveness Manual-SpecialOperations—A publication providing a single,comprehensive source of information coveringweapon effectiveness, selection, and require-ments for special operations munitions In addi-t ion, the closely related fields of weaponcharacteristics and effects, target characteristics,and target vulnerability are treated in limiteddetail required by the mission planner. Althoughemphasis is placed on weapons that are currentlyin the inventory, information is also included forsome weapons not immediately available but pro-jected for the near future. Also called JMEM-SO.

killing zone—An area in which a commanderplans to force the enemy to concentrate so as todestroy him with conventional weapons or the tac-tical employment of nuclear weapons. (JP 1-02)

laid—A weapon is laid when the axis of the tubeis accurately aimed in a predetermined direction.


laser range finder—A device which uses laserenergy for determining the distance from thedevice to a place or object. (JP 1-02)

lateral spread—A technique used to place themean point of impact of two or more units 100meters apart on a line perpendicular to the gun-target line. (JP 1-02)

laying—The process of orienting a weapon fordirection.

list of targets—A tabulation of confirmed or sus-pect targets maintained by any echelon for infor-mational and fire support planning purposes. Seealso target list. (JP 1-02)

lot—Specifically, a quantity of material all of whichwas manufactured under identical conditions andassigned an identifying lot number. (JP 1-02)

low angle fire—Fire delivered at angles of eleva-tion below the elevation that corresponds to themaximum range of the gun and ammunition con-cerned. (JP 1-02)

Marine air-ground task force—The MarineCorps principal organization for all missionsacross the range of military operations, com-posed of forces task-organized under a singlecommander capable of responding rapidly to acontingency anywhere in the world. The types offorces in the Marine air-ground task force(MAGTF) are functionally grouped into four coreelements: a command element, an aviation com-bat element, a ground combat element, and acombat service support element. The four coreelements are categories of forces, not formalcommands. The basic structure of the MAGTFnever varies, though the number, size, and type ofMarine Corps units comprising each of its fourelements will always be mission dependent. Theflexibility of the organizational structure allowsfor one or more subordinate MAGTFs to beassigned. Also called MAGTF. See also aviationcombat element; combat service support ele-ment; command element; ground combat ele-ment; Marine expeditionary force; Marineexpeditionary force (forward); Marine expedi-

tionary unit; special purpose Marine air-groundtask force; task force. (JP 1-02)

main battle area—That portion of the battlefieldin which the decisive battle is fought to defeat theenemy. For any particular command, the main bat-tle area extends rearward from the forward edge ofthe battle area to the rear boundary of the com-mand’s subordinate units. (JP 1-02)

maneuver—1. A movement to place ships or air-craft in a position of advantage over the enemy. 2. Atactical exercise carried out at sea, in the air, on theground, or on a map in imitation of war. 3. Theoperation of a ship, aircraft, or vehicle, to cause it toperform desired movements. 4. Employment offorces on the battlefield through movement in com-bination with fire, or fire potential, to achieve aposition of advantage in respect to the enemy inorder to accomplish the mission. (JP 1-02)

mark—In artillery and naval gunfire support, tocall for fire on a specified location in order to ori-ent the observer/spotter, to indicate targets, or toreport the instant of optimum light on the targetproduced by illumination shells. In naval opera-tions, to use a maritime unit to maintain an imme-diate offensive or obstructive capability against aspecified target.

marking fire—Fire placed on a target for thepurpose of identification. (JP 1-02)

mass—1. The concentration of combat power.2. The military formation in which units arespaced at less than the normal distances andintervals. (JP 1-02)

maximum rate of fire—The rate of fire that aweapon can continue for a short period withoutseriously overheating.

meteorological data—Meteorological facts per-taining to the atmosphere, such as wind, tempera-ture, air density, and other phenomena whichaffect military operations. (JP 1-02)

mil—A unit of measurement for angles. Thereare 6400 mils in a complete circle.

G-18 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

misfire—1. Failure to fire or explode properly.2. Failure of a primer or the propelling charge ofa round or projectile to function wholly or inpart. (JP 1-02)

mission—1. The task, together with the purpose,that clearly indicates the action to be taken andthe reason therefore. 2. In common usage, espe-cially when applied to lower military units, a dutyassigned to an individual or unit; a task. 3. Thedispatching of one or more aircraft to accomplishone particular task. (JP 1-02)

mission-essential materiel—1. That materielwhich is authorized and available to combat,combat support, combat service support, andcombat readiness training forces to accomplishtheir assigned missions. 2. For the purpose of siz-ing organic industrial facilities, that Service-des-ignated materiel authorized to combat, combatsupport, combat service support, and combatreadiness training forces and activities, includingReserve and National Guard activities, which isrequired to support approved emergency and/orwar plans, and where the materiel is used to: a.destroy the enemy or his capacity to continuewar; b. provide battlefield protection of person-nel; c. communicate under war conditions; d.detect, locate, or maintain surveillance over theenemy; e. provide combat transportation and sup-port of men and materiel; and f. support trainingfunctions, but is suitable for employment underemergency plans to meet purposes enumeratedabove. (JP 1-02)

Multiple Launch Rocket System—The MultipleLaunch Rocket System is a highly mobile, rapid-fire, surface-to-surface, free-flight rocket andguided missile system It is designed to comple-ment cannon artillery; to attack the enemy deep;and to strike at counterfire, air defense, and high-payoff targets. Also called MLRS.

munition—A complete device charged withexplosives, propellants, pyrotechnics, initiatingcomposition, or nuclear, biological, or chemicalmaterial for use in military operations, includingdemolitions. Certain suitably modified munitions

can be used for training, ceremonial or nonopera-tional purposes. Also called ammunition (Note:In common usage, “munitions” (plural) can bemilitary weapons, ammunition, and equipment)See also explosive ordnance. (JP 1-02)

muzzle velocity—The velocity of a projectilewith respect to the muzzle at the instant the pro-jectile leaves the weapon. (JP 1-02)

naval surface fire support—Fire provided byNavy surface gun, missile, and electronic war-fare systems in support of a unit or units taskedwith achieving the commander’s objectives. Alsocalled NSFS. (JP 1-02)

NBC defense—Defensive measures that enablefriendly forces to survive, fight, and win againstenemy use of nuclear, biological, or chemical(NBC) weapons and agents. US forces applyNBC defensive measures before and during inte-grated warfare. In integrated warfare, opposingforces employ nonconventional weapons alongwith conventional weapons (NBC weapons arenonconventional). (JP1-02)

nerve agent—A potentially lethal chemical agentwhich interferes with the transmission of nerveimpulses. (JP 1-02)

net call sign—A call sign which represents allstations within a net. (JP 1-02)

neutralization fire—Fire which is delivered torender the target ineffective or unusable. See alsofire. (JP 1-02)

neutralize—As pertains to military operations, torender ineffective or unusable. (JP 1-02)

objective—The physical object of the actiontaken; e.g., a definite tactical feature, the seizureand/or holding of which is essential to the com-mander’s plan. See also target. (JP 1-02)

objective area—A defined geographical areawithin which is located an objective to be cap-tured or reached by the military forces. This areais defined by competent authority for purposes ofcommand and control. (JP 1-02)


obscuration fire—Fire delivered to suppress theenemy by obscuring his view of the battlefield.

observed fire—Fire for which the point ofimpact or burst can be seen by an observer. Thefire can be controlled and adjusted on the basis ofobservation. See also fire. (JP 1-02)

observer-target line—An imaginary straight linefrom the observer/spotter to the target. (JP 1-02)

on-call—1. A term used to signify that a prear-ranged concentration, air strike, or final protec-tive fire may be called for. 2. Preplanned,identified force or materiel requirements withoutdesignated time-phase and destination informa-tion. Such requirements will be called forwardupon order of competent authority. See also callfor fire. (JP 1-02)

on-call target—In artillery and naval gunfiresupport, a planned target other than a sched-uled target on which fire is delivered whenrequested. (JP 1-02)

open column—A convoy in which vehiclesmove at intervals of 100 meters.

open sheaf—The lateral distribution of the fire oftwo or more pieces so that adjoining points ofimpact or points of burst are separated by themaximum effective width of burst of the typeshell being used. See also converged sheaf; paral-lel sheaf; special sheaf. (JP 1-02)

operational control—Transferable commandauthority that may be exercised by commanders atany echelon at or below the level of combatantcommand. Operational control is inherent in com-batant command (command authority). Opera-tional control may be delegated and is theauthority to perform those functions of commandover subordinate forces involving organizing andemploying commands and forces, assigning tasks,designating objectives, and giving authoritativedirection necessary to accomplish the mission.Operational control includes authoritative directionover all aspects of military operations and jointtraining necessary to accomplish missions

assigned to the command. Operational controlshould be exercised through the commanders ofsubordinate organizations. Normally this authorityis exercised through subordinate joint force com-manders and Service and/or functional componentcommanders. Operational control normally pro-vides full authority to organize commands andforces and to employ those forces as the com-mander in operational control considers necessaryto accomplish assigned missions. Operational con-trol does not, in and of itself, include authoritativedirection for logistics or matters of administration,discipline, internal organization, or unit training.Also called OPCON. (JP 1-02)

operations center—The facility or location onan installation, base, or facility used by the com-mander to command, control, and coordinate allcrisis activities. (JP 1-02)

order of battle—The identification, strength,command structure, and disposition of the per-sonnel, units, and equipment of any militaryforce. (JP 1-02)

ordnance—Explosives, chemicals, pyrotechnics,and similar stores, e.g., bombs, guns and ammu-nition, flares, smoke, napalm. (JP 1-02)

organic—Assigned to and forming an essentialpart of a military organization. Organic parts of aunit are those listed in its table of organization forthe Army, Air Force, and Marine Corps, and areassigned to the administrative organizations ofthe operating forces for the Navy. (JP 1-02)

organization for combat—A process whichplaces an artillery unit within an organization(i.e., establishes a command relationship) andassigns the unit a tactical mission.

orienting angle—A horizontal clockwise anglefrom the line of fire to the orienting line. (JP 1-02)

orienting line—A line of known direction in thebattery area that serves as a basis for laying thebattery for direction. The azimuth of the orientingline is the direction from the orienting station to adesignated end of the orienting line.

G-20 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

orienting station—A point established on theground which has directional control. The aim-ing circle is set up over this point to lay thepieces by the orienting angle method.

overlay—A printing or drawing on a transparent orsemi-transparent medium at the same scale as amap, chart, etc., to show details not appearing orrequiring special emphasis on the original. (JP 1-02)

parallel sheaf—In artillery and naval gunfiresupport, a sheaf in which the planes (lines) of fireof all pieces are parallel. See also convergedsheaf; open sheaf; special sheaf. (JP 1-02)

planned target—In artillery and naval gunfire sup-port, a target on which fire is prearranged. (JP 1-02)

point target—1. A target of such small dimensionthat it requires the accurate placement of ordnancein order to neutralize or destroy it. 2. nuclear—Atarget in which the ratio of radius of damage to tar-get radius is equal to or greater than five.

position area—An area that is occupied, or to beoccupied, by an artillery unit with its elementsdisposed to provide artillery support. Positionareas do not constitute a rigid restrictive area forthe artillery unit. They should be considered onlyas guides to be followed as closely as the mis-sion, terrain, and tactical situation permit.

prearranged fire—Fire that is formally plannedand executed against targets or target areas ofknown location. Such fire is usually planned wellin advance and is executed at a predeterminedtime or during a predetermined period of time.See also fire; on-call. (JP 1-02)

precision fire—Fire used for registration and forattack and destruction of point targets.

predicted fire—Fire that is delivered withoutadjustment. (JP 1-02)

primary position—The position from which abattery intends to perform its assigned mission.

priority of fire—Guidance to a fire support plan-ner to organize and employ fire support means in

accordance with the relative importance of themaneuver unit’s missions.

priority target—A target that firing units lay onwhile not engaged in a fire mission. It is desig-nated as critical by a maneuver commander onthe basis of type, location, or time sensitivity.Generally, one battery will be laid on each prior-ity target (as with a final protective fire).

projectile—An object projected by an appliedexterior force and continuing in motion by virtueof its own inertia, as a bullet, shell, or grenade.Also applied to rockets and to guided missiles.(JP 1-02)

quadrant elevation—The angle between thehorizontal plane and the axis of the bore when theweapon is laid. (DOD only) It is the algebraicsum of the elevation, angle of site, and comple-mentary angle of site. (JP 1-02)

radar—A radio detection device that providesinformation on range, azimuth and/or elevationof objects.

radar fire—Gunfire aimed at a target which istracked by radar. See also fire. (JP 1-02)

radar report—A report used by the artillery tocontrol and coordinate the use of the radars of thecounterbattery radar platoon. The report is usedby the counterbattery radar platoon and the con-trolling artillery unit.

radiation dose—The total amount of ionizingradiation absorbed by material or tissues,expressed in centigrays. (DOD only) The termradiation dose is often used in the sense of theexposure dose expressed in roentgens, which is ameasure of the total amount of ionization that thequantity of radiation could produce in air. Thiscould be distinguished from the absorbed dose,also given in rads, which represents the energyabsorbed from the radiation per gram of speci-fied body tissue. Further, the biological dose, inrems, is a measure of the biological effectivenessof the radiation exposure. (JP 1-02)


radiation dose rate—The radiation dose (dos-age) absorbed per unit of time. (DOD only) Aradiation dose rate can be set at some particularunit of time (e.g., H + 1 hour) and would becalled H + 1 radiation dose rate. (JP 1-02)

radiation exposure state—The condition of aunit, or exceptionally an individual, deducedfrom the cumulative whole body radiation dose(s)received. It is expressed as a symbol which indi-cates the potential for future operations and thedegree of risk if exposed to additional nuclearradiation. (JP 1-02)

radiation intensity—The radiation dose rate at agiven time and place. It may be used, coupledwith a figure, to denote the radiation intensityused at a given number of hours after a nuclearburst, e.g., RI-3 is the radiation intensity 3 hoursafter the time of burst. (JP 1-02)

radiation scattering—The diversion of radia-tion (thermal, electromagnetic, or nuclear) fromits original path as a result of interaction or colli-sions with atoms, molecules, or larger particles inthe atmosphere or other media between thesource of the radiation (e.g., a nuclear explosion)and a point at some distance away. As a result ofscattering, radiation (especially gamma rays andneutrons) will be received at such a point frommany directions instead of only from the direc-tion of the source. (JP 1-02)

radiation sickness—An illness resulting fromexcessive exposure to ionizing radiation. The ear-liest symptoms are nausea, vomiting, and diar-rhea, which may be followed by loss of hair,hemorrhage, inflammation of the mouth andthroat, and general loss of energy. (JP 1-02)

radioactive decay—The decrease in the radia-tion intensity of any radioactive material withrespect to time. (JP 1-02)

raid—An operat ion, usually small scale,involving a swift penetration of hostile terri-tory to secure information, confuse the enemy,or to destroy instal la t ions I t ends with a

planned withdrawal upon completion of theassigned mission. (JP 1-02)

rally point—A feature identifiable on the groundand on a map used for assembly and recovery ofvehicles and personnel following an enemyattack. (JP 1-02)

rate of fire—The number of rounds fired perweapon per minute. (JP 1-02)

ready—The term used to indicate tha t aweapon(s) is loaded, aimed, and prepared to fire.(JP 1-02)

rear area—For any particular command, the areaextending forward from its rear boundary to therear of the area assigned to the next lower level ofcommand. This area is provided primarily for theperformance of support functions. (JP 1-02)

reconnaissance by fire—A method of reconnais-sance in which fire is placed on a suspectedenemy position to cause the enemy to disclose apresence by movement or return of fire. (JP 1-02)

reconnaissance, selection, and occupation ofposition—A procedure used by artillery units toassist the rapid and orderly movement of theartillery unit from a position area, assemblyarea, or a march column into a position fromwhich it can deliver the fire support required toaccomplish its mission.

record as target—In artillery and naval gunfiresupport, the order used to denote that the target isto be recorded for future engagement or refer-ence. (JP 1-02)

registration—The adjustment of fire to deter-mine firing data corrections. (JP 1-02)

registration fire—Fire delivered to obtain accu-rate data for subsequent effective engagement oftargets. See also fire. (JP 1-02)

registration point—Terrain feature or other desig-nated point on which fire is adjusted for the purposeof obtaining corrections to firing data. (JP 1-02)

G-22 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

reinforcing—In artillery usage, tactical missionin which one artillery unit augments the fire ofanother artillery unit. (JP 1-02)

release point (road)—A well-defined point on aroute at which the elements composing a columnreturn under the authority of their respectivecommanders, each one of these elements continu-ing its movement towards its own appropriatedestination. (JP 1-02)

repeat—In artillery and naval gunfire support, anorder or request to fire again the same number ofrounds with the same method of fire. (JP 1-02)

rounds complete—In artillery and naval gunfiresupport, the term used to report that the numberof rounds specified in fire for effect have beenfired. See also shot. (JP 1-02)

rules of engagement—Directives issued by com-petent military authority which delineate the cir-cumstances and limitations under which UnitedStates forces will initiate and/or continue combatengagement with other forces encountered. Alsocalled ROE. (JP 1-02)

scheduled fire—A type of prearranged fire exe-cuted at a predetermined time. (JP 1-02)

scheduled target—In artillery and naval gunfiresupport, a planned target on which fire is to bedelivered at a specific time. (JP 1-02)

schedule of fire—Groups of fires or series offires fired in a definite sequence according to adefinite program. The time of starting the sched-ule may be ON CALL. For identification pur-poses, schedules may be referred to by a codename or other designation. (JP 1-02)

schedule of targets—In artillery and naval gun-fire support, individual targets, groups or seriesof targets to be fired on, in a definite sequenceaccording to a definite program. (JP 1-02)

scheme of maneuver—The tactical plan to beexecuted by a force in order to seize assignedobjectives. (JP 1-02)

screening fire—Fire delivered to mask friendlymaneuver elements and to conceal the nature oftheir operations.

searching fire—Fire distributed in depth by suc-cessive changes in the elevation of a gun. Seealso fire. (JP 1-02)

sector—1. An area designated by boundarieswithin which a unit operates, and for which it isresponsible. 2. One of the subdivisions of acoastal frontier. (JP 1-02)

sector of fire—A defined area which is required tobe covered by the fire of individual or crew servedweapons or the weapons of a unit. (JP 1-02)

security area—The forward of the three eche-lons of a defensive sector. It is the area forwardof the forward edge of the battle area out to theforward positions initially assigned to the securityforces. The ground combat element commandermay extend the lateral boundaries of subordinateunits forward of the forward edge of the battlearea, giving them responsibility for the securityarea within the sector to the forward limit of theirboundaries, or he may assign a security force tooperate across the entire ground combat elementfrontage. (MCRP 5-12C)

self-propelled weapon—A weapon that has itscannon permanently installed on a full trackedvehicle which provides its own automotivepower.

semi-fixed ammunition—Ammunition in whichthe cartridge case is not permanently attached tothe projectile. See also munition. (JP 1-02)

sensor—An equipment which detects, and mayindicate, and/or record objects and activities bymeans of energy or particles emitted, reflected, ormodified by objects. (JP 1-02)

separate loading ammunition—(JP 1-02)Ammunition in which the projectile and chargeare loaded into a gun separately. See also muni-tion. (JP 1-02)


serial—1. An element or a group of elementswithin a series which is given a numerical oralphabetical designation for convenience in plan-ning, scheduling, and control (DOD only) 2. Anynumber of aircraft under one commander, usu-ally conveying one air-transportable unit or sub-unit to the same objective. (JP 1-02)

shear—In artillery and naval gunfire support,planned planes (lines) of fire that produce adesired pattern of bursts with rounds fired by twoor more weapons.

shelling report—Any report of enemy shellingcontaining information on caliber, direction, time,density and area shelled. (JP 1-02)

shifting fire—Fire delivered at constant range atvarying deflections; used to cover the width of atarget that is too great to be covered by an opensheaf. (JP 1-02)

shot—In artillery and naval gunfire support, areport that indicates a gun, or guns, have beenfired. See also rounds complete. (JP 1-02)

situation map—A map showing the tactical orthe administrative situation at a particular time.(JP 1-02)

situation report—A report giving the situationin the area of a reporting unit or formation. Alsocalled SITREP. (JP 1-02)

slant range—The line of sight distance betweentwo points, not at the same level relative to a spe-cific datum. (JP 1-02)

special ammunition supply point—A mobilesupply point where special ammunition is storedand issued to delivery units. (JP 1-02)

special sheaf—In artillery and naval gunfire sup-port, any sheaf other than parallel, converged, oropen. (JP 1-02)

special staff—All staff officers having duties ata headquarters and not included in the general(coordinating) staff group or in the personalstaff group. The special staff includes certain

technical specialists and heads of services, e.g.,quartermaster officer, antiaircraft officer, trans-portation officer, etc. (JP 1-02)

splash—1. In artillery and naval gunfire support,word transmitted to an observer or spotter five sec-onds before the estimated time of the impact of asalvo or round. 2. In air interception, target destruc-tion verified by visual or radar means. (JP 1-02)

spot—1. To determine by observation, devia-tions of ordnance from the target for the purposeof supplying necessary information for the adjust-ment of fire. 2. To place in a proper location(DOD only) 3. An approved shipboard helicopterlanding site. See also ordnance. (JP 1-02)

start point—A well-defined point on a route atwhich a movement of vehicles begins to be underthe control of the commander of this movement.The first vehicle of a convoy crosses the startpoint at a specified time.

submunition—Any munition that, to perform itstask, separates from a parent munition. (JP 1-02)

supplementary position—A position selectedfor accomplishment of a specific mission otherthan the primary mission.

support—1. The action of a force which aids,protects, complements, or sustains another forcein accordance with a directive requiring suchaction. 2. A unit which helps another unit in bat-tle Aviation, artillery, or naval gunfire may beused as a support for infantry. 3. A part of anyunit held back at the beginning of an attack as areserve. 4. An element of a command whichassists, protects, or supplies other forces in com-bat. (JP 1-02)

supported commander—The commander hav-ing primary responsibility for all aspects of a taskassigned by the Joint Strategic Capabilities Plan orother joint operation planning authority. In thecontext of joint operation planning, this term refersto the commander who prepares operation plans oroperation orders in response to requirements of theChairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. (JP 1-02)

G-24 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

supporting artillery—Artillery which executesfire missions in support of a specific unit, usuallyinfantry, but remains under the command of thenext higher artillery commander. (JP 1-02)

supporting commander—A commander whoprovides augmentation forces or other support toa supported commander or who develops a sup-porting plan Includes the designated combatantcommands and Defense agencies as appropri-ate. (JP 1-02)

supporting fire—Fire delivered by supportingunits to assist or protect a unit in combat. Seealso close supporting fire; deep supporting fire;direct supporting fire. (JP 1-02)

suppression—Temporary or transient degrada-tion by an opposing force of the performance of aweapons system below the level needed to fulfillits mission objectives. (JP 1-02)

suppression mission—A mission to suppress anactual or suspected weapons system for the pur-pose of degrading its performance below thelevel needed to fulfill its mission objectives at aspecific time for a specified duration. (JP 1-02)

suppression of enemy air defenses—That activ-ity which neutralizes, destroys, or temporarilydegrades surface-based enemy air defenses bydestructive and/or disruptive means. Also calledSEAD. (JP 1-02)

suppressive fire—(JP 1-02) Fires on or about aweapons system to degrade its performancebelow the level needed to fulfill its missionobjectives, during the conduct of the fire mis-sion. See also fire. (JP 1-02)

survey control point—A survey station used tocoordinate survey control. (JP 1-02)

survey information center—A place where sur-vey data are collected, correlated, and madeavailable to subordinate units. (JP 1-02)

survivability move—A displacement for the purposeof increasing the artillery unit’s chance of survival.

suspected target—A possible target that requiresfurther correlation or additional informationbefore it is considered a target.

sustained rate of fire—Actual rate of fire thata weapon can continue to deliver for an indefi-nite length of time without seriously overheat-ing. (JP 1-02)

sweeping fire—A method of fire where weap-ons fire a constant quadrant elevation with sev-eral deflections in direct relation to the directionof fire.

tactical air command center—The principal USMarine Corps air command and control agencyfrom which air operations and air defense warn-ing functions are directed. It is the senior agencyof the US Marine air command and control sys-tem which serves as the operational commandpost of the aviation combat element commander.It provides the facility from which the aviationcombat element commander and his battle staffplan, supervise, coordinate, and execute all cur-rent and future air operations in support of theMarine air-ground task force. The tactical aircommand center can provide integration, coordi-nation, and direction of joint and combined airoperations. Also called Marine TACC. (JP 1-02)

tactical control—Command authority overassigned or attached forces or commands, or mili-tary capability or forces made available for task-ing, that is limited to the detailed and, usually,local direction and control of movements ormaneuvers necessary to accomplish missions ortasks assigned. Tactical control is inherent inoperational control. Tactical control may be dele-gated to, and exercised at any level at or belowthe level of combatant command. Also calledTACON. (JP 1-02)

tactical fire direction—The control of one ormore units in the selection of targets to attack,designation of the unit or units to fire, selectionof the method of attack, and selection of the mostsuitable ammunition for the mission.


tactical map—A large-scale map used for tacti-cal and administrative purposes. (JP 1-02)

tactical march—The movement of a unit or an ele-ment under actual or simulated combat conditions.

tactical mission—Defines the fire support respon-sibility of an artillery unit, normally a battalion, toa supported unit or to another artillery unit.

tactics—1. The employment of units in combat.2. The ordered arrangement and maneuver ofunits in relation to each other and/or to the enemyin order to use their full potentialities. (JP 1-02)

target—1. A geographical area, complex, orinstallation planned for capture or destructionby military forces. 2. In intelligence usage, acountry, area, installation, agency, or personagainst which intell igence operations aredirected. 3. An area designated and numberedfor future firing 4. In gunfire support usage, animpact burst which hits the target. See alsoobjective area. (JP 1-02)

target acquisition—The detection, identifica-tion, and location of a target in sufficient detail topermit the effective employment of weapons. Seealso target analysis. (JP 1-02)

target analysis—An examination of potentialtargets to determine military importance, priorityof attack, and weapons required to obtain adesired level of damage or casualties. See alsotarget acquisition. (JP 1-02)

target category—Those categories used to facili-tate the processing of target data, particularly themaintenance of counterfire target files.

targeting—1. The process of selecting targetsand matching the appropriate response to them,taking account of operational requirements andcapabilities. 2. The analysis of enemy situationsrelative to the commander’s mission, objectives,and capabilities at the commander’s disposal, toidentify and nominate specific vulnerabilitiesthat, if exploited, will accomplish the com-mander’s purpose through delaying, disrupting,

disabl ing, or destroying enemy forces orresources critical to the enemy. (JP 1-02)

target list—The listing of targets maintained andpromulgated by the senior echelon of command;it contains those targets that are to be engaged bysupporting arms, as distinguished from a “list oftargets” that may be maintained by any echelonas confirmed, suspected, or possible targets forinformational and planning purposes. See also listof targets. (JP 1-02)

target of opportunity—1. A target visible to asurface or air sensor or observer, which is withinrange of available weapons and against which firehas not been scheduled or requested. 2. nuclear—A nuclear target observed or detected after anoperation begins that has not been previously con-sidered, analyzed or planned for a nuclear strike.Generally fleeting in nature, it should be attackedas soon as possible within the time limitationsimposed for coordination and warning of friendlytroops and aircraft. (JP 1-02)

target overlay—A transparent sheet which,when superimposed on a particular chart, map,drawing, tracing or other representation, depictstarget locations and designations. The targetoverlay may also show boundaries betweenmaneuver elements, objectives and friendly for-ward dispositions.

target prediction—Predicting a target’s exist-ence and location by analyzing available combatinformation and intelligence.

target selection standards—Criteria establishedby the G-2/S-2 of the supported unit to determineif data is a target or a suspected target. The stan-dards are based on the enemy’s demonstrated useof deception and the susceptibility of our collectivesystems to such deception. The artillery S-2 makesrecommendations on the establishment.

target value analysis—A method for providing asystematic determination of which target out ofthe entire target array should be attacked for thegreatest tactical benefit.

G-26 __________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

technical fire direction—The conversion of requestsfor fire to appropriate firing data and fire commands.

terrain march—An off-road movement.

time of flight—In artillery and naval gunfire sup-port, the time in seconds from the instant aweapon is fired, launched, or released from thedelivery vehicle or weapons system to the instantit strikes or detonates. (JP 1-02)

time on target—1. Time at which aircraft arescheduled to attack/photograph the target. 2. Theactual time at which aircraft attack/photograph thetarget. 3. The time at which a nuclear detonation isplanned at a specified desired ground zero. (JP 1-02)

towed weapon—A weapon which must bemoved by an external prime mover, such as atruck or a tractor. The weapon is detached fromthe prime mover for firing.

trig list—A list published by certain Army unitswhich includes essential information of accu-rately located survey points. (JP 1-02)

unmanned aerial vehicle—A powered, aerialvehicle that does not carry a human operator,

uses aerodynamic forces to provide vehicle lift,can fly autonomously or be piloted remotely, canbe expendable or recoverable, and can carry alethal or nonlethal payload. Ballistic or semibal-listic vehicles, cruise missiles, and artillery pro-jectiles are not considered unmanned aerialvehicles. Also called UAV.

unobserved fire—Fire for which the points of impactor burst are not observed. See also fire. (JP 1-02)

zone and sweep fire—A method of fire whichcombines zone fire and sweeping fire, and is valu-able in attacking large, regular-shaped targets.

zone fire—Artillery or mortar fires that are deliv-ered in a constant direction at several quadrantelevations. See also fire. (JP 1-02)

zone of action—A tactical subdivision of a largerarea, the responsibility for which is assigned to atactical unit; generally applied to offensiveaction. See also sector. (JP 1-02)

zone of fire—An area into which a designatedground unit or fire support ship delivers, or isprepared to deliver, fire support. Fire may or maynot be observed. See also contingent zone of fire.(JP 1-02)

APPENDIX HREFERENCES AND RELATED PUBLICATIONS

Joint Publications (JPs)

1-02 Department of Defense Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms3-02.2 Joint Doctrine for Amphibious Embarkation3-09 Doctrine for Joint Fire Support

Marine Corps Doctrinal Publications (MCDPs)

1 Warfighting1-0 Marine Corps Operations1-1 Strategy1-2 Campaigning1-3 Tactics2 Intelligence3 Expeditionary Operations4 Logistics5 Planning6 Command and Control

Marine Corps Warfighting Publications (MCWPs)

2-12 MAGTF Intelligence Production and Analysis3-1 Ground Combat Operations3-11.3 Scouting and Patrolling3-16 Fire Support Coordination in the Ground Support Element3-16.3 Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for the Field Artillery Cannon Battery3-16.4 Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Field Artillery Manual Cannon Gunnery3-16.5 Field Artillery Meteorology3-16.6 Supporting Arms Observer, Spotter, and Controller3-16.7 Marine Artillery Survey3-17.1 River-Crossing Operations3-22.2 Suppression of Enemy Air Defenses (SEAD)3-23 Offensive Air Support (OAS)3-23.1 Close Air Support3-23.2 Deep Air Support3-24 Assault Support3-25.3 Marine Air Command and Control System Handbook3-25.4 Marine Tactical Air Command Center Handbook3-25.5 Direct Air Support Center Handbook3-25.4 Doctrine for Navy/Marine Joint Riverine Operations3-35.5 Jungle Operations3-35.6 Desert Operations

H-2 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1

3-37 MAGTF Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Defense Operations 3-37.1 Chemical Operations Principles and Fundamentals3-37.2 NBC Protection3-37.3 Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Decontamination4-11 Tactical Level Logistics5-1 Marine Corps Planning Process

Marine Corps Reference Publications (MCRPs)

3-16A Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for the Targeting Process3-16B The Joint Targeting Process and Procedures for Time-Critical Targets3-16.1C Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Multiple Launch Rocket

System (MLRS) Operations3-16.5A Meteorology Tables3-16.6A Multi-Service Procedures for the Joint Application of Firepower (J-Fires)3-16.7A Army Ephemeris3-37A Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Field Handbook3-37B Field Behavior for Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Agents3-37.2A Chemical and Biological Contamination Avoidance4-11.3E Vol-1 Multi-Service Helicopter Sling Load: Basic Operations and Equipment4-11.3E Vol-2 Multi-Service Helicopter Sling Load: Single-Point Rigging Procedures5-12A Operational Terms and Graphics

Fleet Marine Force Manuals (FMFMs)

6-18.1 Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for the Marine Corps Fire Support System6-21 Tactical Fundamentals of Helicopterborne Operations7-32 Raid Operations

Marine Corps Order (MCO)

8010.1E Class V(W) Planning Factors for Fleet Marine Combat Operations Force

Army Field Manuals (FMs)

6-121 Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Field ArtilleryTarget Acquisition

10-500-53 Airdrop of Supplies and Equipment: Rigging Ammunition10-527 Airdrop of Supplies and Equipment: Rigging of 155-MM Howitzer11-1 Multi-Service Procedures for the Single-Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System24-18 Tactical Single-Channel Radio Communications Techniques

Artillery Operations _____________________________________________________________________________________________ H-3

Websites

General Dennis J. Reimer Training and Doctrine Digital Library home page—http://155.217.58.58/atdls.htm

Marine Corps Combat Development Command, Quantico, VA home page—http://www.mccdc.usmc.mil

Combined Arms Center, Ft. Leavenworth, KS home page—http://leav-www.army.mil/

Expeditionary Warfare Training Group, Pacific (EWTGPAC) home page—http://www.ewtgpac.navy.mil/

Federation of American Scientist (FAS) Military Analysis Network home page—http://fas.org/man/

Fort Sill, OK home page—http://sill-www.army.mil/index.htm

Jane’s Defence Weekly—http://jdw.janes.com/

Joint Development Training Center (JDTC) home page—http://www.jdtc.eustis.army.mil/

Joint Electronic Library Homepage—http://www.dtic.mil/doctrine/

Marine Corps Doctrine Division, Quantico, VA home page—http://www.doctrine.usmc.mil/

Marine Corps Doctrine Links—http://www.doctrine.usmc.mil/links.htm

Naval Warfare Development Command (NWDC) home page—http://www.nwdc.navy.mil/

U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command home page—http:///www-tradoc.army.mil/








H-2 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1













Websites





















H-2 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ MCWP 3-16.1













Websites












